<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rdf:RDF
xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
xmlns="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/"
xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" 
xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
xmlns:dcterms="http://purl.org/dc/terms/"
xmlns:cb="http://www.cbwiki.net/wiki/index.php/Specification_1.1"
xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns# rdf.xsd">
<channel rdf:about="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/rss/pubs/rss_speeches.cfm">
  <title>Narayana Kocherlakota | President's Speeches | Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis</title>
  <link>http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/</link>
  <description>Speeches given by Narayana Kocherlakota, president of the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis.</description>
  <items>
    <rdf:Seq>  
      <rdf:li rdf:resource="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4777" />  
      <rdf:li rdf:resource="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4776" />  
      <rdf:li rdf:resource="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4775" />  
      <rdf:li rdf:resource="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4772" />  
      <rdf:li rdf:resource="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4770" />  
      <rdf:li rdf:resource="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4769" />  
      <rdf:li rdf:resource="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4768" />  
      <rdf:li rdf:resource="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4739" />  
      <rdf:li rdf:resource="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4727" />  
      <rdf:li rdf:resource="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4725" />  
      <rdf:li rdf:resource="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4692" />  
      <rdf:li rdf:resource="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4693" />  
      <rdf:li rdf:resource="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4662" />  
      <rdf:li rdf:resource="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4658" />  
      <rdf:li rdf:resource="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4656" />  
      <rdf:li rdf:resource="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4650" />  
      <rdf:li rdf:resource="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4644" />  
      <rdf:li rdf:resource="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4642" />  
      <rdf:li rdf:resource="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4640" />  
      <rdf:li rdf:resource="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4627" />  
      <rdf:li rdf:resource="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4621" />  
      <rdf:li rdf:resource="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4619" />  
      <rdf:li rdf:resource="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4607" />  
      <rdf:li rdf:resource="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4576" />  
      <rdf:li rdf:resource="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4571" />
    </rdf:Seq>
  </items>
  <dc:date>2011-11-29T19:00:00-06:00</dc:date>
  <dcterms:license>http://www.minneapolisfed.org/disclaimer.cfm</dcterms:license>
  <dc:language>en</dc:language>
  <dc:publisher>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis</dc:publisher>
</channel>  
<item rdf:about="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4777">
  <title>Making Monetary Policy: Public Contingency Planning Using a Mandate Dashboard - Transcript of Video Summary</title>
  <link>http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4777</link>
  <dc:date>2011-11-29T19:00:00-06:00</dc:date>
  
    <content:encoded><![CDATA[

<p>What I would like to do today is  provide a summary of a speech that I gave on November 29 at Stanford  University. The theme of the speech is that the Federal Open Market Committee  (FOMC) should do more than simply decide at each meeting whether or not to buy  more assets or to keep interest rates low for longer. The Committee should  provide a <em>public contingency plan&mdash;</em>that  is, provide guidance to the public on how it will respond to a variety of relevant  scenarios. But how should the FOMC  formulate a public contingency plan? The FOMC has two statutory mandates: to  promote price stability and to promote maximum employment. Given these  mandates, it makes sense for the FOMC to vary its chosen level of monetary  accommodation in response to changes in current and expected inflation and current  and expected unemployment.</p>
<p>I find it helpful  to summarize the relevant information in what I term a <em>mandate dashboard</em>. Here&rsquo;s what the dashboard looked like in the FOMC  meeting earlier this month.</p>
<p align="center" class="footnote"><a href="/news_events/pres/nrk11-29-11_table1_large.jpg" rel="lightbox"><img src="/news_events/pres/nrk11-29-11_table1.jpg" width="415" height="203" border="0" alt="Table 1: Mandate Dashboard" /></a></p>
<p align="center" class="footnote"><a href="/news_events/pres/nrk11-29-11_table1_large.jpg" rel="lightbox">Large Image</a></p>
<p>I&rsquo;ll explain the  dashboard starting with the inflation side. The first cell from the left is  current inflation. The second cell is what inflation is projected to be in one  year&rsquo;s time. Finally, the third cell  contains a forecast for inflation in two years&rsquo; time. The unemployment side is  similar. The first cell from the left is current unemployment. The second cell contains  a forecast for unemployment in one year&rsquo;s time, and the third cell is a  forecast for unemployment in two years&rsquo; time. The various forecasts are based  on the Summary of Economic Projections released by the FOMC earlier this month.</p>
<p>It is important to  note that the dashboard includes information from other current variables  besides inflation and unemployment. The forecasts for inflation and unemployment  could potentially be based on a wide range of information&mdash;anticipated changes  in fiscal policy, changes in European financial markets and so on. So, basing  policy on the mandate dashboard does allow policy to react to changes in these  other economic variables. However, using this kind of dashboard does require  monetary policy to respond to any economic variable only insofar as that  variable affects current and future inflation or unemployment. This restriction  seems appropriate given the limited nature of the FOMC&rsquo;s statutory assignment  from Congress.</p>
<p>Given this mandate  dashboard, how should the level of monetary accommodation evolve over time in  response to changes in the dashboard&rsquo;s readings? In general, the answer to this  question is subtle, because it depends on how the FOMC weights its two  mandates. However, there are two common cases in which the mandate dashboard  becomes straightforward to use. Suppose current and expected inflation rise and  current and expected unemployment fall, as is often true in a recovery. Then,  regardless of how it weights its two mandates, the FOMC should <em>reduce</em> the level of accommodation. Alternatively,  suppose inflation and expected inflation go down and unemployment and expected  unemployment go up, as is often true when the economy slows. Then, regardless  of how it weights its two mandates, the FOMC should <em>increase</em> the level of accommodation.</p>
<p>A public  contingency plan for 2012 would specify how the FOMC would act in a number of scenarios  for the mandate dashboard in a year&rsquo;s time. It&rsquo;s useful to start with the  FOMC&rsquo;s projected scenario for 2012.</p>
<p align="center" class="footnote"><a href="/news_events/pres/nrk11-29-11_table2_large.jpg" rel="lightbox"><img src="/news_events/pres/nrk11-29-11_table2.jpg" width="415" height="237" border="0" alt="Table 2: Current and Alternative Scenario Dashboard" /></a></p>
<p align="center" class="footnote"><a href="/news_events/pres/nrk11-29-11_table2_large.jpg" rel="lightbox">Large Image</a></p>
<p>Notice that the second cell for the  November 2012 row is the forecast for inflation over the course of 2013, and  the second cell for the November 2011 row is the forecast for inflation over  the course of 2012. We generally think that monetary policy operates with a one-  or two-year lag. Accordingly, the dashboard keeps track of what we expect the  economy to be like in a year or two.</p>
<p>If we compare the  second row with the first, we see that in this scenario, core inflation is about  the same in a year&rsquo;s time as it is now. Unemployment is lower. These changes  imply that the Committee should reduce the level of monetary accommodation over  the coming year. But, like those of many private sector forecasters, the FOMC&rsquo;s  projections have proven imperfect over the past few years. With that in mind,  the Committee should provide guidance to the public about how it will respond  to unexpected changes in the mandate dashboard. Suppose, for example, that the following  alternative scenario occurs in 2012, in which economic conditions are worse  than expected:</p>
<p align="center" class="footnote"><a href="/news_events/pres/nrk11-29-11_table3_large.jpg" rel="lightbox"><img src="/news_events/pres/nrk11-29-11_table3.jpg" width="415" height="238" border="0" alt="Table 3: Current and Projected Dashboard" /></a></p>
<p align="center" class="footnote"><a href="/news_events/pres/nrk11-29-11_table3_large.jpg" rel="lightbox">Large Image</a></p>
<p>In this alternative scenario,  inflation has fallen since November 2011 and unemployment has risen since  November 2011. Here the Committee should <em>increase</em> the level of accommodation relative to November 2011.</p>
<p> In this way, a public  contingency plan would allow people to better predict how the Committee plans  to react to a variety of economic scenarios. In a speech given in May 2010,  Chairman Bernanke stated, &ldquo;Transparency regarding monetary  policy &hellip; not only helps make central banks more accountable, it also increases  the effectiveness  of policy.&rdquo;<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn1" name="_ftnref1" title="" id="_ftnref1">1</a></sup> I  agree completely with this sentiment. And I see a public contingency plan, based on the explicit  use of metrics like the mandate dashboard, as promoting exactly the kind of  transparency that Chairman Bernanke was describing. Thank you.</p>
<p><a href="/publications_papers/pub_display.cfm?id=4776">Making Monetary Policy: Public Contingency Planning Using a Mandate Dashboard
 - Full Speech</a></p>
<p></p>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2><strong>Endnotes</strong></h2>

<div>
	<div id="ftn1">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref1" name="_ftn1" title="">1</a> See Chairman Bernanke&rsquo;s May 25, 2010, speech, &ldquo;<a href="http://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/speech/bernanke20100525a.htm">Central Bank Independence, Transparency, and Accountability.</a>&rdquo;</p>		
  </div>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
  
  <cb:speech>
  <cb:simpleTitle>Making Monetary Policy: Public Contingency Planning Using a Mandate Dashboard - Transcript of Video Summary</cb:simpleTitle>
  <cb:occurrenceDate>2011-11-29T19:00:00-06:00</cb:occurrenceDate>
    
  <cb:person type="speaker">
    <cb:givenName>Narayana</cb:givenName>
    <cb:surname>Kocherlakota</cb:surname>
    <cb:nameAsWritten>Narayana Kocherlakota</cb:nameAsWritten>
    <cb:role>
      <cb:jobTitle>President</cb:jobTitle>
      <cb:affiliation>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis</cb:affiliation>
    </cb:role>
  </cb:person>
  <cb:locationAsWritten>Stanford, California</cb:locationAsWritten>
  </cb:speech>
</item>  
<item rdf:about="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4776">
  <title>Making Monetary Policy: Public Contingency Planning Using a Mandate Dashboard</title>
  <link>http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4776</link>
  <dc:date>2011-11-29T19:00:00-06:00</dc:date>
  
    <content:encoded><![CDATA[    

<p class="footnote"><em>Note<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn1" name="_ftnref1" title="" id="_ftnref1">1</a></sup></em></p>
<p>John, thanks for the introduction  and for the invitation to be here today. It&rsquo;s great to be back on the Farm. I  have to say that there have been lots of changes. I&rsquo;ve been away only six  years, but I hardly recognize the place. This building is, in particular, a  fantastic addition to the economics scene here on campus. </p>
<p>In my remarks today, I&rsquo;d like to  touch on several topics. I&rsquo;ll begin with a quick description of the structure  of the Federal Reserve System and the deliberative process of the Federal Open  Market Committee&mdash;the Committee that makes monetary policy for the nation. Then  I&rsquo;ll describe the FOMC&rsquo;s objectives. Next, I&rsquo;ll discuss how the FOMC can  enhance the pursuit of its objectives by formulating a public contingency plan,  based on what I term a &ldquo;mandate dashboard.&rdquo; Finally, I&rsquo;ll close with a  discussion of considerations for near-term monetary policy actions.</p>
<p>After  that, I&rsquo;ll be pleased to answer any questions you may have. And before I begin,  I should remind you that my comments here today reflect my views alone and not  necessarily those of others in the Federal Reserve System, including my FOMC  colleagues.</p>
<h2><strong>Some FOMC Basics</strong> </h2>
<p>Let me begin with  some basics about the Federal Reserve System. The Federal Reserve Bank of  Minneapolis is one of 12 regional Reserve banks that, along with the Board of  Governors in Washington, D.C., make up the Federal Reserve System. Our bank  represents the ninth of the 12 Federal Reserve districts, and by area, we&rsquo;re  the second largest. Our district includes Montana, the Dakotas, Minnesota,  northwestern Wisconsin and the Upper Peninsula of Michigan. </p>
<p>Eight times per  year, the FOMC meets to set the path of monetary policy over the next six to  seven weeks. All 12 presidents of the various regional Federal Reserve  banks&mdash;including me&mdash;and the seven governors of the Federal Reserve Board,  including Chairman Bernanke, contribute to these deliberations. (Currently,  there are only five governors&mdash;two positions are unfilled.) However, the Committee  itself consists only of the governors, the president of the Federal Reserve Bank  of New York and a group of four other presidents that rotates annually. Right  now, that last group consists of the presidents from the Minneapolis,  Philadelphia, Dallas and Chicago Federal Reserve Banks. </p>
<p>I&rsquo;ve  said that the FOMC meets (at least) eight times per year. But how do these  meetings work? At a typical meeting, there are two so-called go-rounds, in  which every president and every governor has the opportunity to speak without  interruption. The first of these is referred to as the economics go-round. It  is kicked off by a presentation on current economic conditions by Federal  Reserve staff economists. Then the presidents and governors describe  their individual views on current economic conditions and their respective  outlooks for future economic conditions. The  presidents typically start by providing information about their district&rsquo;s  local economic performance. We get that information from our research staffs,  but also from our interactions with business and community leaders in  industries and towns from across our districts. </p>
<p>The  Committee next turns to the second go-round, which focuses on policy. Again,  the staff begins, with a presentation of policy options. After that, each of  the 17 meeting participants has a chance to speak on what each views as the  appropriate policy choice. This set of remarks is followed with a summary by  the chairman, in which he lays out what he sees as the Committee&rsquo;s consensus  view for future policy. The voting members of the FOMC then cast their votes on  this policy statement and thereby set monetary policy for the next six to seven  weeks.</p>
<p>My description of  an FOMC meeting highlights how the structure of the FOMC mirrors the federalist  structure of our government. Representatives from different regions of the  country&mdash;the various presidents&mdash;have input into FOMC deliberations. And, as I&rsquo;ve  described, their input relies critically on information received from district  residents. In this way, the Federal Reserve System is deliberately designed to  give the residents of Main Street a voice in national monetary policy. <strong></strong></p>
<h2><strong>FOMC Objectives</strong></h2>
<p>I&rsquo;ve  said that FOMC participants seek to adopt what they view as the appropriate  policy choice. That provides a natural segue into my next topic: the policy  objectives of the FOMC. The FOMC has a dual mandate, established by Congress: to set monetary policy so as to promote price stability and  maximum employment. The  heart of the price stability mandate is the Federal Reserve&rsquo;s inflation  objective. The FOMC communicates its inflation  objective to the public in a number of ways. Most prominently, at quarterly  intervals, FOMC meeting participants publicly reveal their forecasts for inflation  in the longer run (maybe five or six years), assuming that monetary policy is  optimal. Those forecasts usually range between 1.5 percent and 2 percent per  year. They are often collectively referred to by saying that the Federal  Reserve views inflation as being &ldquo;mandate-consistent&rdquo; if it is running at &ldquo;2  percent or a bit under.&rdquo; </p>
<p>Congress has also mandated that the FOMC set monetary policy  so as to promote maximum employment. An important and ongoing communications  challenge for the FOMC is that it is much harder to quantify the maximum  employment mandate than the price stability mandate. Changes in minimum wage  policy, demography, taxes and regulations, technological productivity, job  market efficiency, unemployment insurance benefits, entrepreneurial credit  access and social norms all influence what we might consider &ldquo;maximum  employment.&rdquo; </p>
<p>It is  important to keep in mind that these changes in maximum employment can be short  run or long run in nature. Like the rest of my colleagues on the FOMC, I expect unemployment to normalize at 5  percent or 6 percent in the longer run under optimal monetary policy. But I  want to stress that that estimate of long-run unemployment does not reflect my  assessment of the <em>current </em>level of &ldquo;maximum  employment.&rdquo; </p>
<p>Over the past year, the FOMC has communicated  through its statements that it perceives the current unemployment rate to be  elevated relative to levels that it views as consistent with its dual mandate. In this situation, there is  a trade-off involved in the making of monetary policy. On the one hand, adding  monetary accommodation reduces unemployment, other things equal. On the other  hand, adding accommodation increases the risk of generating inflation markedly  higher than the Committee&rsquo;s objective of 2 percent for a significant period of  time. In choosing whether to add monetary stimulus or not, the Committee must  resolve this trade-off between reducing unemployment and increasing the risk of  inflation. </p>
<h2><strong>Public Contingency Planning Based on a Mandate Dashboard</strong></h2>
<p>I&rsquo;ve described how an FOMC meeting  works, the FOMC&rsquo;s objectives and the tensions that currently exist between  those objectives. I now want to turn to the formation of policy designed to  achieve the FOMC&rsquo;s objectives.</p>
<p>Right  now, the FOMC has two types of accommodation in place. First, it is targeting a  short-term interest rate, the federal funds rate, between 0 and 0.25 percent,  and it plans to keep that interest rate that low at least through mid-2013&mdash;that  is, for at least the next six to seven quarters. This low interest rate  is intended to stimulate consumption by households and investment by firms. </p>
<p>Second, the FOMC has bought  a large amount of long-term government-issued and government-backed assets. These  asset holdings are designed to stimulate longer-term investment. More  specifically, any holder of a long-term bond is exposed to interest rate risk,  because the value of that bond fluctuates as interest rates vary. When the Fed  buys long-term bonds from the private sector, the private sector as a whole is  exposed to less interest rate risk. As a result, some private investors will  demand a lower premium for holding other bonds that are exposed to interest  rate risk. Consequently, all long-term yields fall&mdash;and corporations should  correspondingly lower their hurdle rates for long-term investment projects.</p>
<p>The FOMC does have  additional tools. It could exert further downward pressure on long-term market  interest rates by buying more long-term Treasury securities or securities  issued by government-sponsored enterprises like Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Alternatively,  the Committee could extend its prediction for how long it will keep its target  short-term interest rate exceptionally low. So, tools&mdash;and choices&mdash;remain. </p>
<p>However, I believe  that the FOMC should do more than simply decide at each meeting whether or not  to buy more assets or to keep interest rates low for longer. Any current  decision is based on the FOMC&rsquo;s forecast for the future, and no forecast can be  perfect. The Committee should provide a <em>public  contingency plan&mdash;</em>that is, provide guidance on how it will respond to a  variety of relevant scenarios. I believe that public contingency planning would  have many benefits. Let me mention two. </p>
<p>First, without  appropriate context, the FOMC&rsquo;s actions may at times suggest that its  formulation of its dual mandate objectives has changed. For example, I&rsquo;ve  spoken to many members of the public who believe that the FOMC&rsquo;s current highly  accommodative policies imply that the FOMC&rsquo;s inflation objective has shifted  upward. I&rsquo;ve certainly argued that they&rsquo;re wrong. But I&rsquo;m sure that, by  articulating a clear public contingency plan and sticking to it, the FOMC can  inspire greater public confidence that FOMC actions represent the systematic  pursuit of its dual mandate objectives. </p>
<p>Second, I&rsquo;ve heard  from businesses that policy uncertainty is curbing their incentive to hire or  invest. Similarly, I&rsquo;ve heard from consumers that policy uncertainty is curbing  their incentive to spend. An FOMC public contingency plan can help reduce the contribution  of monetary policy to this general background of uncertainty. But how should  the FOMC formulate this public contingency plan? I believe that it is useful to  think of a driver who is trying to maintain a car speed. To do so, he&rsquo;ll vary  pressure on the accelerator in response to changes in road conditions, current  and expected: hills, valleys, rough pavement, headwinds. In the same way, the  FOMC varies its chosen level of monetary accommodation in response to changes  in current and expected economic conditions. </p>
<p>This kind of systematic response to changing  economic conditions strikes me as an essential part of good monetary policy for  at least two reasons. First, there is a great deal of empirical evidence and  theoretical support for the idea that following a policy rule, as economists  call it, is what enables the Committee to achieve its dual mandate goals. Second,  and perhaps more importantly, actions speak louder than words. The Committee  can <em>claim</em> that it intends to make  monetary policy so as to fulfill its dual mandate. But the public can and does  watch its actions carefully in this regard. If the Committee fails to adjust  its chosen level of accommodation appropriately in response to changes in  economic conditions, the public may well begin to doubt the Committee&rsquo;s claims  about its goals. </p>
<p>What economic conditions  are relevant? Again, I think that it&rsquo;s useful to think of a car driver who is trying  to maintain his speed. To know how much (or how little) acceleration to  provide, the driver would certainly like to know his current speed. As well, he  would like to know how future road conditions&mdash;like hills&mdash;are likely to affect  his future speed. The FOMC&rsquo;s problem is quite similar. Just like the driver  needs to know his current speed, the FOMC needs an accurate measure of current  inflation and unemployment. Just as the driver needs an estimate of his future  speed, based on anticipated road conditions, the FOMC should have an assessment  of the future levels of inflation and unemployment. </p>
<p>I find it helpful  to summarize the relevant information in what I term a <em>mandate dashboard</em>. The dashboard provides real-time readings on  current and expected inflation and unemployment. Here&rsquo;s what the dashboard  looked like in the FOMC meeting earlier this month. </p>
<p align="center" class="footnote"><a href="/news_events/pres/nrk11-29-11_table1_large.jpg" rel="lightbox"><img src="/news_events/pres/nrk11-29-11_table1.jpg" width="415" height="203" border="0" alt="Table 1: Mandate Dashboard" /></a></p>
<p align="center" class="footnote"><a href="/news_events/pres/nrk11-29-11_table1_large.jpg" rel="lightbox">Large Image</a></p>
<p>I&rsquo;ll explain the dashboard starting  with the inflation side. The first cell from the left is current inflation. The  second cell is what inflation is projected to be in one year&rsquo;s time. Finally,  the third cell contains a forecast for inflation in two years&rsquo; time. The  unemployment side is similar. The first cell from the left represents current  unemployment. The second cell represents a forecast for unemployment in one  year&rsquo;s time, and the third cell is a forecast for unemployment in two years&rsquo;  time.</p>
<p> Of  course, I have to be a little more precise in what I mean by inflation and  unemployment. By &ldquo;inflation,&rdquo; I mean the change in the Personal Consumption Expenditure  Price Index over the preceding four quarters, excluding changes in the prices  of food and energy.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn2" name="_ftnref2" title="" id="_ftnref2">2</a></sup> Hence,  my measure of inflation in the dashboard is what is commonly called &ldquo;core  inflation.&rdquo; I&rsquo;m using core inflation because I view it as a good measure of  overall inflationary pressures over the next two to three years.</p>
<p>By  &ldquo;unemployment,&rdquo; I mean the unemployment rate averaged over the three months in  the current quarter.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn3" name="_ftnref3" title="" id="_ftnref3">3</a></sup> The forecasts for  future inflation and unemployment are the midpoints of the central tendencies  of the projections of FOMC participants that they released in November. </p>
<p> It is important to  note that the dashboard includes information from other current variables  besides inflation and unemployment. The forecasts for inflation and  unemployment could potentially be based on a wide range of information&mdash;anticipated  changes in fiscal policy, changes in European financial markets and so on. So,  basing policy on the mandate dashboard does allow policy to react to changes in  these other economic variables. However, using this kind of dashboard does  require monetary policy to respond to any economic variable only insofar as  that variable affects current and future inflation or unemployment. This  restriction seems appropriate given the limited nature of the FOMC&rsquo;s statutory  assignment from Congress. </p>
<p> Given this mandate  dashboard, how should the level of accommodation evolve over time in response  to changes in dashboard readings? There are many subtleties associated with providing  a general answer to this question, including the key trade-off that I mentioned  earlier between the two mandates. But there are two relatively common and  important instances in which the mandate dashboard becomes straightforward to  use in a qualitative way. Suppose inflation and expected inflation rise and  unemployment and expected unemployment fall, as is often true in a recovery.  Then, regardless of how it weights the two mandates, the FOMC should <em>reduce</em> the level of accommodation. In  contrast, suppose inflation and expected inflation go down and unemployment and  expected unemployment go up, as is often true when the economy slows. Then,  regardless of how it weights the two mandates, the FOMC should <em>increase</em> the level of accommodation. </p>
<p>A public  contingency plan for 2012 would specify the FOMC&rsquo;s actions under a number of  scenarios for the mandate dashboard in a year&rsquo;s time. It is natural to start  with the scenario that the current FOMC&rsquo;s projections for 2012 turn out to be correct. </p>
<p align="center" class="footnote"><a href="/news_events/pres/nrk11-29-11_table2_large.jpg" rel="lightbox"><img src="/news_events/pres/nrk11-29-11_table2.jpg" width="415" height="237" border="0" alt="Table 2: Current and Alternative Scenario Dashboard" /></a></p>
<p align="center" class="footnote"><a href="/news_events/pres/nrk11-29-11_table2_large.jpg" rel="lightbox">Large Image</a></p>
<p>Notice that the second cell of the November  2012 row is the forecast for inflation over the course of 2013, and the second  cell of the November 2011 row is the forecast for inflation over the course of  2012. We generally think that monetary policy operates with a one- or two-year  lag. Accordingly, the dashboard keeps track of what we expect the economy to be  like in a year or two. </p>
<p> By comparing the  second row of the table with the first row, we can see that in this scenario, core  inflation, and its outlook, will be about the same in a year&rsquo;s time. Unemployment  will be lower. These changes in the dashboard readings suggest that, in the  scenario that the economy evolves in 2012 as the Committee expects, the  Committee should reduce the level of monetary accommodation over the course of  2012. </p>
<p> How would the  Committee accomplish this reduction? Right now, the Committee is projecting  that it will keep its target short-term interest rate extraordinarily low for  at least six to seven quarters. In my view, it would be simplest to reduce the  level of accommodation by changing that estimate to a shorter period of time.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn4" name="_ftnref4" title="" id="_ftnref4">4</a></sup> </p>
<p>But, like those of many private sector  forecasters, the FOMC&rsquo;s projections have proven imperfect over the past few  years. With that in mind, the Committee should provide public guidance on how  it will respond to other scenarios in 2012. Suppose, for example, that the  following scenario occurs in 2012, in which economic conditions are worse than  expected.</p>
<p align="center" class="footnote"><a href="/news_events/pres/nrk11-29-11_table3_large.jpg" rel="lightbox"><img src="/news_events/pres/nrk11-29-11_table3.jpg" width="415" height="238" border="0" alt="Table 3: Current and Projected Dashboard" /></a></p>
<p align="center" class="footnote"><a href="/news_events/pres/nrk11-29-11_table3_large.jpg" rel="lightbox">Large Image</a></p>
<p>In this alternative scenario,  inflation has fallen since November 2011 and unemployment has risen since  November 2011. These changes imply that the Committee should <em>increase</em> the level of accommodation over  the course of the year. Recall that the Committee is currently projecting that  it will keep interest rates extraordinarily low for at least six to seven  quarters. The Committee could increase the level of accommodation in 2012 by  changing the estimate of at least six to seven quarters to some longer period  of time. Alternatively, it could increase accommodation by purchasing  additional long-term securities issued by the federal government or by  government-sponsored enterprises. <strong></strong></p>
<h2><strong>An Inconsistency in the Making of Recent Monetary Policy</strong></h2>
<p>I&rsquo;ve been talking about how a mandate  dashboard can be helpful in formulating a public contingency plan for monetary  policy in 2012. However, the mandate dashboard also clarifies an important  inconsistency in the making of recent monetary policy. </p>
<p>I became president  of the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis in October 2009. I attended my first  FOMC meeting in November 2009, as a nonvoter. So, when I think about current  monetary policy, I find it natural to look back at the position of the mandate  dashboard at my first meeting:</p>
<p align="center" class="footnote"><a href="/news_events/pres/nrk11-29-11_table4_large.jpg" rel="lightbox"><img src="/news_events/pres/nrk11-29-11_table4.jpg" width="415" height="240" border="0" alt="Table 4: Current and Past Dashboards" /></a></p>
<p align="center" class="footnote"><a href="/news_events/pres/nrk11-29-11_table4_large.jpg" rel="lightbox">Large Image</a></p>
<p>The dashboard points out that  economic conditions were quite grim at that meeting. The Committee expected low  inflation, and ongoing disinflation, over 2010 and 2011. Unemployment was  expected to average well above 9 percent over 2010 and 2011. </p>
<p> The situation two years  later, while hardly ideal, has improved markedly. Hence, I would say that the  evolution of the dashboard readings suggests that monetary policy should be  less accommodative now than it was in November 2009. But in fact, through  choices dating back to last November, the Committee has made monetary policy  considerably <em>more</em> accommodative. </p>
<p> I should  underscore one point. Like many private sector forecasters, the FOMC has  overestimated the strength of the recovery over the past two years. Thus, in  November 2009, the Committee expected the unemployment rate in the fourth  quarter of 2011 to be 8.4 percent instead of around 9 percent. This observation  does imply that the Committee&rsquo;s current level of accommodation should be larger  than what the Committee <em>expected</em> it  to be two years ago. It does not imply that the Committee&rsquo;s current level of  accommodation should be higher than what the Committee had in place two years  ago.</p>
<p> How should an outside observer interpret this inconsistency  between the evolution of the mandate dashboard&rsquo;s readings and the Committee&rsquo;s  actions? Earlier in my speech, I set forth what I see as a key trade-off  involved in the making of monetary policy. There is a benefit to adding  monetary accommodation: It reduces unemployment. There is a cost to adding  monetary accommodation: It increases the risk of inflation running above the  Committee&rsquo;s objective of 2 percent for multiple years. The FOMC&rsquo;s actions in  2011 suggest that the Committee is now more concerned about high unemployment,  and correspondingly less concerned about the possibility of higher-than-target  inflation. </p>
<p> Just to be clear: I view the  Committee&rsquo;s current resolution of the trade-off between inflation and  unemployment as being justifiable. I also viewed the Committee&rsquo;s resolution of  this trade-off in 2009 as being justifiable. However, what I see as problematic  is that the Committee&rsquo;s resolution of this trade-off seems to be <em>changing over time</em>. In particular, the Committee&rsquo;s  actions in 2011 suggest that it is now more willing to tolerate  higher-than-target inflation than it was in 2009. If this possible drift in  inflation tolerance were to persist, or were expected to persist, it could give  rise to a damaging increase in inflationary expectations. Undoing such an  increase in inflationary expectations, as Americans discovered in the early  1980s, requires drastic policy steps that have extremely painful consequences  for employment. It is exactly in this sense that I have said in earlier  speeches that the Committee&rsquo;s actions in 2011 served to weaken the Committee&rsquo;s  credibility. </p>
<p> I believe that it is  critical for the Committee to avoid further drift in its resolution of the key  trade-off between inflation and unemployment. It can accomplish this goal by  formulating and following a public contingency plan that is explicitly grounded  in metrics like the mandate dashboard. Of course, no contingency plan  can ever be definitive. Inevitably, the FOMC will learn things that it did not expect  to learn. And so there may be conditions that force the FOMC to deviate from a  chosen plan. However, having a public plan, and couching its decisions against  the backdrop of that plan, will enhance Federal Reserve transparency,  credibility, accountability and consistency. </p>
<p> In May 2010, Chairman  Bernanke stated, &ldquo;Transparency regarding monetary policy &hellip; not  only helps make central banks more accountable, it also increases the effectiveness  of policy.&rdquo;<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn5" name="_ftnref5" title="" id="_ftnref5">5</a></sup> I agree  completely with this sentiment. And I see a public contingency plan, based on the explicit  use of metrics like the mandate dashboard, as promoting exactly the kind of  transparency that Chairman Bernanke then described. </p>
<p> Thanks for  listening. I&rsquo;m happy to take your questions. </p>
<p></p>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2><strong>Endnotes</strong></h2>

<div>
	<div id="ftn1">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref1" name="_ftn1" title="">1</a> I  thank Doug Clement, Ron Feldman, David Fettig, Terry Fitzgerald and Kei-Mu Yi  for their many insightful comments and ideas..</p>
		
  </div>
<div id="ftn2">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref2" name="_ftn2" title="">2</a> The fourth quarter of 2011 has not ended. Hence, what I&rsquo;m calling &ldquo;current  inflation&rdquo; is actually the FOMC&rsquo;s projection of inflation from fourth quarter  2010 to fourth quarter 2011. With three quarters of data already in, this  projection is likely to be an accurate one. </p>
  </div>
<div id="ftn3">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref3" name="_ftn3" title="">3</a> The  fourth quarter of 2011 has not ended. Hence, what I&rsquo;m calling &ldquo;current  unemployment&rdquo; is actually the FOMC&rsquo;s projection of the average unemployment  rate in this quarter. </p>
  </div>
<div id="ftn4">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref4" name="_ftn4" title="">4</a> Under this scenario, the economy has evolved over the coming year as the  Committee expected in November 2011. Hence, it would be natural for the  Committee to continue to reduce the anticipated duration of the period of  extraordinarily low interest rates by one year&mdash;that is, to two or three  quarters instead of six to seven quarters. </p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn5">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref5" name="_ftn5" title="">5</a> See Chairman Bernanke&rsquo;s May 25, 2010, speech, &ldquo;<a href="http://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/speech/bernanke20100525a.htm">Central Bank Independence, Transparency, and Accountability.</a>&rdquo;</p>
  </div>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
  
  <cb:speech>
  <cb:simpleTitle>Making Monetary Policy: Public Contingency Planning Using a Mandate Dashboard</cb:simpleTitle>
  <cb:occurrenceDate>2011-11-29T19:00:00-06:00</cb:occurrenceDate>
    
  <cb:person type="speaker">
    <cb:givenName>Narayana</cb:givenName>
    <cb:surname>Kocherlakota</cb:surname>
    <cb:nameAsWritten>Narayana Kocherlakota</cb:nameAsWritten>
    <cb:role>
      <cb:jobTitle>President</cb:jobTitle>
      <cb:affiliation>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis</cb:affiliation>
    </cb:role>
  </cb:person>
  <cb:locationAsWritten>Stanford, California</cb:locationAsWritten>
  </cb:speech>
</item>  
<item rdf:about="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4775">
  <title>Looking Back at Four Years of Federal Reserve Actions</title>
  <link>http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4775</link>
  <dc:date>2011-11-22T12:15:00-06:00</dc:date>
  
    <content:encoded><![CDATA[
<p>Thank you for that  generous introduction. It&rsquo;s a huge pleasure to be back in Winnipeg. I&rsquo;ve been  gone a long time. How long? After living here for 13 years, I moved back to the  States right after the Winnipeg Jets won their last AVCO Cup as champions of  the World Hockey Association&mdash;that is, 1979. Consequently, my words today will  be those of an American policymaker speaking on American policy issues. More  specifically, I&rsquo;ll provide a look back at Federal Reserve decision-making over  the past few years. However, I&rsquo;ll close with my views on how I think that the  Federal Open Market Committee&mdash;the FOMC&mdash;can work to reduce the level of  uncertainty surrounding future monetary policymaking. As always, any views I express here today are my own, and not necessarily  those of others in the Federal Reserve System, including my colleagues on the  Federal Open Market Committee. </p>
<h2>Some FOMC Basics </h2>
<p>Let me begin with some basics about the Federal  Reserve System. The Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis is one of 12 regional  Reserve banks that, along with the Board of Governors in Washington, D.C., make  up the Federal Reserve System. Our bank represents the ninth of the 12 Federal  Reserve districts, and by area, we&rsquo;re the second largest. Our district includes  Montana, the Dakotas, Minnesota, northwestern Wisconsin and the Upper Peninsula  of Michigan. </p>
<p>Eight times per  year, the FOMC meets to set the path of monetary policy over the next six to  seven weeks. All 12 presidents of the various regional Federal Reserve banks&mdash;including  me&mdash;and the seven governors of the Federal Reserve Board, including Chairman  Bernanke, contribute to these deliberations. (Currently, there are only five  governors&mdash;two positions are unfilled.) However, the Committee itself consists  only of the governors, the president of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York  and a group of four other presidents that rotates annually. Right now, that  last group consists of the presidents from the Minneapolis, Philadelphia,  Dallas and Chicago Federal Reserve Banks. </p>
<p>I&rsquo;ve  said that the FOMC meets (at least) eight times per year. But how do these  meetings work? At a typical meeting, there are two so-called go-rounds, in  which every president and every governor has the opportunity to speak without  interruption. The first of these is referred to as the economics go-round. It  is kicked off by a presentation on current economic conditions by Federal  Reserve staff economists. Then, the presidents and governors describe their individual  views on current economic conditions and their respective outlooks for future  economic conditions. The presidents  typically start by providing information about their district&rsquo;s local economic  performance. We get that information from our research staffs, but also from  our interactions with business and community leaders in industries and towns  from across our districts. </p>
<p>The  Committee next turns to the second go-round, which focuses on policy. Again,  the staff begins, with a presentation of policy options. After that, each of  the 17 meeting participants has a chance to speak on what each views as the  appropriate policy choice. This set of remarks is followed with a summary by  the chairman, in which he lays out what he sees as the Committee&rsquo;s consensus  view for future policy. The voting members of the FOMC then cast their votes on  this policy statement and thereby set monetary policy for the next six to seven  weeks.</p>
<p>This  description of an FOMC meeting highlights how  the structure of the FOMC mirrors the federalist structure of our government.  Representatives from different regions of the country&mdash;the various  presidents&mdash;have input into FOMC deliberations. And, as I&rsquo;ve described, their  input relies critically on information received from district residents. In  this way, the Federal Reserve System is deliberately designed to give the  residents of Main Street a voice in national monetary policy. <strong></strong></p>
<h2><strong>FOMC Objectives</strong></h2>
<p>I&rsquo;ve said that FOMC  participants seek to adopt what they view as the appropriate policy choice. That  provides a natural segue into my next topic: the policy objectives of the FOMC.  The FOMC has a dual mandate, established by Congress: to set monetary policy so as to promote price stability and  maximum employment. The  heart of the price stability mandate is the Federal Reserve&rsquo;s inflation  objective. The FOMC communicates its inflation  objective to the public in a number of ways. Most prominently, at quarterly  intervals, FOMC meeting participants publicly reveal their forecasts for  inflation in the longer run (maybe five or six years), assuming that monetary  policy is optimal. Those forecasts usually range between 1.5 percent and 2  percent per year. They are often collectively referred to by saying that the  Federal Reserve views inflation as being &ldquo;mandate-consistent&rdquo; if it is running  at &ldquo;2 percent or a bit under.&rdquo; </p>
<p>Congress has also mandated that the FOMC set monetary policy  so as to promote maximum employment. An important and ongoing communications challenge for the FOMC is  that it is much harder to quantify the maximum employment mandate than the  price stability mandate. Changes in minimum wage policy, demography, taxes and  regulations, technological productivity, job market efficiency, unemployment  insurance benefits, entrepreneurial credit access and social norms all  influence what we might consider &ldquo;maximum employment.&rdquo; Trying to offset these  changes in the economy with monetary policy can lead to a dangerous drift in  inflationary expectations and ultimately in inflation itself. </p>
<h2>Looking Back over the Past Four Years: Actions</h2>
<p>The National Bureau of Economic Research&rsquo;s Business  Cycle Dating Committee serves as the official arbiter of precisely when recessions  begin and end in the United States.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn1" name="_ftnref1" title="" id="_ftnref1">1</a></sup>The committee has determined that what is commonly referred  to as the Great Recession began in December 2007 and ended in June 2009. During  that time period, real gross domestic product (that is, GDP adjusted for  inflation) fell by 5 percent and unemployment nearly doubled. <strong> </strong></p>
<p> The  Federal Reserve responded to the Great Recession and the associated financial  crisis in a number of ways that fall roughly into two classes. First, the Fed  engaged in a vast amount of lending to firms believed to be in sound condition.  It lent through conventional vehicles like the discount window and currency  swaps with foreign central banks. But it also lent through relatively unconventional  vehicles like the Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn2" name="_ftnref2" title="" id="_ftnref4">2</a></sup> Second, the Fed lowered the real interest rate facing borrowers and lenders.</p>
<p> Here,  I should clarify some terminology. By the term &ldquo;real interest rate,&rdquo; I&rsquo;m  referring to the interest rate received by lenders net of inflation. Thus, if  the interest rate on the loan is 5 percent per year and lenders expect  inflation to be around 2 percent, the real interest rate is roughly 3 percent. Economists  generally think that it&rsquo;s the real interest rate that matters for economic  decision-making. </p>
<p> I&rsquo;ll  first discuss the Fed&rsquo;s lending responses and then talk about the interest rate  cuts.</p>
<h2><em>Lending</em></h2>
<p>To understand the Fed&rsquo;s lending response to the events of  2007-09, we need to step back to the second half of 2006. At that time, firms  and people around the world held a wide array of financial assets that were  ultimately backed by U.S. residential land. They viewed those assets as being  largely risk-free. Investors may have understood that a fall in the value of U.S.  land would impose large losses on them. However, they put low odds on such a  decline taking place. Rather, they seemed to believe that U.S. land prices  would continue to rise at a steady clip, as they had over the preceding 10  years. </p>
<p> By the  second half of 2007, that belief began to unravel in the face of incoming data.  People were learning the hard way that U.S. land was a risky investment. Now  the only question was how risky. That uncertainty planted the seeds for global  financial panic.</p>
<p> What  do I mean by the term &ldquo;financial panic&rdquo;? Financial panics are events that blur  the line between liquidity and solvency. A firm is solvent if its revenues (in  a discounted present-value sense) exceed its expenditures. A firm is liquid if  it is able to raise enough funds&mdash;either by borrowing or by selling assets&mdash;to  pay its current costs. In a financial market that is functioning well, solvent  firms are typically liquid because they can borrow against their future profits.  During a financial panic, however, lenders feel unable to assess the future  profits and/or collateral of borrowers. Borrowing becomes highly constrained,  credit markets cease to function as well, and even highly solvent firms may  become illiquid. </p>
<p> As  I&rsquo;ve said, many forms of collateral around the world were either implicitly or  explicitly backed by U.S. residential land in the mid-2000s. But by mid-2007, as  those land prices fell, financial markets became increasingly uncertain about  how to evaluate mortgage-backed securities and other assets backed by U.S.  land. That translated into uncertainty about the ultimate solvency of  institutions holding those assets&mdash;and then about the ultimate solvency of any  of their creditors. Spreads in credit markets between Treasury returns and  other bond returns began to widen&mdash;at first slightly and then alarmingly as the  panic conditions took firmer hold. </p>
<p> Most  economists agree that central banks should respond to financial panics by  communicating that they are willing to lend freely to solvent firms, against a  wide range of good collateral, at some kind of penalty rate. This policy is  useful for two reasons. First, it provides a source of funds to potential  borrowers who are illiquid but nonetheless solvent. Second, it provides a floor  to collateral valuation. Private lenders know that they can always use  collateral seized from a defaulting borrower as a vehicle to borrow money from  the central bank. That baseline use serves to spur private lending. </p>
<p> Beginning  in mid-2007, the Fed took a number of actions consistent with this operating  principle. It lent money to financial institutions through the discount window  and its close cousin, the Term Auction Facility. It injected liquidity into a  broad range of essential credit markets through a veritable alphabet soup of  special lending vehicles. In some sense, these interventions were typical for a  central bank operating in the context of a financial panic. But the size of the  problem meant that the operations were unprecedented in their scale. The  interventions ultimately made up more than $1 trillion of Federal Reserve  assets. </p>
<p> There  is no doubt that these interventions saved many solvent firms from collapse  during the financial crisis. Over time, panic eased and spreads in financial  markets normalized. Once that happened, the private sector stopped borrowing  from the Fed because it found the Fed&rsquo;s penalty rates too onerous. As a result,  the Fed shut down its special lending facilities in 2010.</p>
<p> It is  plausible that the Fed&rsquo;s loans through the various special facilities exposed  it&mdash;and by extension, the American public&mdash;to some risk of loss. However, it is  difficult to know how much risk was involved. We generally try to measure a  financial asset&rsquo;s risk by the spread between its yield and that of a safe  benchmark like U.S. Treasuries. But as I&rsquo;ve mentioned, in a financial panic a  relatively large fraction of such a spread is attributable to illiquidity as  opposed to intrinsic risk. The goal of the central bank&rsquo;s intervention is  exactly to eliminate this panic-driven illiquidity. Accordingly, we cannot  gauge the Fed&rsquo;s risk exposures without somehow correcting spreads for this  illiquidity factor. Calculating this, however, is extremely difficult. What we  can say with certainty is that the Fed has not lost a penny on any of these  transactions: All such loans have been repaid in full.</p>
<p> I  should be careful to distinguish the lending that I&rsquo;ve described from the  institution-specific assistance the Federal Reserve provided to firms like AIG.  These institution-specific interventions were deemed necessary by the Fed and  the Bush administration because they believed that there were no adequate  procedures in place for liquidating the assets of systemically important financial  institutions in an orderly fashion. In 2010, the U.S. Congress passed an act  that provides these procedures. Simultaneously&mdash;and correctly&mdash;the Congress  removes the Fed&rsquo;s ability to engage in institution-specific assistance. The act  does leave in place the Fed&rsquo;s ability to engage in broad-based market  interventions of the kind that I&rsquo;ve described, albeit with more congressional  and White House oversight. This ability of the Fed could be useful in the event  that financial market turmoil in other parts of the world ever threatens to  spread to U.S. credit and capital markets.</p>
<h2><em>Cutting Interest Rates</em></h2>
<p>I&rsquo;ve talked about how the fall in land prices  generated a sharp increase in risk perceptions in financial markets and how  that in turn led to a financial crisis. I now want to turn to what I see as the  second key effect of the fall in land prices. This fall reduced the net worth  of many households and firms. According to Fed calculations, household net  worth fell by over 25 percent from the second quarter of 2007 to the first  quarter of 2009. Households responded to this change in their balance sheets by  forgoing consumption, which led in turn to a fall in output and employment,<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn3" name="_ftnref3" title="" id="_ftnref3">3</a></sup> and put downward pressure on the price level. </p>
<p>The  FOMC reacted by lowering its target interest rate from 5.25 percent in August  2007 to a range of 0 to 0.25 percent in December 2008; it now remains at this  lower bound. Since inflation expectations remained stable, the FOMC&rsquo;s action  has had the effect of lowering the real interest rate facing households.  Households, of course, typically respond to lower rates by saving less and  demanding more consumption. Similarly, firms undertake more investment  projects. In this way, the FOMC can and has partially offset the impact on the  economy of the loss of net worth.</p>
<p> Indeed,  the FOMC would probably have liked to respond by cutting its target interest  rate still further. The problem is that this target interest rate cannot go below  zero. Instead, the FOMC has engaged in large-scale purchases of long-term  assets issued or backed by the government. The goal of these transactions is to  lower long-term real interest rates and again offset the impact on the economy  of the net worth shock. </p>
<p> So, to  sum up, the fall in land prices triggered an increase in risk perceptions and a  decrease in household net worth. The increase in risk led to a major financial  crisis, which the Federal Reserve addressed through a large amount of  broad-based lending. The decrease in net worth led to a major recession and  ongoing slow recovery. The Federal Reserve&rsquo;s reduction in interest rates has  lessened the impact of this change in net worth. </p>
<h2>Looking  Back over the Past Four Years: Outcomes</h2>
<p>How  has the Federal Reserve performed relative to its dual mandate over the past  four years, since the onset of the Great Recession at the end of 2007? In terms  of price stability, the answer is remarkably well. The personal consumption  expenditure (PCE) inflation rate has averaged 1.8 percent per year from the  fourth quarter of 2007 through the third quarter of 2011. In my view, this  outcome is essentially consistent with price stability. </p>
<p> Now, I want to be  clear here about what I mean when I say &ldquo;inflation.&rdquo; That number I just gave  you, 1.8 percent per year for nearly four years, refers to what&rsquo;s termed <em>headline </em>inflation. It includes all  goods and services, including food and energy. When the Fed says that it is  committed to keeping inflation at 2 percent or a little less, it means prices  for <em>all</em> goods and services, including  the gas we put in our cars and the food we put on our tables. When we make  reference to year-over-year <em>core </em>inflation&mdash;that  is, inflation without food and energy&mdash;it&rsquo;s only because we believe that core  inflation is a helpful predictor of headline inflation over the next three or  four years. </p>
<p> It is important, I think, to understand why there is no longer an  intrinsic connection between the size of the Fed&rsquo;s balance sheet and inflation.  In the past three years, the Fed has bought over $2 trillion of securities issued  or backed by the government. The Fed has funded that purchase by tripling the  amount of deposits held by banks with the Fed&mdash;what are called bank <em>reserves</em>. </p>
<p> The standard reasoning is that this kind of reserve creation is  inflationary. Banks are only allowed to offer checkable deposits in proportion  to their reserves. Economists view checkable deposits as a form of money  because, like cash, checkable deposits make many transactions easier. In this  sense, bank reserves held with the Fed are essentially <em>licenses</em> for banks to create a certain amount of money. By giving out more licenses, the  FOMC is allowing banks to create more money. And if you took any economics in  school you learned: More money chasing the same number of goods&mdash;<em>voil&agrave;,</em> inflation. </p>
<p> But this connection between bank reserves and inflation is simply  not operative right now. Banks have few good lending opportunities, and so  they&rsquo;re not trying to attract deposits. As a result, they are keeping nearly  $1.6 trillion of reserves at the Fed in excess of what they need to back their  deposits. In other words, banks have the licenses to create money, but are  choosing not to do so. </p>
<p> I&rsquo;m confident, though, that at some point in the future, the  economy will improve and banks will once again have good lending opportunities.  Some observers are concerned that once this happens, the banks&rsquo; excess reserves  will serve as kindling for an inflationary fire. This concern would have been  entirely appropriate three years ago. But in October 2008, Congress granted the  Federal Reserve the power to pay <em>interest  on bank reserves</em>. Right now, that interest rate is 25 basis points, or 0.25  percent. By raising that rate judiciously, the Fed has the ability to deter  banks from using their reserves to create money, and through this mechanism,  the Fed can prevent inflation. The Fed&rsquo;s ability to pay interest on reserves  means that the old and familiar link between increased bank reserves and higher  inflation has been broken.</p>
<p> Of course, this requires the Fed to raise the interest rate on  reserves in response to changes in economic conditions. You might well ask: Will  the Fed raise interest rates in a sufficiently timely and effective manner to  keep inflation at 2 percent or a little less? But that&rsquo;s <em>always </em>been the key question to ask about Fed policy, even when the  Fed had a much smaller balance sheet. And that&rsquo;s my point: Because the Fed can  pay interest on reserves, the size of its balance sheet does not, in and of  itself, undercut the credibility of its commitment to keep inflation at 2  percent or a bit under. I believe that&rsquo;s why both survey and market-based  measures of expected inflation over the next five to 10 years have remained  remarkably stable as the Fed has expanded its liabilities.</p>
<p> In terms of the Fed&rsquo;s employment mandate: Unemployment remains  disturbingly high at 9 percent. But&mdash;and this is important to keep in mind&mdash;it would  likely be much higher without Federal Reserve interventions. Suppose  the Fed had not followed its aggressive lending policies or its imaginative  forms of monetary accommodation. What would have happened to the economy? While  a definitive answer is impossible, the evidence from the Great Depression is  suggestive. In the early years of the Great Depression, the United States was  on the gold standard and the Fed could not easily adjust the quantity of bank  reserves. As a result, the Fed did not engage in broad-based lending during the  1929-33 period. Nor did it cut interest rates aggressively. By 1933, hosts of  financial institutions had failed, real GDP had fallen by over 25 percent,  unemployment was 25 percent and the nation had experienced annual double-digit  rates of deflation. The Fed&rsquo;s passiveness in 1929-33 was associated with an  economic catastrophe. </p>
<p> Let me  summarize my review of Federal Reserve performance since the beginning of the  Great Recession in December 2007. My assessment is that, despite profound  economic shocks, the Federal Reserve&mdash;led by Chairman Bernanke&mdash;has successfully  met its price stability mandate through its lending programs and through innovative  forms of monetary accommodation. These actions also helped keep the  unemployment rate from rising even higher. As part of its accommodative policy,  the FOMC has greatly expanded its balance sheet. But it is important to  understand that this expansion need not trigger inflation now or in the future,  because the Federal Reserve can now pay interest on bank reserves.</p>
<h2>Going  Forward</h2>
<p>I&rsquo;ve spent most of this speech looking back. Let me close by  offering some thoughts about future policy.</p>
<p> I&rsquo;ve  underscored the Federal Reserve&rsquo;s success in meeting its price stability  mandate over the past four years. And the Fed&rsquo;s actions have helped keep  unemployment from rising higher. But the unemployment rate, currently 9  percent, remains disturbingly high&mdash;and FOMC meeting participants are projecting  that it will fall to only about 8 percent over the next two years. </p>
<p> The  FOMC does have tools remaining. It could put downward pressure on long-term  market interest rates in at least two ways. First, it could buy more long-term Treasury  securities or securities issued by government-sponsored enterprises like Fannie  Mae and Freddie Mac. Second, the Committee could extend its prediction for how  long it will keep its target short-term interest rate exceptionally low. So,  tools&mdash;and choices&mdash;remain. </p>
<p> However,  the FOMC should do more than simply decide at each meeting whether or not to buy  more assets or to keep interest rates low for longer. Any current decision is  based on the FOMC&rsquo;s forecast of the future, and no forecast can be perfect. The  Committee should provide a <em>public  contingency plan&mdash;</em>that is, provide clear guidance on how it will respond to  a variety of relevant scenarios. For example, the Committee recently projected  that in 2011, core inflation will be 1.9 percent and that it will fall back in  2012 and 2013 to around 1.7 percent. Suppose hypothetically that core  inflation, and the outlook for core inflation, has risen to 3 percent by the  end of 2013, while unemployment has fallen to between 8 percent and 8.5 percent.  A public contingency plan would allow the public to know what the Committee  intends to do in that eventuality. </p>
<p> I  believe that public contingency planning will have many benefits. Let me  mention two. First, in recent statements and speeches, I have described why the  FOMC actions in August and September seemed inconsistent with the evolution of  the macroeconomic data in 2011. This kind of inconsistency is much less likely to  occur once the FOMC has formulated an explicit public contingency plan. Second,  I&rsquo;ve heard from businesses that policy uncertainty is curbing their incentive  to hire or invest. Similarly, I&rsquo;ve heard from consumers that policy uncertainty  is curbing their incentive to spend. A public FOMC contingency plan can help  reduce the level of policy uncertainty being created by the Fed. </p>
<p> No  contingency plan can ever be definitive. Inevitably, the FOMC will learn things  that it did not expect to learn. And so there may be conditions that force the  FOMC to deviate from a chosen plan. However, having a public plan, and couching  its decisions against the backdrop of that plan, will enhance Federal Reserve transparency,  credibility, accountability and consistency. </p>
<p> Thank  you for listening. I&rsquo;d be happy to take your questions.</p>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2><strong>Endnotes</strong></h2>

<div>
	<div id="ftn1">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref1" name="_ftn1" title="">1</a> See <a href="http://www.nber.org/cycles/recessions.html">National Bureau of Economic Research&rsquo;s Business Cycle Dating Committee</a>.</p>
		
  </div>
<div id="ftn2">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref2" name="_ftn2" title="">2</a> See Willardson (2008) and Willardson and  Pederson (2010).</p>
  </div>
<div id="ftn3">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref3" name="_ftn3" title="">3</a> See Kocherlakota (2010) for a more extensive  discussion of the relevant transmission mechanisms.</p>
  </div>
</div>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2><strong>References</strong></h2>
<div>
  <div id="ftn4">
    <p class="footnote">Kocherlakota,  Narayana R. 2010. &ldquo;<a href="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/papers/kocherlakota_landovervaluation_110610.pdf">Two Models of Land Overvaluation and Their Implications.</a>&rdquo;  Presented at &ldquo;A Return to Jekyll Island: The Origins, History, and Future of  the Federal Reserve,&rdquo; Jekyll Island, Ga. </p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn5">
    <p class="footnote">Willardson,  Niel. 2008. &ldquo;<a href="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/pubs/region/08-12/willardson.pdf">Actions to Restore Financial Stability.</a>&rdquo; <em>The Region</em> (December), Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis. </p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn6">
    <p class="footnote">Willardson,  Niel, and LuAnne Pederson. 2010. &ldquo;<a href="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/pubs/region/10-06/liquidity.pdf">Federal Reserve Liquidity Programs: An  Update.</a>&rdquo; <em>The Region</em> (June), Federal  Reserve Bank of Minneapolis. </p>
    </div>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
  
  <cb:speech>
  <cb:simpleTitle>Looking Back at Four Years of Federal Reserve Actions</cb:simpleTitle>
  <cb:occurrenceDate>2011-11-22T12:15:00-06:00</cb:occurrenceDate>
    
  <cb:person type="speaker">
    <cb:givenName>Narayana</cb:givenName>
    <cb:surname>Kocherlakota</cb:surname>
    <cb:nameAsWritten>Narayana Kocherlakota</cb:nameAsWritten>
    <cb:role>
      <cb:jobTitle>President</cb:jobTitle>
      <cb:affiliation>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis</cb:affiliation>
    </cb:role>
  </cb:person>
  <cb:locationAsWritten>Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada</cb:locationAsWritten>
  </cb:speech>
</item>  
<item rdf:about="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4772">
  <title>Looking Back at Four Years of Federal Reserve Actions</title>
  <link>http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4772</link>
  <dc:date>2011-11-08T12:30:00-06:00</dc:date>
  
    <content:encoded><![CDATA[    
<p>Thank you for that  generous introduction. It is a pleasure to be here today, especially to join  all of you who are here to participate in the South Dakota Chamber of  Commerce&rsquo;s annual Economic Outlook Seminar. I have to admit that the bulk of my  remarks will be somewhat out of step with the theme of the Economic Outlook  Seminar, as I provide a look back at Federal Reserve decision-making over the past  few years. However, if you bear with me for the next half hour, you will hear my  views on how I think the Federal Open Market Committee&mdash;the FOMC&mdash;can work to reduce  the level of uncertainty surrounding future monetary policymaking. As  always, any views I express here today are my own, and not necessarily those of  others in the Federal Reserve System, including my colleagues on the Federal  Open Market Committee. </p>
<h2>Some FOMC Basics </h2>
<p>Let me begin, though, with some basics about the  Federal Reserve System. The Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis is one of 12 regional  Reserve banks that, along with the Board of Governors in Washington, D.C., make  up the Federal Reserve System. Our bank represents the ninth of the 12 Federal  Reserve districts, and by area, we&rsquo;re the second largest. Our district includes  Montana, the Dakotas, Minnesota, northwestern Wisconsin and the Upper Peninsula  of Michigan. </p>
<p>Eight times per  year, the FOMC meets to set the path of monetary policy over the next six to  seven weeks. All 12 presidents of the various regional Federal Reserve  banks&mdash;including me&mdash;and the seven governors of the Federal Reserve Board,  including Chairman Bernanke, contribute to these deliberations. (Currently,  there are only five governors&mdash;two positions are unfilled.) However, the Committee  itself consists only of the governors, the president of the Federal Reserve Bank  of New York and a group of four other presidents that rotates annually. Right  now, that last group consists of the presidents from the Minneapolis,  Philadelphia, Dallas and Chicago Federal Reserve Banks. </p>
<p>I&rsquo;ve  said that the FOMC meets (at least) eight times per year. But how do these  meetings work? At a typical meeting, there are two so-called go-rounds, in  which every president and every governor has the opportunity to speak without  interruption. The first of these is referred to as the economics go-round. It  is kicked off by a presentation on current economic conditions by Federal  Reserve staff economists. Then, the presidents and governors describe their individual  views on current economic conditions and their respective outlooks for future  economic conditions. The presidents  typically start by providing information about their district&rsquo;s local economic  performance. We get that information from our research staffs, but also from  our interactions with business and community leaders in industries and towns  from across our districts. </p>
<p>The  chairman speaks at the end of the first go-round. He briefly but thoroughly  summarizes the preceding 16 perspectives. I can assure you that this is no easy  task&mdash;and the chairman&rsquo;s balanced and thoughtful treatment of our remarks is one  of the many reasons that he commands such respect among his colleagues. He then  provides his own views on the economy. </p>
<p>The  Committee next turns to the second go-round, which focuses on policy. Again,  the staff begins, with a presentation of policy options. After that, each of  the 17 meeting participants has a chance to speak on what each views as the  appropriate policy choice. This set of remarks is followed with a summary by  the chairman, in which he lays out what he sees as the Committee&rsquo;s consensus  view for future policy. The voting members of the FOMC then cast their votes on  this policy statement and thereby set monetary policy for the next six to seven  weeks.</p>
<p>I  hope that this description of an FOMC meeting conveys two things. First, the  meeting participants view monetary policy as a largely technocratic exercise  that is fundamentally apolitical. As I mentioned earlier, our policy  discussions are largely based on information-gathering and model analyses by  meeting participants and their staffs. I would say that the tone of the  discussion is pretty much in accord with its rather technical substance. There  is disagreement, of course. How could there not be in such challenging and unusual  economic times? But, as a relative newcomer, I&rsquo;ve been impressed with how the  dialogue within the meeting room is always fundamentally grounded in a deep  respect for the job at hand and for each other. </p>
<p>Second, my description  of an FOMC meeting highlights how the structure of the FOMC mirrors the  federalist structure of our government. Representatives from different regions  of the country&mdash;the various presidents&mdash;have input into FOMC deliberations. And,  as I&rsquo;ve described, their input relies critically on information received from district  residents. In this way, the Federal Reserve System is deliberately designed to  give the residents of Main Street a voice in national monetary policy. <strong></strong></p>
<h2><strong>FOMC Objectives</strong></h2>
<p>I&rsquo;ve said that FOMC  participants seek to adopt what they view as the appropriate policy choice. That  provides a natural segue into my next topic: the policy objectives of the FOMC.  The FOMC has a dual mandate, established by Congress: to set monetary policy so as to promote price stability and  maximum employment. The  heart of the price stability mandate is the Federal Reserve&rsquo;s inflation  objective. The FOMC communicates its inflation  objective to the public in a number of ways. Most prominently, at quarterly  intervals, FOMC meeting participants publicly reveal their forecasts for  inflation in the longer run (maybe five or six years), assuming that monetary  policy is optimal. Those forecasts usually range between 1.5 percent and 2  percent per year. They are often collectively referred to by saying that the  Federal Reserve views inflation as being &ldquo;mandate-consistent&rdquo; if it is running  at &ldquo;2 percent or a bit under.&rdquo; </p>
<p>Congress has also mandated that the FOMC set monetary policy  so as to promote maximum employment. An important and ongoing communications challenge for the FOMC is  that it is much harder to quantify the maximum employment mandate than the  price stability mandate. Changes in minimum wage policy, demography, taxes and  regulations, technological productivity, job market efficiency, unemployment  insurance benefits, entrepreneurial credit access and social norms all  influence what we might consider &ldquo;maximum employment.&rdquo; Trying to offset these  changes in the economy with monetary policy can lead to a dangerous drift in  inflationary expectations and ultimately in inflation itself. </p>
<h2>Looking Back over the Past Four Years: Actions</h2>
<p>The  National Bureau of Economic Research&rsquo;s Business Cycle Dating Committee serves  as the official arbiter of precisely when recessions begin and end.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn1" name="_ftnref1" title="" id="_ftnref1">1</a></sup> The committee has determined that what is commonly referred  to as the Great Recession began in December 2007 and ended in June 2009. During  that time period, real gross domestic product (that is, GDP adjusted for  inflation) fell by 5 percent and unemployment nearly doubled. <strong> </strong></p>
<p>The  Federal Reserve responded to the Great Recession and the associated financial  crisis in a number of ways that fall roughly into two classes. First, the Fed  engaged in a vast amount of lending to firms believed to be in sound condition.  It lent through conventional vehicles like the discount window and currency  swaps with foreign central banks. But it also lent through relatively unconventional  vehicles like the Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn2" name="_ftnref2" title="" id="_ftnref2">2</a></sup> Second,  the Fed lowered the real interest rate facing borrowers and lenders.</p>
<p> Here,  I should clarify some terminology. By the term &ldquo;real interest rate,&rdquo; I&rsquo;m  referring to the interest rate received by lenders net of inflation. Thus, if  the interest rate on the loan is 5 percent per year and lenders expect  inflation to be around 2 percent, the real interest rate is roughly 3 percent. Economists  generally think that it&rsquo;s the real interest rate that matters for economic  decision-making. </p>
<p> Early  in the recession, the Fed lowered its target for the fed funds rate. Given that  inflation expectations remained stable, this action served to lower the real  interest rate. By early 2009, when the fed funds rate target could really go no  lower, the Fed used large-scale asset purchases to achieve further reductions  in the real interest rate. </p>
<p>I&rsquo;ll  first discuss the Fed&rsquo;s lending responses and then talk about the interest rate  cuts.</p>
<h2><em>Lending</em></h2>
<p>To understand the Fed&rsquo;s responses to the events of 2007-09,  we need to step back to the second half of 2006. At that time, firms and people  around the world held a wide array of financial assets that were ultimately  backed by U.S. residential land. They viewed those assets as being largely risk-free.  Investors may have understood that a fall in the value of U.S. land would  impose large losses on them. However, they put low odds on such a decline  taking place. Rather, they seemed to believe that U.S. land prices would  continue to rise at a steady clip, as they had over the preceding 10 years. </p>
<p>By the  second half of 2007, that belief began to unravel in the face of incoming data.  People were learning the hard way that U.S. land was a risky investment. Now  the only question was how risky. That uncertainty planted the seeds for global  financial panic.</p>
<p>What  do I mean by the term &ldquo;financial panic&rdquo;? Financial panics are events that blur  the line between liquidity and solvency. A firm is solvent if its revenues (in  a discounted present-value sense) exceed its expenditures. A firm is liquid if  it is able to raise enough funds&mdash;either by borrowing or by selling assets&mdash;to  pay its current costs. In a financial market that is functioning well, solvent  firms are typically liquid because they can borrow against their future profits.  During a financial panic, however, lenders feel unable to assess the future  profits and/or collateral of borrowers. Borrowing becomes highly constrained,  credit markets cease to function as well, and even highly solvent firms may become  illiquid. </p>
<p>As  I&rsquo;ve said, many forms of collateral around the world were either implicitly or  explicitly backed by U.S. residential land in the mid-2000s. But by mid-2007, as  those land prices fell, financial markets became increasingly uncertain about  how to evaluate mortgage-backed securities and other assets backed by U.S.  land. That translated into uncertainty about the ultimate solvency of  institutions holding those assets&mdash;and then about the ultimate solvency of any  of their creditors. Spreads in credit markets between Treasury returns and  other bond returns began to widen&mdash;at first slightly and then alarmingly as the  panic conditions took firmer hold. </p>
<p>Most  economists agree that central banks should respond to financial panics by  communicating that they are willing to lend freely to solvent firms, against a  wide range of good collateral, at some kind of penalty rate. This policy is  useful for two reasons. First, it provides a source of funds to potential  borrowers who are illiquid but nonetheless solvent. Second, it provides a floor  to collateral valuation. Private lenders know that they can always use  collateral seized from a defaulting borrower as a vehicle to borrow money from  the central bank. That baseline use serves to spur private lending. </p>
<p>Beginning  in mid-2007, the Fed took a number of actions consistent with this operating  principle. It lent money to financial institutions through the discount window  and its close cousin, the Term Auction Facility. It injected liquidity into a  broad range of essential credit markets through a veritable alphabet soup of  special lending vehicles. In some sense, these interventions were typical for a  central bank operating in the context of a financial panic. But the size of the  problem meant that the operations were unprecedented in their scale. The  interventions made up more than $1 trillion of Federal Reserve assets. </p>
<p>There  is no doubt that these interventions saved many solvent firms from collapse  during the financial crisis. Over time, panic eased and spreads in financial  markets normalized. Once that happened, the private sector stopped borrowing  from the Fed because it found the Fed&rsquo;s penalty rates too onerous. As a result,  the Fed shut down its special lending facilities in 2010.</p>
<p>It is  plausible that the Fed&rsquo;s loans through the various special facilities exposed  it&mdash;and by extension, the American public&mdash;to some risk of loss. However, it is  difficult to know how much risk was involved. We generally try to measure a  financial asset&rsquo;s risk by the spread between its yield and that of a safe  benchmark like U.S. Treasuries. But as I&rsquo;ve mentioned, in a financial panic a  relatively large fraction of such a spread is attributable to illiquidity as  opposed to intrinsic risk. The goal of the central bank&rsquo;s intervention is  exactly to eliminate this panic-driven illiquidity. Accordingly, we cannot  gauge the Fed&rsquo;s risk exposures without somehow correcting spreads for this  illiquidity factor. Calculating this, however, is extremely difficult. What we  can say with certainty is that the Fed has not lost a penny on any of these  transactions: All such loans have been repaid in full.</p>
<p>I  should be careful to distinguish the lending that I&rsquo;ve described from the  institution-specific assistance the Federal Reserve provided to firms like AIG.  These institution-specific interventions were deemed necessary by the Fed and  the Bush administration because they believed that there were no adequate  procedures in place for liquidating the assets of systemically important financial  institutions in an orderly fashion. The Dodd-Frank Act passed in 2010 provides  these procedures. Simultaneously&mdash;and correctly&mdash;the Dodd-Frank Act removes the  Fed&rsquo;s ability to engage in institution-specific assistance. The act does leave  in place the Fed&rsquo;s ability to engage in broad-based market interventions of the  kind that I&rsquo;ve described, albeit with more congressional and White House  oversight.</p>
<h2><em>Cutting Interest Rates</em></h2>
<p>I&rsquo;ve  talked about how the fall in land prices generated a sharp increase in risk  perceptions in financial markets and how that in turn led to a financial  crisis. I now want to turn to what I see as the second key effect of the fall  in land prices. This fall reduced the net worth of many households and firms.  According to Fed calculations, household net worth fell by over 25 percent from  the second quarter of 2007 to the first quarter of 2009. Households responded  to this change in their balance sheets by forgoing consumption, which led in  turn to a fall in output and employment,<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn3" name="_ftnref3" title="" id="_ftnref3">3</a></sup> and put downward pressure on the price level. </p>
<p>The  FOMC reacted by lowering its target interest rate from 5.25 percent in August  2007 to a range of 0 to 0.25 percent in December 2008; it now remains at this  lower bound. Since inflation expectations remained stable, the FOMC&rsquo;s action  has had the effect of lowering the real interest rate facing households.  Households, of course, typically respond to lower rates by saving less and  demanding more consumption. Similarly, firms undertake more investment  projects. In this way, the FOMC can and has partially offset the impact on the  economy of the loss of net worth.</p>
<p>Indeed,  the FOMC would probably have liked to respond by cutting its target interest  rate still further. The problem is that this target interest rate cannot go below  zero. Instead, the FOMC has engaged in large-scale purchases of long-term  assets issued or backed by the government. The goal of these transactions is to  lower long-term real interest rates and again offset the impact on the economy  of the net worth shock. </p>
<p>So, to  sum up, the fall in land prices triggered an increase in risk perceptions and a  decrease in household net worth. The increase in risk led to a major financial  crisis that has been cured, thanks in part to the actions by the Federal  Reserve that I&rsquo;ve just described. The decrease in net worth led to a major  recession and ongoing slow recovery. The Federal Reserve&rsquo;s reduction in  interest rates has lessened the impact of this change in net worth. </p>
<h2>Looking  Back over the Past Four Years: Outcomes</h2>
<p>How  has the FOMC performed relative to its dual mandate over the past four years,  since the onset of the Great Recession at the end of 2007? In terms of price  stability, the answer is remarkably well. The personal consumption expenditure  (PCE) inflation rate has averaged 1.8 percent per year from the fourth quarter  of 2007 through the third quarter of 2011. In my view, this outcome is  essentially consistent with price stability. </p>
<p>Now, I want to be  clear here about what I mean when I say &ldquo;inflation.&rdquo; That number I just gave  you, 1.8 percent per year for nearly four years, refers to what&rsquo;s termed <em>headline </em>inflation. It includes all  goods and services, including food and energy. When the Fed says that it is  committed to keeping inflation at 2 percent or a little less, it means prices  for <em>all</em> goods and services, including  the gas we put in our cars and the food we put on our tables. When we make  reference to year-over-year <em>core </em>inflation&mdash;that  is, inflation without food and energy&mdash;it&rsquo;s only because we believe that core  inflation is a helpful predictor of headline inflation over the next three or  four years. </p>
<p>I want to spend some time explaining why there is no longer an intrinsic  connection between the size of the Fed&rsquo;s balance sheet and inflation. In the  past three years, the Fed has bought over $2 trillion of securities issued or  backed by the government. The Fed has funded that purchase by tripling the  amount of deposits held by banks with the Fed&mdash;what are called bank <em>reserves</em>. </p>
<p>The standard reasoning is that this kind of reserve creation is  inflationary. Banks are only allowed to offer checkable deposits in proportion  to their reserves. Economists view checkable deposits as a form of money  because, like cash, checkable deposits make many transactions easier. In this  sense, bank reserves held with the Fed are essentially <em>licenses</em> for banks to create a certain amount of money. By giving out more licenses, the  FOMC is allowing banks to create more money. And if you took any economics in  school you learned: More money chasing the same number of goods&mdash;<em>voil&agrave;,</em> inflation. Indeed, I think I&rsquo;m  pretty safe in saying that after four years in economics grad school, I&rsquo;ve  uttered this phrase&mdash;more money chasing the same number of goods creates  inflation&mdash;more often than anyone else in this room.</p>
<p>But this connection between bank reserves and inflation is simply  not operative right now. Banks have few good lending opportunities, and so  they&rsquo;re not trying to attract deposits. As a result, they are keeping nearly  $1.6 trillion of reserves at the Fed in excess of what they need to back their  deposits. In other words, banks have the licenses to create money, but are  choosing not to do so. </p>
<p>I&rsquo;m confident, though, that at some point in the future, the  economy will improve and banks will once again have good lending opportunities.  Some observers are concerned that once this happens, the banks&rsquo; excess reserves  will serve as kindling for an inflationary fire. This concern would have been  entirely appropriate three years ago. But in October 2008, Congress granted the  Federal Reserve the power to pay <em>interest  on bank reserves</em>. Right now, that interest rate is 25 basis points, or 0.25  percent. By raising that rate judiciously, the Fed has the ability to deter  banks from using their reserves to create money, and through this mechanism,  the Fed can prevent inflation. The Fed&rsquo;s ability to pay interest on reserves  means that the old and familiar link between increased bank reserves and higher  inflation has been broken.</p>
<p>Of course, this requires the Fed to raise the interest rate on  reserves in response to changes in economic conditions. You might well ask: Will  the Fed raise interest rates in a sufficiently timely and effective manner to  keep inflation at 2 percent or a little less? But that&rsquo;s <em>always </em>been the key question to ask about Fed policy, even when the  Fed had a much smaller balance sheet. And that&rsquo;s my point: Because the Fed can  pay interest on reserves, the size of its balance sheet does not, in and of  itself, undercut the credibility of its commitment to keep inflation at 2  percent or a bit under. I believe that&rsquo;s why both survey and market-based  measures of expected inflation over the next five to 10 years have remained  remarkably stable as the Fed has expanded its liabilities.</p>
<p>Unemployment remains disturbingly high at 9 percent. But&mdash;and this  is important to keep in mind&mdash;it would likely be much higher without Federal  Reserve interventions. Suppose the Fed had not followed its aggressive lending  policies or its imaginative forms of monetary accommodation. What would have  happened to the economy? While a definitive answer is impossible, the evidence  from the Great Depression is suggestive. In the early years of the Great  Depression, the United States was on the gold standard and the Fed could not  easily adjust the quantity of bank reserves. As a result, the Fed did not  engage in broad-based lending during the 1929-33 period. Nor did it cut  interest rates aggressively. By 1933, hosts of financial institutions had  failed, real GDP had fallen by over 25 percent, unemployment was 25 percent and  the nation had experienced annual double-digit rates of deflation. The Fed&rsquo;s  passiveness in 1929-33 was associated with an economic catastrophe. </p>
<p>Let me  summarize my review of Federal Reserve performance since the beginning of the  Great Recession in December 2007. My assessment is that, despite profound  economic shocks, the Federal Reserve&mdash;led by Chairman Bernanke&mdash;has successfully  met its price stability mandate through its lending programs and through innovative  forms of monetary accommodation. These actions also helped keep the  unemployment rate from rising even higher. As part of its accommodative policy,  the FOMC has greatly expanded its balance sheet. But it is important to  understand that this expansion need not trigger inflation now or in the future,  because the Federal Reserve can now pay interest on bank reserves.</p>
<h2>Going  Forward</h2>
<p>I&rsquo;ve spent most of this speech looking back. Let me close by  offering some thoughts about future policy.</p>
<p>I&rsquo;ve underscored  the Federal Reserve&rsquo;s success in meeting its price stability mandate over the  past four years. And the Fed&rsquo;s actions have helped keep unemployment from  rising higher. But the unemployment rate, currently 9 percent, remains disturbingly  high&mdash;and FOMC meeting participants are projecting that it will fall to only about  8 percent over the next two years. </p>
<p>The  FOMC does have tools remaining. It could put downward pressure on long-term  market interest rates in at least two ways. First, it could buy more long-term Treasury  securities or securities issued by government-sponsored enterprises like Fannie  Mae and Freddie Mac. Second, the Committee could extend its prediction for how  long it will keep its target short-term interest rate exceptionally low. So,  tools&mdash;and choices&mdash;remain. </p>
<p>However,  the FOMC should do more than simply decide at each meeting whether or not to buy  more assets or to keep interest rates low for longer. Any current decision is  based on the FOMC&rsquo;s forecast of the future, and no forecast can be perfect. The  Committee should provide a <em>public  contingency plan&mdash;</em>that is, provide clear guidance on how it will respond to  a variety of relevant scenarios. For example, the Committee recently projected  that in 2011, core inflation will be 1.9 percent and that it will fall back in  2012 and 2013 to around 1.7 percent. Suppose hypothetically that core  inflation, and the outlook for core inflation, has risen to 3 percent by the  end of 2013, while unemployment has fallen to between 8 percent and 8.5 percent.  A public contingency plan would allow the public to know what the Committee  intends to do in that eventuality. </p>
<p>I  believe that this kind of public contingency planning will have many benefits. Let  me mention two. First, in recent statements and speeches, I have described why  the FOMC actions in August and September seemed inconsistent with the evolution  of the macroeconomic data in 2011. This kind of inconsistency is much less  likely to occur once the FOMC has formulated an explicit public contingency plan.  Second, I&rsquo;ve heard from businesses that policy uncertainty is curbing their  incentive to hire or invest. Similarly, I&rsquo;ve heard from consumers that policy  uncertainty is curbing their incentive to spend. A public FOMC contingency plan  can help reduce the level of policy uncertainty being created by the Fed. </p>
<p>No  contingency plan can ever be definitive. Inevitably, the FOMC will learn things  that it did not expect to learn, and events will occur that it did not expect  to occur. And so there may be conditions that force the FOMC to deviate from a  chosen plan. However, having a public plan, and couching its decisions against  the backdrop of that plan, will enhance Federal Reserve transparency,  credibility, accountability and consistency. </p>
<p>Thank  you for listening. I&rsquo;d be happy to take your questions. </p>
<p></p>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2><strong>Endnotes</strong></h2>

<div>
	<div id="ftn1">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref1" name="_ftn1" title="">1</a> See <a href="http://www.nber.org/cycles/recessions.html">National Bureau of Economic Research&rsquo;s Business Cycle Dating Committee</a>.</p>
		
  </div>
<div id="ftn2">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref2" name="_ftn2" title="">2</a> See Willardson (2008) and Willardson and  Pederson (2010).</p>
  </div>
<div id="ftn3">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref3" name="_ftn3" title="">3</a> See Kocherlakota (2010) for a more extensive  discussion of the relevant transmission mechanisms.</p>
  </div>
</div>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2><strong>References</strong></h2>
<div>
  <div id="ftn4">
    <p class="footnote">Kocherlakota,  Narayana R. 2010. &ldquo;<a href="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/papers/kocherlakota_landovervaluation_110610.pdf">Two Models of Land Overvaluation and Their Implications.</a>&rdquo;  Presented at &ldquo;A Return to Jekyll Island: The Origins, History, and Future of  the Federal Reserve,&rdquo; Jekyll Island, Ga. </p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn5">
    <p class="footnote">Willardson,  Niel. 2008. &ldquo;<a href="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/pubs/region/08-12/willardson.pdf">Actions to Restore Financial Stability.</a>&rdquo; <em>The Region</em> (December), Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis. </p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn6">
    <p class="footnote">Willardson,  Niel, and LuAnne Pederson. 2010. &ldquo;<a href="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/pubs/region/10-06/liquidity.pdf">Federal Reserve Liquidity Programs: An  Update.</a>&rdquo; <em>The Region</em> (June), Federal  Reserve Bank of Minneapolis. </p>
    </div>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
  
  <cb:speech>
  <cb:simpleTitle>Looking Back at Four Years of Federal Reserve Actions</cb:simpleTitle>
  <cb:occurrenceDate>2011-11-08T12:30:00-06:00</cb:occurrenceDate>
    
  <cb:person type="speaker">
    <cb:givenName>Narayana</cb:givenName>
    <cb:surname>Kocherlakota</cb:surname>
    <cb:nameAsWritten>Narayana Kocherlakota</cb:nameAsWritten>
    <cb:role>
      <cb:jobTitle>President</cb:jobTitle>
      <cb:affiliation>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis</cb:affiliation>
    </cb:role>
  </cb:person>
  <cb:locationAsWritten>Sioux Falls, South Dakota</cb:locationAsWritten>
  </cb:speech>
</item>  
<item rdf:about="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4770">
  <title>Further Thoughts on Making Monetary Policy</title>
  <link>http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4770</link>
  <dc:date>2011-10-21T12:45:00-06:00</dc:date>
  
    <content:encoded><![CDATA[   

<p class="footnote"><em>Note<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn1" name="_ftnref1" title="" id="_ftnref1">1</a></sup></em></p>
<p>Thank you very much for  that generous introduction. It is a special pleasure to meet with this group so  soon after the announcement that two of your fellow alums have been awarded the  2011 Prize in Economic Sciences in Memory of Alfred Nobel. I am referring, of  course, to Thomas Sargent and Christopher Sims, and I would like to begin my  remarks by congratulating Tom and Chris on this well-deserved honor. In the 1970s, in independent research, they developed systematic  approaches to distinguishing between cause and effect in macroeconomic data. Now,  almost 40 years later, their thinking informs the making of macroeconomic  policy around the world. </p>
<p>I am  especially pleased to acknowledge Chris and Tom&rsquo;s achievement because of their  connection to the state of Minnesota. After earning their Ph.D.s in economics  at Harvard, where Chris also received his undergrad degree in mathematics, Tom  and Chris went on to do much of their Prize-winning work right here in  Minneapolis, as professors at the University of Minnesota and consultants at  the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis. I&rsquo;m sure that many of you in the room  today followed that same career path, from an education at one of America&rsquo;s  oldest colleges to accomplishing great things here in the North Star State. </p>
<p>In  my remarks today, I&rsquo;d like to touch on several topics. I&rsquo;ll begin with a quick  description of the structure of the Federal Reserve System and the deliberative  process of the Federal Open Market Committee&mdash;the Committee that makes monetary  policy for the nation. Then I&rsquo;ll describe the FOMC&rsquo;s objectives and discuss how  the FOMC makes decisions so as to achieve those objectives. I&rsquo;ll close with a  discussion of my dissents on recent FOMC decisions and some perspectives on monetary  policy going forward. After that, I&rsquo;ll be pleased to answer any questions you  may have. And before I begin, I should remind you that my comments here today  reflect my views alone, and not necessarily those of others in the Federal  Reserve System, including my FOMC colleagues.</p>
<h2><strong>Some FOMC basics</strong> </h2>
<p>The Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis is one of  12 regional Reserve banks that, along with the Board of Governors in  Washington, D.C., make up the Federal Reserve System. Our bank represents the  ninth of the 12 Federal Reserve districts, and by area, we&rsquo;re the second  largest. Our district includes Montana, the Dakotas, Minnesota, northwestern  Wisconsin and the Upper Peninsula of Michigan. </p>
<p>Eight times per  year, the FOMC meets to set the path of monetary policy over the next six to  seven weeks. All 12 presidents of the various regional Federal Reserve  banks&mdash;including me&mdash;and the seven governors of the Federal Reserve Board,  including Chairman Bernanke, contribute to these deliberations. (Currently,  there are only five governors&mdash;two positions are unfilled.) However, the Committee  itself consists only of the governors, the president of the Federal Reserve  Bank of New York and a group of four other presidents that rotates annually. Right  now, that last group consists of the presidents from the Minneapolis,  Philadelphia, Dallas and Chicago Federal Reserve Banks. </p>
<p>I&rsquo;ve  said that the FOMC meets (at least) eight times per year. But how do these  meetings work? At a typical meeting, there are two so-called go-rounds, in  which every president and every governor has the opportunity to speak without  interruption. The first of these is referred to as the economics go-round. It  is kicked off by a presentation on current economic conditions by Federal  Reserve staff economists. Then, the presidents and governors describe their individual  views on current economic conditions and their respective outlooks for future  economic conditions. The presidents  typically start by providing information about their district&rsquo;s local economic  performance. We get that information from our research staffs, but also from  our interactions with business and community leaders in industries and towns  from across our districts. </p>
<p>The  chairman speaks at the end of the first go-round. He briefly but thoroughly  summarizes the preceding 16 perspectives. I can assure you that this is no easy  task&mdash;and the chairman&rsquo;s balanced and thoughtful treatment of our remarks is one  of the many reasons that he commands such respect among his colleagues. He then  provides his own views on the economy. </p>
<p>The  Committee next turns to the second go-round, which focuses on policy. Again,  the staff begins, with a presentation of policy options. After that, each of  the 17 meeting participants has a chance to speak on what each views as the  appropriate policy choice. This set of remarks is followed by a summary by the  chairman, in which he lays out what he sees as the Committee&rsquo;s consensus view  for future policy. The voting members of the FOMC then cast their votes on this  policy statement and thereby set monetary policy for the next six to seven  weeks.</p>
<p>I  hope that this description of an FOMC meeting conveys two things. First, the  meeting participants view monetary policy as a largely technocratic exercise  that is fundamentally apolitical. As I mentioned earlier, our policy  discussions are largely based on information-gathering and model analyses by  meeting participants and their staffs. I would say that the tone of the discussion  is pretty much in accord with its rather technical substance. There is  disagreement, of course. How could there not be in such challenging and unusual  economic times? But, as a relative newcomer, I&rsquo;ve been impressed with how the  dialogue within the meeting room is always fundamentally grounded in a deep respect  for the job at hand and for each other. </p>
<p>Second, my description  of an FOMC meeting highlights how the structure of the FOMC mirrors the  federalist structure of our government. Representatives from different regions  of the country&mdash;the various presidents&mdash;have input into FOMC deliberations. And,  as I&rsquo;ve described, their input relies critically on information received from district  residents. In this way, the Federal Reserve System is deliberately designed to  give the residents of Main Street a voice in national monetary policy.</p>
<h2><strong>FOMC objectives</strong></h2>
<p>I&rsquo;ve said that FOMC  participants seek to adopt what they view as the appropriate policy choice. That  provides a natural segue into my next topic: the policy objectives of the FOMC.  The FOMC has a dual mandate, established by Congress: to set monetary policy so as to promote price stability and  maximum employment. In my view, the heart of implementing the price stability  mandate is to formulate and communicate an objective for inflation. The central  bank then fulfills its price stability mandate by making choices over time so  as to keep inflation close to that objective. </p>
<p>Of course, the  central bank&rsquo;s job is complicated by economic shocks that may lower or raise  inflationary pressures. The central bank provides additional monetary  accommodation&mdash;like lower interest rates&mdash;in response to the shocks that push  down on medium-term inflation. It reduces accommodation in response to the  shocks that push up on inflation. By doing so, it works to ensure that  inflation stays close to its objective. </p>
<p>It is not enough  to have an objective&mdash;the Federal Reserve must also communicate that objective  clearly and credibly. That communication serves to anchor the public&rsquo;s medium-  and long-term inflationary expectations. Put another way, without clear  communication of objectives, the public can only guess at the intentions of the  FOMC, and inflationary expectations and inflation itself will inevitably end up  fluctuating&mdash;and perhaps by a lot. It is possible to undo these shifts in  expectations, but doing so entails significant economic cost. The nation saw  this all too clearly in the early 1980s, when tighter monetary policy necessary  to rein in high inflation resulted in painful employment losses. </p>
<p>The Federal Reserve communicates its objective for inflation  in a number of ways. For example, at quarterly intervals, FOMC meeting  participants publicly reveal their forecasts for inflation in the longer run  (maybe five or six years), assuming that monetary policy is optimal. Those  forecasts usually range between 1.5 percent and 2 percent per year. They are  often collectively referred to by saying that the Federal Reserve views  inflation as being &ldquo;mandate-consistent&rdquo; if it is running at &ldquo;2 percent or a bit  under.&rdquo;</p>
<p>Congress  has also mandated that the FOMC set monetary policy so as to promote maximum  employment. Some see an intrinsic conflict between the FOMC&rsquo;s price stability  mandate and maximum employment mandate. But there is actually a deep sense in  which the price stability and maximum employment mandates are intertwined. Imagine that  inflation runs at 3 or 4 percent per year for three or four years. The public  will then start to doubt the credibility of the Fed&rsquo;s stated commitment to a 2-percent-or-a-bit-under  objective. The public&rsquo;s medium-term inflationary expectations will consequently  begin to rise. As we saw in the latter part of the 1970s, these changes in  expectations can serve to reinforce and augment the upward drift in inflation.  At that point, the Federal Reserve will have to tighten policy considerably if  it wishes to regain control of inflation. But we learned in the early 1980s  that the resultant tightening&mdash;while necessary&mdash;generates large losses in  employment. In other words, failing to meet its price stability mandate can  also lead the FOMC, over the medium and long term, to substantial failure on  its employment mandate.<em><sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn2" name="_ftnref2" title="" id="_ftnref2">2</a></sup></em> </p>
<p>An important  and ongoing communications challenge for the FOMC is that it is much harder to  quantify the maximum employment mandate than the price stability mandate. Changes  in minimum wage policy, demography, taxes and regulations, technological  productivity, job market efficiency, unemployment insurance benefits,  entrepreneurial credit access and social norms all influence what we might  consider &ldquo;maximum employment.&rdquo; Trying to offset these changes in the economy  with monetary policy can lead to a dangerous drift in inflationary expectations  and ultimately in inflation itself.</p>
<p>Over the past year, the  FOMC has communicated through its statements that it perceives the current  unemployment rate to be elevated relative to levels that it views as consistent  with its dual mandate. In  this situation, there is a trade-off involved in the making of monetary policy.  On the one hand, adding monetary accommodation reduces unemployment. On the  other hand, adding accommodation increases the risk of generating inflation markedly  higher than the Committee&rsquo;s objective of 2 percent for a significant period of  time. In choosing whether to add monetary stimulus or not, the Committee must  resolve this trade-off between the fall in unemployment and the increase in the  risk of inflation. </p>
<p>I&rsquo;ve described the relevant trade-off in the traditional way  as being one between employment gains and inflation risks. This description  emphasizes a tension between the two mandates of the Federal Reserve. But, as I  explained earlier, if the public observes inflation running at more than 2  percent for multiple years, their inflation expectations may drift upward. This  increase in expectations can give rise to a need for monetary tightening that  may generate large employment losses. In other words, when thinking about  adding monetary accommodation, the Federal Reserve confronts a basic trade-off that  can be framed without reference to its price stability mandate: a trade-off between <em>short-term</em> employment gains and the  risk of larger <em>longer-term</em> employment  losses.</p>
<h2><strong>Making monetary policy:  Responding to a mandate dashboard</strong></h2>
<p>The FOMC&rsquo;s dual mandate, as I&rsquo;ve said,  is to keep inflation at 2 percent or a bit under and to promote maximum  employment&mdash;that is, to keep unemployment low. But  how does the FOMC make its choices at each meeting so as to achieve these  goals? I believe that it is useful to think of a driver who is trying to  maintain a car speed. To do so, he&rsquo;ll vary pressure on the accelerator in  response to changes in road conditions, current and expected: hills, valleys,  rough pavement, headwinds. In the same way, the FOMC varies its chosen level of  monetary accommodation in response to changes in current and expected economic  conditions. </p>
<p>This kind of systematic response to changing economic conditions  is an essential part of good monetary policy for at least two reasons. First,  there is a great deal of empirical evidence and theoretical support for the  idea that following a policy rule, as economists call it, is what enables the Committee  to achieve its dual mandate goals. Second, and perhaps more importantly,  actions speak louder than words. The Committee can <em>claim</em> that it intends to make monetary policy so as to fulfill its  dual mandate. But the public can and does watch its actions carefully in this  regard. If the Committee fails to reduce its immense amount of accommodation in  a timely fashion, the public may well begin to doubt the Committee&rsquo;s claims  about its goals. </p>
<p>Right now, the Federal Reserve has multiple forms of accommodative  monetary policy in place. For example, the FOMC is targeting a fed funds rate  of between 0 and 25 basis points&mdash;that is, between 0 percent and 0.25 percent. This  kind of accommodation&mdash;keeping short-term interest rates extremely low&mdash;is an  entirely conventional response to unduly low levels of inflation and unduly  high levels of unemployment. By keeping market interest rates low, the policy  encourages companies to invest in hiring and business expansion, and it  encourages households to spend more. The Committee has announced that it anticipates  that conditions will be such that the fed funds rate will stay between 0 and 25  basis points for at least 20 more months. </p>
<p>The second kind of accommodation is less conventional. The Fed has  bought over $2 trillion of longer-term government securities and has announced  its intention to buy still more. The goal of this form of accommodation is to  raise the prices of longer-term securities and lower longer-term yields. In so  doing, more long-term investments&mdash;like building factories or hiring  workers&mdash;become more attractive to businesses.</p>
<p>This combined package of accommodation  is really unprecedented. As I&rsquo;ve described at some length in earlier speeches, I  believe that it has been critical in keeping inflation from falling lower and  unemployment from rising higher.<em><sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn3" name="_ftnref3" title="" id="_ftnref3">3</a></sup></em> But,  as economic conditions improve, the FOMC will need to reduce the amount of  accommodation that it is providing. What conditions are relevant? Again, I  think that it&rsquo;s useful to think of a car driver who is trying to maintain his  speed. To know how much (or how little) acceleration to provide, the driver  would certainly like to know his current speed. As well, he would like to know  how future road conditions&mdash;like hills&mdash;are likely to affect his future speed. </p>
<p>The FOMC&rsquo;s problem is quite similar. Just like the driver  needs to know his current speed, the FOMC needs an accurate measure of current  inflation and unemployment. Just as the driver needs an estimate of his future  speed, based on anticipated road conditions, the FOMC should have an assessment  of the future levels of inflation and unemployment. </p>
<p>I find it helpful to summarize the relevant information in  what I term a <em>mandate dashboard</em>. For  reasons that will become clear later in my remarks, I think that it&rsquo;s useful to  start by looking at the dashboard from early November 2010&mdash;that is, from about  a year ago. I&rsquo;ll  explain the dashboard starting with the inflation side. The first cell from the  left is current inflation. The second cell is what inflation is projected to be  in one year&rsquo;s time. Finally, the third cell contains a forecast for inflation  in two years&rsquo; time. The unemployment side is similar. The first cell from the  left represents current unemployment. The second cell represents a forecast for  unemployment in one year&rsquo;s time, and the third cell represents a forecast for  unemployment in two years&rsquo; time. </p>
<p align="center" class="footnote"><a href="/news_events/pres/nrk10-21-11_table1_large.jpg" rel="lightbox"><img src="/news_events/pres/nrk10-21-11_table1.jpg" width="415" height="204" border="0" alt="Table 1: Mandate Dashboard" /></a></p>
<p align="center" class="footnote"><a href="/news_events/pres/nrk10-21-11_table1_large.jpg" rel="lightbox">Large Image</a></p>
<p>Of course, I have to be a little  more precise in what I mean by inflation and unemployment. By &ldquo;inflation,&rdquo; I  mean the change in the personal consumption expenditure (PCE) price index over the  preceding four quarters, excluding changes in the prices of food and energy. Hence,  my measure of inflation in the dashboard is what is commonly called &ldquo;core  inflation.&rdquo; I&rsquo;m using core inflation because I view it as a good measure of overall  inflationary pressures over the next two to three years.</p>
<p>By &ldquo;unemployment,&rdquo; I mean the unemployment rate averaged  over the three months in the current quarter. The forecasts for future  inflation and unemployment are the midpoints of the central tendencies of the  projections of FOMC participants that they released in November. </p>
<p>Just as a driver should adjust acceleration according to  information provided by his dashboard, the FOMC should vary the level of  monetary accommodation in response to changes in the mandate dashboard. The  exact quantitative response will depend on the precise movements of the six  variables and on how the FOMC is resolving the trade-off that I mentioned  earlier between inflation risks and unemployment reductions. But the <em>qualitative</em> direction of the response is  typically easier to determine. For example, the November 2010 dashboard shows  that the FOMC expected the unemployment rate to fall over time&mdash;slowly&mdash;and the  inflation rate to rise&mdash;slightly. As that happens, the FOMC should respond by <em>slowly </em>lowering its immense level of  monetary accommodation. <strong></strong></p>
<h2><strong>Recent inconsistency in monetary  policy actions</strong></h2>
<p>I  picked November 2010 as a good base date because at that point in time, the  FOMC added considerably to the level of monetary policy accommodation. The Committee  undertook the purchase of $600 billion of long-term Treasuries over the  following eight months, in what was called QE2. I supported this action within  the meeting and then later publicly. The Committee took no further significant  policy action until the last two meetings in August and September 2011, at  which the FOMC added considerably more accommodation. </p>
<p>I dissented from the FOMC decisions at these last two  meetings. My thinking behind those dissents is grounded in the evolution of the  mandate dashboard over the past year. The  entries for November 2010 are exactly what I&rsquo;ve already shown you, and they&rsquo;re based  on the FOMC&rsquo;s economic projections. The FOMC&rsquo;s most recent 2011 projections  date back to June, and so the entries for October 2011 are based on my own  forecasts. The fourth quarter is not yet complete, but it looks like fourth-quarter-over-fourth-quarter  PCE core inflation in 2011 will be around 1.9 percent. I expect it to rise over  the next couple of years to slightly above 2 percent. At the same time,  unemployment is 9.1 percent. I expect it to fall slowly to around 8 percent by  the end of 2013. I should say that private sector forecasts for inflation over  the next two years are probably closer to 1.6 percent rather than 2.1 percent. However,  my forecasts for unemployment are roughly similar to those of private sector  forecasters. </p>
<p align="center" class="footnote"><a href="/news_events/pres/nrk10-21-11_table2_large.jpg" rel="lightbox"><img src="/news_events/pres/nrk10-21-11_table2.jpg" width="415" height="237" border="0" alt="Table 2: Evolution of the Mandate Dashboard" /></a></p>
<p align="center" class="footnote"><a href="/news_events/pres/nrk10-21-11_table2_large.jpg" rel="lightbox">Large Image</a></p>
<p>Notice that the second cell for the November 2010 row is the  forecast for inflation over the course of 2011, and the second cell for the October  2011 row is the forecast for inflation over the course of 2012. We generally  think that monetary policy operates with a one- or two-year lag. Accordingly, the  dashboard keeps track of what we expect the economy to be like in a year or  two. </p>
<p>Regardless of whether my forecasts or the private sector forecasts  are used, inflation&mdash;and the outlook for inflation&mdash;has risen markedly since last  November. Unemployment&mdash;and the outlook for unemployment&mdash;has fallen. These  changes in the mandate dashboard suggest that the Committee should have lowered  the level of monetary accommodation over the course of the year. Instead, the Committee  chose to <em>raise</em> the level of monetary  accommodation. The Committee&rsquo;s actions in the last two meetings are thus  inconsistent with the evolution of the economy in 2011. Given this  inconsistency between the Committee&rsquo;s actions and the evolution of the economy,  I decided to dissent in August and September. </p>
<p>I want to be clear about one important point. Like many  private sector forecasters, the FOMC has overestimated the strength of the  recovery over the past two years. Some have  suggested that the unexpected slowness of the recovery is a justification for  the FOMC&rsquo;s increasing the level of monetary accommodation over the past couple of  months. But I disagree with this argument. I&rsquo;ve just described why the FOMC  should respond to improvements in economic conditions and outlook with a reduction  in the level of monetary accommodation. Logically, if the economy recovers much  more slowly than expected, then the FOMC should respond by reducing the level  of monetary accommodation much more slowly than expected. The FOMC should only <em>increase</em> accommodation if the economy&rsquo;s  performance and outlook, relative to the dual mandate, actually <em>worsens</em> over time. </p>
<h2><strong>Conclusions</strong></h2>
<p>Let  me wrap up with some final thoughts about 2011 and a look ahead to 2012. Earlier  in my speech, I set forth what I see as a key trade-off involved in the making  of monetary policy. There is a benefit to adding monetary accommodation: It reduces  unemployment. There is a cost to adding monetary accommodation: It increases the  risk of inflation running above the Committee&rsquo;s objective of 2 percent for  multiple years. The FOMC&rsquo;s actions in 2011 suggest that the Committee is  resolving this key benefit-cost trade-off differently in 2011 from however it  viewed the trade-off in 2010. In particular, it appears that the Committee is  now more tolerant of the risk of higher-than-2-percent inflation than it was in  2010. </p>
<p>Moreover, as I explained earlier, one can reframe this  trade-off in a way that is entirely separate from the price stability mandate. Higher-than-2-percent  inflation over multiple years might lead to an upward drift in inflationary  expectations. The Fed found in the 1970s that this upward drift could only be  retarded by large medium- and long-term employment losses. Thus, I view the  basic unemployment-inflation trade-off in the making of monetary policy as really  being about <em>short-term</em> employment  gains and the risk of larger <em>longer-term</em> employment losses. The FOMC&rsquo;s actions in 2011 suggest that it is resolving this  trade-off differently from however it viewed the trade-off in 2010. In  particular, it appears that the Committee has reduced the weight that it is  putting on the long term and increased the weight that it is putting on the  short term.</p>
<p>Now, I should be clear: I don&rsquo;t view the Committee&rsquo;s current  resolution of this trade-off as being intrinsically problematic. Nor did I view  the Committee&rsquo;s resolution of this trade-off in 2010 as being intrinsically  problematic. What I do see as problematic is that the Committee&rsquo;s resolution of  this trade-off appears to be <em>changing  over time</em>. In particular, the Committee&rsquo;s actions in 2011 suggest that it  is more willing to tolerate inflation risks&mdash;and the concomitant medium-term and  long-term employment losses&mdash;than it was in 2010. If this drift in inflation  risk tolerance were to persist, or were expected to persist, it could give rise  to a damaging increase in inflationary expectations. It is exactly in this  sense that I have said in earlier speeches that the Committee&rsquo;s actions in 2011  served to weaken the Committee&rsquo;s credibility. </p>
<p>But enough about the past&mdash;what about the future? I believe  that the FOMC&rsquo;s decision-making in 2011 has introduced a lack of clarity about  its monetary policy mission. I believe that this lack of clarity can and should  be addressed in two steps. First, the FOMC should explain how it plans to  resolve the trade-off between inflation and unemployment in making its future  decisions. Second, on an ongoing basis, the Committee should provide explicit communication  about how its chosen actions are indeed consistent with its pre-announced  resolution of the inflation-unemployment trade-off. Here, I believe that the use  of metrics like the mandate dashboard provides a useful form of discipline&mdash;both  on our own actions and on the public&rsquo;s understanding of those actions. </p>
<p>In  a speech he gave last May, Chairman Bernanke stated, &ldquo;Transparency  regarding monetary policy &hellip; not only helps make central banks more accountable,  it also increases the effectiveness of policy.&rdquo;<em><sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn4" name="_ftnref4" title="" id="_ftnref4">4</a></sup></em> I agree completely with this sentiment. And I see my two recommended future steps&mdash;clearer communication  about trade-offs and the explicit use of metrics like the mandate dashboard&mdash;as  promoting exactly the kind of transparency that Chairman Bernanke was  describing. </p>
<p>Thank you for listening. I look forward to taking your  questions. </p>
<p></p>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2><strong>Endnotes</strong></h2>

<div>
	<div id="ftn1">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref1" name="_ftn1" title="">1</a> I thank Doug Clement, David Fettig, Terry  Fitzgerald and Kei-Mu Yi for their helpful comments.</p>
		
  </div>
<div id="ftn2">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref2" name="_ftn2" title="">2</a> The  discussion in this paragraph is largely consistent with the following quote  from Chairman Bernanke&rsquo;s response to a reporter&rsquo;s question in April about the  Fed&rsquo;s ability to lower the rate of unemployment more rapidly: &ldquo;even purely from  an employment perspective&mdash;that if inflation were to become unmoored, inflation  expectations were to rise significantly, that the cost of that in terms of  employment loss in the future, as we had to respond to that, would be quite  significant.&rdquo; (See <a href="http://www.federalreserve.gov/FOMCpresconf20110427.pdf">transcript</a> of  Chairman Bernanke&rsquo;s April 27, 2011, press conference, p. 14.)</p>
  </div>
<div id="ftn3">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref3" name="_ftn3" title="">3</a> See, most recently, my Oct. 13, 2011, speech, &ldquo;<a href="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4768">Making  Monetary Policy</a>&rdquo; and my Sept. 6, 2011, speech, &ldquo;<a href="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4727">Communication,  Credibility and Implementation: Some Thoughts on Current, Past and Future  Monetary Policy</a>.&rdquo;</p>
  </div>
<div id="ftn4">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref4" name="_ftn4" title="">4</a> See Chairman Bernanke&rsquo;s May 25, 2010, speech, &ldquo;<a href="http://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/speech/bernanke20100525a.htm">Central  Bank Independence, Transparency, and Accountability</a>.&rdquo;</p>
  </div>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
  
  <cb:speech>
  <cb:simpleTitle>Further Thoughts on Making Monetary Policy</cb:simpleTitle>
  <cb:occurrenceDate>2011-10-21T12:45:00-06:00</cb:occurrenceDate>
    
  <cb:person type="speaker">
    <cb:givenName>Narayana</cb:givenName>
    <cb:surname>Kocherlakota</cb:surname>
    <cb:nameAsWritten>Narayana Kocherlakota</cb:nameAsWritten>
    <cb:role>
      <cb:jobTitle>President</cb:jobTitle>
      <cb:affiliation>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis</cb:affiliation>
    </cb:role>
  </cb:person>
  <cb:locationAsWritten>Minneapolis, Minnesota</cb:locationAsWritten>
  </cb:speech>
</item>  
<item rdf:about="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4769">
  <title>The Importance of Teaching Teachers</title>
  <link>http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4769</link>
  <dc:date>2011-10-20T18:45:00-06:00</dc:date>
  
    <content:encoded><![CDATA[   

<p class="footnote"><em>Note<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn1" name="_ftnref1" title="" id="_ftnref1">1</a></sup></em></p>
<p>Let me begin by  welcoming all of you to the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis to celebrate  this auspicious event&mdash;the 50th anniversary celebration of the Minnesota Council  on Economic Education (MCEE). Congratulations to all of you, including you  teachers who have been a part of the Minnesota Council&rsquo;s programs over the  years, but especially to Claudia Parliament, who has served as director for nearly  20 of those 50 years, and who has done so with absolute commitment and  professionalism. Indeed, it is hard to imagine the Minnesota Council without  Claudia, but I understand that she will soon be leaving her post and handing  her baton to her successor. Claudia, we thank you for your service and we wish you  the best.</p>
<p>We  are truly honored to host this event and are pleased that so many of you could  make it here this evening. The Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis has long  been a partner of the Minnesota Council in its efforts to aid teachers in the  often challenging task of teaching economics. I call economic education a  &ldquo;challenging task&rdquo; not just to make all of you feel special, but because we at  the Federal Reserve know those challenges well. We face them, too; namely, how  to explain often complicated ideas in a clear and concise manner. The Federal  Open Market Committee, under the leadership of Chairman Ben Bernanke, has made  communication a top goal, and as I will describe in a moment, I am on record as  strongly supporting this initiative. In many respects, communication is another  word for education. The better we communicate, the more we educate about the  Federal Reserve&rsquo;s responsibilities and its actions. And before I begin, I should remind you that my comments here tonight reflect my views alone, and not necessarily those of others in the Federal Reserve System, including my FOMC colleagues.</p>
<p>So  speaking with teachers and the MCEE is especially rewarding to me, because you  are the unsung but vital allies in the Federal Reserve System&rsquo;s efforts to  communicate about policy. Effective policy implementation requires public  support and, therefore, public understanding. Public understanding of policy  decisions, in turn, requires clear communication between policymakers and the  public. In my view, the bulk of the responsibility for clear communication  falls on policymakers themselves. With this in mind, I have strongly supported  Federal Reserve System initiatives toward greater transparency about our  decisions and the logic behind them. In my speeches, articles and video  statements on our website&mdash;as well as via the Bank&rsquo;s Twitter and YouTube channels,  its Facebook page and its smartphone delivery system&mdash;I try to clearly outline  my own thinking about policy.</p>
<p>Now,  although policymakers have the primary responsibility for effectively  communicating their decisions, the task becomes easier when the general public  has a basic grasp of economic and financial principles. In my frequent  dialogues with audiences in the Ninth Federal Reserve District, I am often  impressed by their interest in and understanding of policy issues. Their  perceptiveness bolsters my belief in the importance and possibility of clear  communication about policy. Everyone benefits from a better public  understanding of basic economic concepts. It helps policymakers in their  efforts to successfully convey policy decisions, and it allows voters to more  effectively hold policymakers accountable.</p>
<p>These  benefits should not be taken for granted, however. They are the result of an  effective system of general education that relies on elementary, secondary and  college teachers to provide training in economics, personal finance and related  social sciences. With that in mind, I want to express my sincere appreciation not  only to the instructors who teach these concepts, but especially, in the  context of MCEE&rsquo;s 50th anniversary, to those who support and prepare them to  teach. </p>
<h2>More broad than deep</h2>
<p>The objective of  general economic and personal finance education is more broad than deep. In  particular, it need not aim at preparing students to be professional  economists, even though some of them will follow that path. I know this from  experience. Despite having little exposure to economics instruction until I was  a college undergraduate, I was not disadvantaged in my subsequent pursuit of an  economics Ph.D. It remains the case that many successful professional  economists and current economics graduate students had little formal training  in economics before college or, in some cases, graduate school. In other words,  the primary aim of K-12 education in economics and finance is to prepare  students to be thoughtful individuals, good citizens and intelligent workers,  but not necessarily economists.</p>
<p>These  aims can be largely met by successfully conveying a small set of basic economic  and finance concepts. We economists are notorious for our arguments and  disagreements, of course, but the fact is we generally agree on the basic  concepts that underlie economic reasoning. Fortunately, economists and economic  educators have already translated these core concepts into standards for K-12  instruction, including the <em>Voluntary  National Content Standards in Economics </em>from the MCEE&rsquo;s national partner,  the Council for Economic Education<em><sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn2" name="_ftnref2" title="" id="_ftnref2">2</a></sup></em> and the Minnesota Department of Education&rsquo;s proposed  new social studies standards.<em><sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn3" name="_ftnref3" title="" id="_ftnref3">3</a></sup></em></p>
<p>So  the good news is that these concepts and more have already been written into  proposed or actual standards for K-12 social science education, and there are  additional proposed and actual standards in personal finance. In other words,  appropriate specific objectives for K-12 economic and personal finance  education are pretty well understood. </p>
<p>The  challenge, however, is to meet those objectives. Although parents and other  mentors and nonschool experiences play an important role, especially in  personal finance learning, effective K-12 teaching is critical to achieving a broad  base of public understanding of basic economic and finance concepts. The  mission of the MCEE and its sister organizations stems from the idea that  effective teaching is based on good material and a well-prepared instructor.</p>
<p>The  MCEE has long provided a full range of materials organized to help teachers  teach to standards, including full curricula and lesson plans from the Council  for Economic Education, other state councils on economic education and  organizations such as Junior Achievement and the National Endowment for  Financial Education. On its own, the MCEE has taken a leading role in  delivering materials and hosting student competitions for the Cargill Global  Food Challenge, a curriculum that teaches students how supply and demand  factors interact to determine equilibrium prices and quantities in a global  market while also covering policy issues related to agriculture, trade and food  security. The widely used <em>Seas, Trees,  and Economies</em> environmental economics curriculum was developed by Curt  Anderson, director of the MCEE&rsquo;s center at the University of Minnesota Duluth.  Anderson and the MCEE are also in the process of disseminating a new set of  personal finance materials. For classroom teachers developing their own  materials, the MCEE provides workshops and mentoring as well as awards for  outstanding new lesson plans in economics and personal finance, funded by 3M  and Thrivent, respectively. Of course, one of the reasons we are here tonight  is to witness the presentation of those awards, which will occur shortly. </p>
<h2>Preparing teachers</h2>
<p>Teaching materials are  important, but only if they are taught, and especially if they are taught by a  well-trained teacher. Ideally, all teachers would be trained in the content and  pedagogy of their subject areas in their undergraduate or graduate courses, but  the reality is that many K-12 teachers teach subjects they did not study extensively  in college. When the subject is economics or personal finance, a common  reaction is panic, often followed by a call for help to the MCEE or a similar  organization. To meet the needs of both new and experienced teachers at all  grade levels, the MCEE offers an array of courses, ranging from <em>Using Children&rsquo;s Literature to Teach  Economics and Personal Finance</em> to <em>Enhancing  the Social Studies Curriculum with Economics</em> and <em>Preparing to Teach High School Economics</em>.</p>
<p>Scott  Wolla&rsquo;s story illustrates that the results can be impressive. Wolla became a  social studies teacher at Hibbing (Minn.) High School in 1996. When the opportunity to teach economics opened in 2001, Wolla  volunteered, but soon decided he needed help, despite having a degree in social  studies education. Like many others in this situation, he turned to the MCEE  for instruction on suitable materials and lessons plans. Before long, he was  not only confident, but proficient. Wolla coached his students to the  national championships in the Council for Economic Education&rsquo;s Economics  Challenge competition three times, culminating in a national championship in  2006; his students have also won the Cargill Global Food Challenge. </p>
<p>Wolla  went on to develop his own lessons plans, winning the MCEE&rsquo;s 3M Innovative  Economic Educator Award in 2003. In 2006, he was named Minnesota&rsquo;s high school  social studies teacher of the year and won MCEE&rsquo;s 3M Economic Educator  Excellence award for career achievement. Along the way, Wolla completed a  master&rsquo;s degree in economics for educators. He now serves as one of my  colleagues, as an economic education specialist at the Federal Reserve Bank of  St. Louis.</p>
<p>The  transition from panic to proficiency taken by Wolla has been repeated by many others.  As those of you who attend EconFest regularly already know, a number of Wolla&rsquo;s  fellow recipients of the MCEE&rsquo;s 3M and Thrivent Innovative Educator awards have  related similar tales. But the case is backed up by research as well as  anecdotes.</p>
<p>A  recent study by Wendy Way and Karen Holden of the University of Wisconsin  documents a gap in readiness to teach personal finance among K-12 educators  from across the country.<em><sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn4" name="_ftnref4" title="" id="_ftnref4">4</a></sup></em> Almost 90 percent of  the K-12 teachers who responded to Way and Holden&rsquo;s survey expressed moderate  to strong agreement with the idea that &ldquo;students  should be required to take a financial literacy course or pass a literacy test  for high school graduation,&rdquo; and about 30 percent had actually taught  financial literacy concepts (usually integrated into a course on another or  broader topic). Nonetheless, the respondents reported a large gap in knowledge  about how to teach personal finance. Only 3 percent of K-12 teachers had taken  a college course that covered how to teach personal finance, and just 7 percent  to 11 percent felt well qualified in areas such as integrating financial  literacy concepts into their disciplines, developing examples to explain  financial literacy concepts and assessing students&rsquo; financial literacy  understanding. These findings corroborate the anecdotes of panic that lead many  new teachers of economics and personal finance to seek out the MCEE and its  affiliates.</p>
<h2><strong>Proficient  students</strong></h2>
<p>Research  also supports the anecdotes of student proficiency achieved through teacher  training on economics and personal finance pedagogy. Two scholars associated  with the MCEE&rsquo;s center at St. Cloud State University, Rich MacDonald and Ken  Rebeck, teamed with the University of Nebraska&rsquo;s William Walstad to assess how  much a well-prepared teacher using a well-designed curriculum could enhance  students&rsquo; acquisition of personal finance knowledge.<em><sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn5" name="_ftnref5" title="" id="_ftnref5">5</a></sup></em> They worked with 15 teachers in four states who were trained  to use the Council for Economic Education&rsquo;s <em>Financing  Your Future</em> curriculum. </p>
<p> After being trained, these teachers  used the curriculum to instruct hundreds of students. Those students and a  control group of similar students who received no instruction were tested both  before and after the instruction, and the results were clear. Before  instruction began, both groups of students correctly answered just under 50  percent of the test questions. Afterward, performance was unchanged for the  control group, but rose to almost 69 percent correct for the students receiving  instruction, a statistically significant improvement.</p>
<p>In short, well-trained teachers using  sound curricula make a difference. That logic lies behind the Federal Reserve  Bank of Minneapolis&rsquo; long partnership with the MCEE, the Montana Council on  Economic Education and other economic and personal finance education  organizations. Our senior officers and economists have worked with the MCEE and  others since at least the 1960s. We value the opportunities the MCEE provides  for talking with K-12 educators about macroeconomics, monetary policy,  financial supervision and the role of the Federal Reserve System, and their  help in publicizing and building participation for our annual economic essay  contest. And each April we are honored&mdash;and honestly, get a huge kick out of&mdash;  hosting teams from across Minnesota in the final rounds of the MCEE&rsquo;s two state  high school quiz-bowl-like championships, the Economics Challenge and the  Personal Finance Decathlon. </p>
<p>So,  on behalf of the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis, let me thank all of those  who teach economics and personal finance as well as all those who support,  prepare and train them, with a special nod to our long-term partner, the  Minnesota Council on Economic Education, on the occasion of its 50th  anniversary celebration this October. Let&rsquo;s keep working together to prepare  students to be thoughtful individuals, good citizens, intelligent workers and,  sometimes, teachers and economists. </p>
<p></p>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2><strong>Endnotes</strong></h2>

<div>
	<div id="ftn1">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref1" name="_ftn1" title="">1</a> I  thank Doug Clement, David Fettig, Dick Todd and Jenni Schoppers for their  helpful thoughts and comments.</p>
		
  </div>
<div id="ftn2">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref2" name="_ftn2" title="">2</a> See the Council for Econmic Education <a href="http://www.councilforeconed.org/ea/program.php?pid=19">web site</a>. </p>
  </div>
<div id="ftn3">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref3" name="_ftn3" title="">3</a> See the Minnesota Department of Education proposed new <a href="http://www.education.state.mn.us/MDE/Academic_Excellence/Academic_Standards/Social_Studies/index.html">social studies standards</a>. </p>
  </div>
<div id="ftn4">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref4" name="_ftn4" title="">4</a> Way, Wendy L., and Karen C.  Holden. 2009. &ldquo;Teachers&rsquo; Background and Capacity to Teach Personal Finance:  Results of a National Study.&rdquo; <em>Journal of Financial Counseling and Planning</em> 20 (2).</p>
  </div>
<div id="ftn5">
<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref5" name="_ftn5" title="">5</a> Walstad, William B., Ken Rebeck and Rich  MacDonald. 2010. &ldquo;The Effects of Financial Education on the Financial Knowledge  of High School Students.&rdquo;<em> Journal of Consumer Affairs</em> 44 (2).</p>
</div>
</div>

]]></content:encoded>
  
  <cb:speech>
  <cb:simpleTitle>The Importance of Teaching Teachers</cb:simpleTitle>
  <cb:occurrenceDate>2011-10-20T18:45:00-06:00</cb:occurrenceDate>
    
  <cb:person type="speaker">
    <cb:givenName>Narayana</cb:givenName>
    <cb:surname>Kocherlakota</cb:surname>
    <cb:nameAsWritten>Narayana Kocherlakota</cb:nameAsWritten>
    <cb:role>
      <cb:jobTitle>President</cb:jobTitle>
      <cb:affiliation>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis</cb:affiliation>
    </cb:role>
  </cb:person>
  <cb:locationAsWritten>Minneapolis, Minnesota</cb:locationAsWritten>
  </cb:speech>
</item>  
<item rdf:about="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4768">
  <title>Making Monetary Policy</title>
  <link>http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4768</link>
  <dc:date>2011-10-13T13:30:00-06:00</dc:date>
  
    <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="footnote"><em>Note<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn1" name="_ftnref1" title="" id="_ftnref1">1</a></sup></em></p>

<p><strong></strong>Thank you for that generous  introduction, John. As Paul Drake described earlier, the board of directors of  the Helena Branch of the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis is meeting here in  Sidney to commemorate John Franklin&rsquo;s last meeting as a member of that board. I  would like to take this opportunity to publicly thank John for his generous  service to the Federal Reserve, as well as other members of the board, past and  present. It is important for people to realize that the  Federal Reserve is represented by dedicated citizens like John and his  colleagues on all of the System&rsquo;s bank and branch boards. In addition, each  Federal Reserve bank has a number of advisory councils representing Main Street  businesses, agricultural producers, labor groups and community banks and  thrifts, among other constituencies. As I will describe later, the input from  these citizens plays an important role in the development of monetary policy. So  thank you, once again, to John and the rest of the Helena board of directors,  as well as others in the audience who have served us so well.</p>
<p>I&rsquo;d also like to offer  congratulations, on behalf of myself and the Federal Reserve Bank of  Minneapolis, to Thomas Sargent and Christopher Sims, winners of the 2011 Prize  in Economic Sciences in Memory of Alfred Nobel. In the 1970s, in separate  research, Sargent and Sims developed systematic approaches to distinguishing  between cause and effect in macroeconomic data. Now, almost 40 years later,  their thinking informs the making of macroeconomic policy around the world. I&rsquo;m  especially proud that much of the work recognized by the prize committee was  done at the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis and the University of Minnesota.  My predecessors at the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis deliberately  fostered a research environment that could give rise to such important work,  and this tradition continues today. </p>
<p> In the rest of my remarks today,  I&rsquo;d like to touch on several topics. I&rsquo;ll begin with a quick description of the  structure of the Federal Reserve System and the deliberative process of the  Federal Open Market Committee, the Fed&rsquo;s policymaking group. Then I&rsquo;ll describe  the FOMC&rsquo;s objectives and discuss its recent performance with regard to those  objectives. I&rsquo;ll close with a discussion of my dissents on recent FOMC  decisions. After that, I&rsquo;ll be pleased to answer any questions you may have.  And before I begin, I should remind you that my comments here today reflect my views  alone and not necessarily those of others in the Federal Reserve System,  including my FOMC colleagues. </p>
<p> The Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis is one of  12 regional Reserve banks that, along with the Board of Governors in  Washington, D.C., make up the Federal Reserve System. Our bank represents the  ninth of the 12 Federal Reserve districts, and by area, we&rsquo;re the second  largest&mdash;thanks in no small part to the great state of Montana. Our district  also includes the Dakotas, Minnesota, northwestern Wisconsin and the Upper  Peninsula of Michigan.</p>
<p> Eight times per year, the FOMC meets to set the  path of monetary policy over the next six to seven weeks. All 12 presidents of  the various regional Federal Reserve banks&mdash;including me&mdash;and the seven governors  of the Federal Reserve Board, including Chairman Bernanke, contribute to these  deliberations. (Currently, there are only five governors&mdash;two positions are  unfilled.) However, the Committee itself consists only of the governors, the  president of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and a group of four other  presidents that rotates annually. Right now, that last group consists of the  presidents from the Minneapolis, Philadelphia, Dallas and Chicago Federal  Reserve Banks. </p>
<p> I&rsquo;ve said that the FOMC meets (at  least) eight times per year. But how do these meetings work? At a typical  meeting, there are two so-called go-rounds, in which every president and every  governor has the opportunity to speak without interruption. The first of these is  referred to as the economics go-round. It is kicked off by a presentation on current  economic conditions by Federal Reserve staff economists. Then, the presidents and governors describe their individual views on  current economic conditions and their respective outlooks for future economic  conditions. The presidents typically start by providing  information about their district&rsquo;s local economic performance. We get that  information from our research staffs, but also from our interactions with  business and community leaders in industries and towns from across our  districts. </p>
<p> The chairman speaks at the end of  the first go-round. He briefly but thoroughly summarizes the preceding 16  perspectives. I can assure you that this is no easy task&mdash;and the chairman&rsquo;s  balanced and thoughtful treatment of our remarks is one of the many reasons  that he commands such respect among his colleagues. He then provides his own  views on the economy. </p>
<p> The Committee next turns to the second  go-round, which focuses on policy. Again, the staff begins, with a presentation  of policy options. After that, each of the 17 meeting participants has a chance  to speak on what each views as the appropriate policy choice. This set of remarks  is followed with a summary by the chairman, in which he lays out what he sees  as the Committee&rsquo;s consensus view for future policy. The voting members of the  FOMC then cast their votes on this policy statement and thereby set monetary  policy for the next six to seven weeks.</p>
<p>I think that this description of an FOMC meeting  highlights how the structure of the FOMC mirrors the federalist structure of  our government. Representatives from different regions of the country&mdash;the  various presidents&mdash;have input into FOMC deliberations. And, as I&rsquo;ve described,  their input relies critically on information received from district residents. In  this way, the Federal Reserve System is deliberately designed to give the  residents of Main Street a voice in national monetary policy.</p>
<p> I&rsquo;ve said that FOMC participants  seek to adopt what they view as the appropriate policy choice. That provides a  natural segue into my next topic: the policy objectives of the FOMC. The FOMC  has a dual mandate, established by Congress: to set monetary policy so as to  promote price stability and maximum employment. In my view, the heart of  implementing the price stability mandate is to formulate and communicate an  objective for inflation. The central bank then fulfills its price stability  mandate by making choices over time so as to keep inflation close to that  objective.  </p>
<p>Of course, the central bank&rsquo;s job is complicated  by economic shocks that may lower or raise inflationary pressures. The central  bank provides additional monetary accommodation&mdash;like lower interest rates&mdash;in  response to the shocks that push down on medium-term inflation. It reduces  accommodation in response to the shocks that push up on inflation. By doing so,  it works to ensure that inflation stays close to its objective. </p>
<p> It is not enough to have an objective&mdash;the Federal  Reserve must also communicate that objective clearly and credibly. That  communication serves to anchor the public&rsquo;s medium- and long-term inflationary  expectations. Put another way, without clear communication of objectives, the  public can only guess at the intentions of the FOMC, and inflationary  expectations and inflation itself will inevitably end up fluctuating&mdash;and perhaps  by a lot. It is possible to undo these shifts in expectations, but doing so  entails significant economic cost. The nation saw this all too clearly in the  early 1980s, when tighter monetary policy necessary to rein in high inflation  resulted in painful employment losses. </p>
<p>The Federal  Reserve communicates its objective for inflation in a number of ways. For  example, at quarterly intervals, FOMC meeting participants publicly reveal  their forecasts for inflation five years hence, assuming that monetary policy  is optimal. Those forecasts usually range between 1.5 percent and 2 percent per  year. They are often collectively referred to by saying that the Federal  Reserve views inflation as being &ldquo;mandate-consistent&rdquo; if it is running at &ldquo;2  percent or a bit under.&rdquo;</p>
<p>Congress has also mandated that the FOMC set  monetary policy so as to promote maximum employment. Some see an intrinsic  conflict between the FOMC&rsquo;s price stability mandate and maximum employment  mandate. But there is actually a deep sense in which the price stability and  maximum employment mandates are intertwined. Imagine that inflation runs at 3 or 4 percent  per year for three or four years. The public will then start to doubt the  credibility of the Fed&rsquo;s stated commitment to a 2-percent-or-a-bit-under  objective. The public&rsquo;s medium-term inflationary expectations will consequently  begin to rise. As we saw in the latter part of the 1970s, these changes in  expectations can serve to reinforce and augment the upward drift in inflation.  At that point, the Federal Reserve will have to tighten policy considerably if  it wishes to regain control of inflation. But we learned in the early 1980s  that the resultant tightening&mdash;while necessary&mdash;generates large losses in  employment. In other words, failing to meet its price stability mandate can  also lead the FOMC, over the medium and long term, to substantial failure on  its employment mandate.<em><sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn2" name="_ftnref2" title="" id="_ftnref2">2</a></sup></em></p>
<p>Over the past year, the FOMC has communicated through  its statements that it perceives the current unemployment rate to be elevated  relative to levels that it views as consistent with its dual mandate. However,  an important and ongoing communications challenge for the FOMC is that it is  much harder to quantify the maximum employment mandate than the price stability  mandate. Changes in minimum wage policy, demography, taxes and regulations,  technological productivity, job market efficiency, unemployment insurance  benefits, entrepreneurial credit access and social norms all influence what we  might consider &ldquo;maximum employment.&rdquo; Trying to offset these changes in the  economy with monetary policy can lead to a dangerous drift in inflationary  expectations and ultimately in inflation itself. </p>
<p> How has the FOMC  performed relative to its dual mandate over the past three and a half years,  since the onset of the Great Recession at the end of 2007? In terms of price  stability, the answer is: remarkably well. The personal consumption expenditure  (PCE) inflation rate has averaged 1.8 percent per year from the fourth quarter  of 2007 through the second quarter of 2011. In my view, this outcome is  essentially consistent with price stability.</p>
<p> Now, I want  to be clear here about what I mean when I say &ldquo;inflation.&rdquo; That number I just  gave you, 1.8 percent per year for more than three years, refers to what&rsquo;s  termed <em>headline </em>inflation. It includes  all goods and services, including food and energy. When the Fed says that it is  committed to keeping inflation at 2 percent or a little less, it means prices  for <em>all</em> goods and services, including  the gas we put in our cars and the food we put on our tables. When we make  reference to year-over-year <em>core </em>inflation&mdash;that  is, inflation without food and energy&mdash;it&rsquo;s only because we believe that core  inflation is a helpful predictor of headline inflation over the next three or  four years. </p>
<p>The FOMC&rsquo;s admirable performance on the price  stability mandate is not due to luck. Since mid-2006, residential land prices  in the United States have fallen by over 50 percent.<em><sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn3" name="_ftnref3" title="" id="_ftnref3">3</a></sup></em> Falling land  prices were at the heart of the financial crisis from 2007 to 2009 and have  generated a persistent fall in wealth and borrowing capacity for households.  The associated declines in demand for consumption goods and investment goods  pushed downward on prices and inflation.</p>
<p>Confronted with this enormous shock to the economy,  the Federal Reserve followed an unprecedentedly and imaginatively accommodative  policy. It kept interest rates near zero. It provided &ldquo;forward guidance&rdquo; by  explicitly expressing its expectation that interest rates would stay  extraordinarily low for an extended period. It bought over $2 trillion of  longer-term government securities. Through these actions, the Fed provided an  extraordinary amount of monetary stimulus&mdash;and so was able to meet its price  stability mandate in the face of challenging circumstances.</p>
<p> Unemployment does  remain disturbingly high&mdash;over 9 percent. However, I am sure that it would be  even higher without the enormous amount of monetary stimulus being provided by  the Fed. Moreover, I believe that the FOMC could only  have systematically lowered the unemployment rate further by generating  inflation rates over a multiyear period that were higher than its communicated  objective of 2 percent. Such an outcome could potentially lead the public to  lose faith in the credibility of the FOMC&rsquo;s communicated objective and thereby  increase the probability that the FOMC would lose control of inflation. As I  discussed earlier, this scenario would require a policy response that would  generate substantial losses of employment. </p>
<p> I want to close my discussion  of FOMC performance by explaining why there is no longer an intrinsic  connection between the size of the Fed&rsquo;s balance sheet and inflation. I&rsquo;ve  mentioned how the Federal Reserve has bought over $2 trillion of government  securities. It has funded that purchase by tripling the amount of deposits held  by banks with the Fed&mdash;what are called bank <em>reserves</em>.  The standard reasoning is that this kind of reserve creation is  inflationary. Banks are only allowed to offer checkable deposits in proportion  to their reserves. Economists view checkable deposits as a form of money  because, like cash, checkable deposits make many transactions easier. In this  sense, bank reserves held with the Fed are essentially <em>licenses</em> for banks to create a  certain amount of money. By giving out more licenses, the FOMC is allowing  banks to create more money. And if you took any economics in school you  learned: more money chasing the same number of goods&mdash;<em>voil&agrave;,</em> inflation. Indeed, I think I&rsquo;m pretty safe in saying that  after four years in economics grad school, I&rsquo;ve uttered this phrase&mdash;more money  chasing the same number of goods creates inflation&mdash;more often than anyone else  in this room.</p>
<p> But  this connection between bank reserves and inflation is simply not operative  right now. Banks have few good lending opportunities, and so they&rsquo;re not trying  to attract deposits. As a result, they are keeping nearly $1.6 trillion of  reserves at the Fed in excess of what they need to back their deposits. In  other words, banks have the licenses to create money, but are choosing not to  do so. </p>
<p> I&rsquo;m  confident, though, that at some point in the future, the economy will improve  and banks will once again have good lending opportunities. Some observers are  concerned that once this happens, the banks&rsquo; excess reserves will serve as  kindling for an inflationary fire. This concern would have been entirely appropriate  three years ago. But in October 2008, Congress granted the Federal Reserve the  power to pay <em>interest on bank reserves</em>.  Right now, that interest rate is 25 basis points, or 0.25 percent. By raising  that rate judiciously, the Fed has the ability to deter banks from using their  reserves to create money, and through this mechanism, the Fed can prevent  inflation. The Fed&rsquo;s ability to pay interest on reserves means that the old and  familiar link between increased bank reserves and higher inflation has been  broken.</p>
<p> Of  course, this requires the Fed to raise the interest rate on reserves in response  to changes in economic conditions. You might well ask: Will the Fed raise interest  rates in a sufficiently timely and effective manner to keep inflation at 2  percent or a little less? But that&rsquo;s <em>always </em>been the key question to ask about Fed policy, even when the Fed had a much  smaller balance sheet. And that&rsquo;s my point: Because the Fed can pay interest on  reserves, the size of its balance sheet does not, in and of itself, undercut  the credibility of its commitment to keep inflation at 2 percent or a bit  under. I believe that&rsquo;s why both survey and market-based measures of expected  inflation over the next five to 10 years have remained remarkably stable as the  Fed has expanded its liabilities.</p>
<p> Let me  summarize my review of FOMC performance since the beginning of the Great  Recession in December 2007. My assessment is that, despite some profound  economic shocks, the FOMC&mdash;led by Chairman Bernanke&mdash;has successfully met its  price stability mandate by engaging in imaginative forms of monetary accommodation.  These actions have also helped lower the unemployment rate. As part of its  accommodative policy, the FOMC has greatly expanded its balance sheet. But it  is important to understand that this expansion need not trigger inflation now  or in the future, because the Federal Reserve can now pay interest on bank  reserves. </p>
<p> With all that said, I&rsquo;ve dissented from  the FOMC&rsquo;s decisions in the past two meetings. As I mentioned earlier, I  believe that the FOMC&rsquo;s ultimate effectiveness relies critically on its communication  and the credibility of that communication. I&rsquo;ve dissented at the last two  meetings because I believe that the Committee&rsquo;s decisions at those meetings diminish  that requisite credibility. I&rsquo;ll close my remarks today by explaining my  thinking on this matter.</p>
<p> The FOMC&rsquo;s dual mandate, as I&rsquo;ve said,  is to keep inflation at 2 percent or a bit under and to promote maximum  employment&mdash;that is, to keep unemployment low. Over the past few years, the Fed has  quite appropriately provided a historically unprecedented level of monetary  accommodation. However, as inflation rises and unemployment falls, the  FOMC should respond by lowering the level of accommodation. This kind of  systematic response to changes in economic conditions is an essential part of  good monetary policy for at least a couple of reasons. First, there is a great  deal of empirical evidence and theoretical support for the idea that following  a systematic policy rule, as economists call it, is what enables the Committee  to achieve its dual mandate goals. Second, and perhaps more importantly,  actions speak louder than words. The Committee can <em>claim</em> that it intends to make monetary policy so as to fulfill its  dual mandate. But the public will watch its actions carefully in this regard. If  the Committee fails to reduce its immense amount of accommodation in a timely  fashion, the public will begin to doubt the Committee&rsquo;s claims about its goals. </p>
<p> In November 2010, the FOMC undertook a  second round of purchases of long-term government securities&mdash;an action that has  become known as QE2. This was a controversial move in some quarters, but I  supported it&mdash;and I believe that it played a valuable role in reducing what  seemed at the time to be a large risk of deflation. Let&rsquo;s look back at economic  conditions at that November 2010 meeting. The unemployment rate was 9.8 percent  and was expected to be 9 percent a year later. The year-over-year core PCE  inflation rate was less than 1 percent and was expected to rise to 1.3 percent  over the course of 2011. </p>
<p>Now, fast-forward to October 2011. The  unemployment rate is 9.1 percent and is expected to be near 8.5 percent by the  end of 2012. The year-over-year core PCE inflation rate is 1.6 percent and is  expected to stay near that level&mdash;or even higher&mdash;over the course of the coming  year.<em><sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn4" name="_ftnref4" title="" id="_ftnref4">4</a></sup></em> So, since November 2010, the  unemployment rate and the outlook for the unemployment rate have improved. Inflation  and the outlook for inflation have both risen closer to 2 percent. As I&rsquo;ve  just discussed, in response to these changes in economic conditions, the Committee  should have <em>lowered</em> the level of  monetary accommodation over the course of the year. Instead, through actions  taken at its last two meetings, the Committee has <em>raised</em> the level of monetary accommodation. In this sense, the Committee&rsquo;s  recent actions in 2011 are inconsistent with the evolution of the economic data  in 2011. </p>
<p> I want  to be clear about one additional point. Along with many private sector  forecasters, the FOMC has overestimated the strength of the recovery over the  past two years. Some have suggested that the unexpected slowness of the  recovery is a justification for the FOMC&rsquo;s increasing the level of monetary  accommodation over the past couple of months. But I disagree with this  argument. I&rsquo;ve described how, as the economy recovers, the FOMC should respond by  reducing the level of monetary accommodation. Logically, it follows that if the  economy recovers more slowly than expected, then the FOMC should respond by  reducing the level of monetary accommodation more slowly than expected. The  FOMC should only <em>increase</em> accommodation if the economy&rsquo;s performance, relative to the dual mandate,  actually <em>worsens</em> over time. </p>
<p> To sum  up: The Committee&rsquo;s actions at the last two meetings are inconsistent with a systematic pursuit of  its communicated objectives. It follows that these actions diminish the Committee&rsquo;s  credibility and so reduce the effectiveness of future Committee actions and  communications. And that&rsquo;s why I&rsquo;ve dissented from the Committee&rsquo;s actions at  those meetings.</p>
<p> Thank you very much  for your attention, and I look forward to taking your questions. </p>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2><strong>Endnotes</strong></h2>
<div>
  <div id="ftn1">
<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref1" name="_ftn1" title="" id="_ftn1"><strong>1</strong></a> I  thank Doug Clement, David Fettig, Terry Fitzgerald and Kei-Mu Yi for very  helpful comments
  </div>
  <div id="ftn2">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref2" name="_ftn2" title="" id="_ftn2"><strong>2</strong></a> The  discussion in this paragraph is largely consistent with the following quote  from Chairman Bernanke&rsquo;s response to a reporter&rsquo;s question in April about the  Fed&rsquo;s ability to lower the rate of unemployment more rapidly: &ldquo;even purely from  an employment perspective&mdash;that if inflation were to become unmoored, inflation  expectations were to rise significantly, that the cost of that in terms of  employment loss in the future, as we had to respond to that, would be quite  significant.&rdquo; (See <a href="http://www.federalreserve.gov/FOMCpresconf20110427.pdf">transcript</a> of Chairman Bernanke&rsquo;s April 27, 2011, press  conference, p. 14).</p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn3">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref3" name="_ftn3" title="" id="_ftn3"><strong>3</strong></a> See&nbsp;<a href="http://www.lincolninst.edu/subcenters/land-values/price-and-quantity.asp">Lincoln Institute of Land Policy</a>, LAND-PI (CSW) series.</p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn4">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref4" name="_ftn4" title="" id="_ftn4"><strong>4</strong></a> I&rsquo;m using current core inflation as a way of measuring medium-term pressures on  headline inflation. See May 25, 2011, <a href="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4662">speech</a> for more details.</p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn8"></div>
</div>

<h2>&nbsp;</h2>
]]></content:encoded>
  
  <cb:speech>
  <cb:simpleTitle>Making Monetary Policy</cb:simpleTitle>
  <cb:occurrenceDate>2011-10-13T13:30:00-06:00</cb:occurrenceDate>
    
  <cb:person type="speaker">
    <cb:givenName>Narayana</cb:givenName>
    <cb:surname>Kocherlakota</cb:surname>
    <cb:nameAsWritten>Narayana Kocherlakota</cb:nameAsWritten>
    <cb:role>
      <cb:jobTitle>President</cb:jobTitle>
      <cb:affiliation>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis</cb:affiliation>
    </cb:role>
  </cb:person>
  <cb:locationAsWritten>Sidney, Montana</cb:locationAsWritten>
  </cb:speech>
</item>  
<item rdf:about="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4739">
  <title>Central Bank Independence and Sovereign Default</title>
  <link>http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4739</link>
  <dc:date>2011-09-26T14:00:00-06:00</dc:date>
  
    <content:encoded><![CDATA[
<p class="footnote"><em>Note<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn1" name="_ftnref1" title="" id="_ftnref1">1</a></sup></em></p>

<p><strong></strong>Sargent and Wallace published  their classic &ldquo;Some Unpleasant Monetarist Arithmetic&rdquo; in the Minneapolis Fed&rsquo;s <em>Quarterly Review</em> in 1981. Since that  date, there has been a growing appreciation of the role of fiscal policy in the  determination of the price level. The idea is a simple one. Consider a  government that borrows only using non-indexed debt denominated in its own  currency. There is an intertemporal government budget constraint that implies  that the current real value of government liabilities&mdash;including the monetary  base&mdash;must equal the present value of future real surpluses. Because the  liabilities are nominal and non-indexed, the government budget constraint provides  a linkage between the public&rsquo;s assessment of future real tax collections and government  spending and the current price level. </p>
<p>I like John Cochrane&rsquo;s analogy  here.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn2" name="_ftnref2" title="" id="_ftnref2">2</a></sup> He thinks of money and government bonds as being like stock in a company. Just  like a firm&rsquo;s stock, money and bonds implicitly represent claims to the  ownership of the government&rsquo;s stream of surpluses. And just like with financial  assets, the variations in their prices are fundamentally linked to variations  in the present discounted value of government profits&mdash;that is, surpluses.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn3" name="_ftnref3" title="" id="_ftnref3">3</a></sup></p>
<p>This simple insight has rather  profound consequences for how we think about inflation. Inflation is no longer  &ldquo;always and everywhere a monetary phenomenon.&rdquo; Instead, even apparently independent  central banks may not have control of the price level. Thus, if the public  begins to think that the fiscal authority is behaving irresponsibly, that  belief will push upward on the price level. </p>
<p>However, in the existing  literature, the analysis of fiscal effects on the price level is typically based  on the presumption that a fiscal authority will never default on liabilities  denominated in its own currency. In my remarks today, I will relax this  assumption. Once I do so, it will become clear that a sufficiently tough  central bank does have the ability to control the price level, regardless of  the behavior of the fiscal authority.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn4" name="_ftnref4" title="" id="_ftnref4">4</a></sup> I will argue that its ability to do so hinges on the nature of its response to  the possibility of default on the part of the fiscal authority. I will talk  about some of the short-run versus long-run tensions involved in that response.  Throughout, I will refer to the central bank as CB and the fiscal authority as  FA. I will refer to the currency as being dollars, but that should not be  viewed as suggesting that I am talking about the United States&mdash;or Australia. </p>
<p>Let me start by describing a  simple CB policy: a commodity price peg. Suppose the central bank holds <em>X</em> ounces of gold. It commits to being  willing to buy and sell <em>p</em> dollars for  each ounce of gold and has a monetary base of $<em>pX</em>. This policy successfully ties the price level to variations in  the price of gold, <em>regardless of the  behavior of the FA. </em></p>
<p>What impact does this policy have on  the FA? Now, when the FA borrows in dollars, it is essentially borrowing in a real  commodity: gold. All of the FA&rsquo;s debt is essentially indexed to the price of  gold, and it is certainly conceivable that various shocks could lead the FA to  default on those obligations.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn5" name="_ftnref5" title="" id="_ftnref5">5</a></sup></p>
<p>Of course, as I have argued elsewhere, this  simple policy is generally viewed as suboptimal by macroeconomists.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn6" name="_ftnref6" title="" id="_ftnref6">6</a></sup>In contrast, suppose that the CB follows an aggressive Taylor rule when  determining the path of the short-term interest rate.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn7" name="_ftnref7" title="" id="_ftnref7">7</a></sup> That policy pins down an inflation path in the usual way, regardless of the  FA&rsquo;s fiscal plans.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn8" name="_ftnref8" title="" id="_ftnref8">8</a></sup> However,  given that inflation path, the FA&rsquo;s nominal debt is now actually real. This  means that if the FA is faced with an unexpected decline in its current and expected  future real surpluses, it will be forced to default.</p>
<p>Thus, once we allow for the  possibility of default by the FA, a sufficiently tough CB can have considerable  control over the price level. Of course, I&rsquo;ve been arguing through examples. It  would be more interesting to deliver a fuller characterization of the term  &ldquo;sufficiently tough&rdquo;&mdash;but I&rsquo;m not going to attempt to do so. Instead, in what  follows, I&rsquo;ll discuss some aspects of the CB&rsquo;s response to a particularly  critical situation.</p>
<p>Suppose the FA owes $10 billion on  a given Friday. It plans to repay that loan by auctioning new debt on the  preceding Monday. However, when it auctions off the new debt, it finds that it  can only raise $5 billion. The FA is now in danger of defaulting on its Friday  obligation of $10 billion.</p>
<p>It is at this stage that the level  of commitment of the CB to its chosen inflation path will be severely tested. The  FA will ask the CB to take some action that will allow the FA to raise an additional  $5 billion on Wednesday. There are many possible actions. The FA might ask the  CB to intervene by setting a floor on the price of debt in the Wednesday  auction. But there are less overt approaches. For example, the CB can commit to  a price peg for the FA&rsquo;s debt in the secondary market for that debt. </p>
<p>In any event, if the CB does  intervene in some way to ensure the FA&rsquo;s solvency, the CB no longer can be said  to have independent control over the price level. If the CB&rsquo;s intervention was largely  unanticipated by markets, expected inflation will rise after the CB&rsquo;s  intervention. Then, incipient fiscal insolvency has triggered inflationary  pressures. Of course, markets may well have already assigned a positive  probability to the possibility that the CB might intervene in this kind of  scenario. If so, then past inflation was already influenced by the markets&rsquo;  expectations of this fiscal policy scenario.</p>
<p>Should the CB be required to never  intervene in this sort of insolvency scenario? I&rsquo;ve argued that a ban on these  interventions will give the CB more independence in its control over the price  level. For those who think of CB independence as being the foundational element  of macroeconomic policy, that pretty much settles the question. </p>
<p>But I see a couple of reasons for  caution here. It is certainly conceivable that FA insolvency can be triggered  by shocks that are well outside the control of the FA itself. And, empirically,  FA insolvency is associated with large short-term and even medium-term declines  in output. Should the CB be prepared to drive the FA into insolvency given the  possible adverse economic impact on the country?</p>
<p>More subtly, regardless of the  FA&rsquo;s solvency, sovereign debt issues can fail simply through a coordination  failure among investors. If I, as an investor, don&rsquo;t anticipate that others  will buy into the debt issue, I won&rsquo;t either. In this sense, sovereign debt  issues may be susceptible to suboptimal &ldquo;runs.&rdquo; The CB can eliminate this  possibility by ensuring the nominal promises of the FA whenever the FA is  threatened with default.</p>
<p>Thus, I see trade-offs. On the one  hand, if the CB is known to be willing to intervene to keep the FA solvent,  then inflation is necessarily shaped by fiscal considerations and by the short-run  incentives of elected officials. We know from many years of theoretical and  empirical research that this effect is not a desirable one. On the other hand,  if the CB is fully committed to allow the FA to default if necessary, then even  optimal debt management by the FA may end up exposing the country to troubling  risks, like sovereign debt runs. </p>
<p>Let me wrap up. I&rsquo;ve argued that  even if the fiscal authority borrows exclusively in its country&rsquo;s own currency,  the central bank can have a large amount of control over the price level. But the  central bank can only achieve that control if it is willing to commit to  letting the fiscal authority default. Such a commitment may expose the country  to risks of short-term and medium-term output losses. How this trade-off should  best be resolved awaits future research. But it may turn out to be optimal for central  banks to guarantee fiscal authority debts in some situations. If so, we again have  to think of price level determination as something that is done jointly by the  fiscal authority and the central bank&mdash;just as Sargent and Wallace taught us 30 years  ago.</p>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2><strong>Endnotes</strong></h2>
<div>
  <div id="ftn1">
<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref1" name="_ftn1" title="" id="_ftn1"><strong>1</strong></a> These  remarks are highly similar to those I gave on April 1, 2011, in Philadelphia. I  thank Marco Bassetto, V. V. Chari, Ron Feldman, Futoshi Narita and Juan-Pablo  Nicolini for their comments. The views I express  here today are my own, and not necessarily those of others in the Federal  Reserve System or my colleagues on the Federal Open Market Committee.
  </div>
  <div id="ftn2">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref2" name="_ftn2" title="" id="_ftn2"><strong>2</strong></a> See Cochrane (2005).</p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn3">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref3" name="_ftn3" title="" id="_ftn3"><strong>3</strong></a> The present-discounted-value formula for stock price evaluation is based on the  assumption that the stock price does not have a bubble component. In the same  way, the intertemporal government budget constraint relies on the assumption  that the price of neither money nor bonds has a bubble component. This  assumption is violated in a wide class of models of money.</p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn4">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref4" name="_ftn4" title="" id="_ftn4"><strong>4</strong></a> See Bassetto (2008) for a related analysis.</p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn5">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref5" name="_ftn5" title="" id="_ftn5"><strong>5</strong></a> As  modeled, for example, by Eaton and Gersovitz (1987). </p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn6">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref6" name="_ftn6" title="" id="_ftn6"><strong>6</strong></a> See Kocherlakota (2011).</p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn7">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref7" name="_ftn7" title="" id="_ftn7"><strong>7</strong></a> Here, I&rsquo;m assuming that the CB is exchanging reserves and FA securities so as  to control the path of a short-term nominally risk-free interest rate. This  nominally risk-free interest rate may not be the same as the interest rate on  FA debt. </p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn8">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref8" name="_ftn8" title="" id="_ftn8"><strong>8</strong></a> Atkeson,  Chari and Kehoe (2010) and Cochrane (2011) argue (convincingly to my mind) that  an aggressive Taylor rule is not sufficient to determine inflation. The former  authors suggest how price level determination can be achieved using a hybrid  rule that augments an activist Taylor rule with a commodity price peg. Note  though that their implementations implicitly require the CB to have the ability  to buy back money from the public. If the CB can only hold assets issued by the  FA, then the FA&rsquo;s actions will influence the value of the CB&rsquo;s portfolio and  thereby influence the CB&rsquo;s ability to implement a given price level path. In  this sense, the CB does not have independent control of the price level.</p>
  </div>
</div>

<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2><strong>References</strong></h2>
<p class="footnote">Atkeson, Andrew, V. V. Chari and Patrick J. Kehoe.  2010. &ldquo;Sophisticated Monetary Policies.&rdquo; <em>Quarterly Journal of Economics</em> 125, 47-89. </p>
<p class="footnote">Bassetto, Marco. 2008. &ldquo;Fiscal  Theory of the Price Level,&rdquo; in Lawrence Blume and Steven Durlauf (eds.), <em>New  Palgrave: A Dictionary of Economics</em>, <em>2nd edition.</em>MacMillan: London. </p>
<p class="footnote">Cochrane, John  H. 2005. &ldquo;Money as Stock.&rdquo; <em>Journal of  Monetary Economics</em> 52, 501-28. </p>
<p class="footnote">Cochrane, John H. 2011. &ldquo;Determinacy and  Identification with Taylor Rules.&rdquo; Working paper. University of Chicago, Booth  School of Business.</p>
<p class="footnote">Eaton, Jonathan, and Mark Gersovitz. 1987. &ldquo;Country  Risk and the Organization of International Capital Transfer.&rdquo; NBER Working Paper 2204, April.</p>
<p class="footnote">Kocherlakota, Narayana. 2011. &ldquo;<a href="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4619">It&rsquo;s a Wonderful Fed</a>.&rdquo; Speech, St. Paul, Minn.</p>
<p class="footnote">Sargent, Thomas, and Neil Wallace. 1981. &ldquo;Some Unpleasant Monetarist Arithmetic.&rdquo; <em>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis  Quarterly Review</em>, Fall, 1-17.</p>]]></content:encoded>
  
  <cb:speech>
  <cb:simpleTitle>Central Bank Independence and Sovereign Default</cb:simpleTitle>
  <cb:occurrenceDate>2011-09-26T14:00:00-06:00</cb:occurrenceDate>
    
  <cb:person type="speaker">
    <cb:givenName>Narayana</cb:givenName>
    <cb:surname>Kocherlakota</cb:surname>
    <cb:nameAsWritten>Narayana Kocherlakota</cb:nameAsWritten>
    <cb:role>
      <cb:jobTitle>President</cb:jobTitle>
      <cb:affiliation>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis</cb:affiliation>
    </cb:role>
  </cb:person>
  <cb:locationAsWritten>Chicago, Illinois</cb:locationAsWritten>
  </cb:speech>
</item>  
<item rdf:about="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4727">
  <title>Communication, Credibility and Implementation: 
Some Thoughts on Current, Past and Future Monetary Policy</title>
  <link>http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4727</link>
  <dc:date>2011-09-06T12:00:00-06:00</dc:date>
  
    <content:encoded><![CDATA[

<p>Thanks for that generous introduction. I spent many happy years here at the University of Minnesota as a teacher and a researcher. I&rsquo;m delighted to have this opportunity to return &ldquo;home,&rdquo; as it were.</p>
<p>One of my jobs as president of the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis is to help in the formulation of monetary policy. The Federal Open Market Committee&mdash;the FOMC&mdash;meets eight times per year to set the path of monetary policy over the next six to seven weeks. All 12 presidents of the various regional Federal Reserve banks&mdash;including me&mdash;and the seven governors of the Federal Reserve Board, including Chairman Bernanke, contribute to these deliberations. (Actually, right now, there are only five governors&mdash;two positions are unfilled.) However, the Committee itself consists only of the governors, the president of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and a group of four other presidents that rotates annually (currently Minneapolis, Philadelphia, Dallas and Chicago).
As I said, the Committee meets eight times per year. Its deliberations concern the appropriate readjustment of monetary policy to the new information received since the last meeting. But the Committee has to keep in mind its medium-term and indeed long-term goals when making those readjustments. And it must also keep in mind the public&rsquo;s understanding of those goals.</p>
<p>This perspective&mdash;that good policy responds to the current conditions so as to achieve certain well-communicated future goals&mdash;will be a key theme for the remainder of my remarks. They will be divided into three parts. The first part is about the FOMC&rsquo;s objectives and my thoughts regarding them. In the second part, I discuss the FOMC&rsquo;s performance relative to those goals in the past three and a half years since the beginning of the Great Recession. Finally, I close with an analysis of recent FOMC decision-making. Here, my discussion is perhaps a little more disengaged than usual, since I dissented from&mdash;that is, formally disagreed with&mdash;the last FOMC decision. And here it seems especially &agrave; propos to remind you that my remarks here today reflect my thoughts alone, and not necessarily those of others in the Federal Reserve System, including my colleagues on the Federal Open Market Committee.</p>
<h2>FOMC Objectives</h2> 
<p>Let me turn first to a discussion of FOMC objectives. Congress has mandated that the Federal Reserve set monetary policy so as to promote price stability and maximum employment. In my view, the heart of implementing the price stability mandate is to formulate and communicate an objective for inflation. The central bank then fulfills its price stability mandate by making choices over time so as to keep inflation close to that objective. Of course, the central bank&rsquo;s job is complicated by economic shocks that may lower or raise inflationary pressures. The central bank provides additional monetary accommodation&mdash;like lower interest rates&mdash;in response to the shocks that push down on inflation. It reduces accommodation in response to the shocks that push up on inflation. By doing so, it works to ensure that inflation stays close to its objective. </p>
<p>As I said, though, it is not enough to have an objective&mdash;the Federal Reserve must also communicate that objective clearly. That communication serves to anchor medium- and long-term inflationary expectations. Put another way, without clear communication of objectives, the public can only guess at the intentions of the FOMC. Inflationary expectations and inflation itself will inevitably end up fluctuating&mdash;and possibly by a lot. As I&rsquo;ll discuss later, it is possible to undo these shifts in expectations, but only at significant economic cost.</p>
<p>The Federal Reserve communicates its objective for inflation in a number of ways. For example, at quarterly intervals, FOMC meeting participants publicly reveal their forecasts for inflation five years hence, assuming that monetary policy is optimal. Those forecasts usually range between 1.5 percent and 2 percent per year. They are often collectively referred to by saying that the Federal Reserve views inflation as being &ldquo;mandate-consistent&rdquo; if it is running at &ldquo;2 percent or a bit under.&rdquo; But the Fed has also communicated its intentions more directly and more broadly. Last December, for example, on the television program <em>&ldquo;60 Minutes,&rdquo;</em> Chairman Bernanke explained the dangers of letting inflation fall too low relative to this 2-percent-or-a-bit-under range. In the same interview, he also emphasized that the FOMC is unwilling to allow inflation to rise above this range.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn2" name="_ftnref2" title="" id="_ftnref2">2</a></sup></p>
<p>As I&rsquo;ll describe in more detail later in my speech, the economy was hit in the past three and a half years by shocks that had the potential to drive inflation significantly downward. I believe that the FOMC&rsquo;s clear communication of its inflation objective has helped the FOMC keep inflation from falling too low in the face of those shocks. At the same time, clear communication of its objective has also allowed the FOMC to follow highly accommodative monetary policies&mdash;like keeping interest rates near zero for nearly three years&mdash;without triggering large upward movements in inflationary expectations.</p>
<p>I&rsquo;ve been emphasizing the importance of communication&mdash;and communication matters greatly. But, ultimately, the public&rsquo;s beliefs about the FOMC&rsquo;s inflation objective will also depend on inflationary outcomes. If annual inflation averages less than 1.5 percent for more than three or four years, onlookers will begin to suspect that the FOMC&rsquo;s true objective for inflation is lower than its declared &ldquo;two percent or a bit under.&rdquo; Correspondingly, if inflation is persistently higher than 2 percent, then the public will begin to believe that the FOMC&rsquo;s true objective for inflation is higher than 2 percent. In either case, inflation expectations could become unmoored, and the FOMC could lose control of inflation itself. Communication can only be effective if the FOMC also retains credibility.</p>
<p>As I mentioned, Congress has also mandated that the FOMC set monetary policy so as to promote maximum employment. In the past, some have seen an intrinsic conflict between the FOMC&rsquo;s price stability mandate and its maximum employment mandate. In contrast, my thinking accords with the more modern viewpoint that there is relatively little tension between these two goals. The modern paradigm recognizes that monetary policy should allow the natural supply-and-demand forces in the economy to operate without impediment. For example, if energy costs spike, the basic forces of supply and demand dictate that firms will cut back on production and demand less labor, creating higher unemployment. It is inefficient for any policy&mdash;including monetary policy&mdash;to attempt to interfere with this natural adjustment process. It follows that the Federal Reserve&rsquo;s operational definition of &ldquo;maximum employment&rdquo; has to vary over time.</p>
<p>Nonetheless, the modern paradigm does view price stability as playing a crucial role in ensuring maximum employment. It is well-documented that different firms adjust their prices at different times and in different ways in response to the ebb and flow of inflationary pressures in the economy. This asynchronous adjustment of prices across firms generates economic inefficiencies, including losses of employment. By ensuring that prices follow a steady, well-understood path, the Federal Reserve eliminates the variation in inflationary pressures and the need for firms to respond to that variation. In this way, the Federal Reserve&rsquo;s mission of achieving price stability is entirely consistent with its mission of achieving maximum employment.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn3" name="_ftnref3" title="" id="_ftnref3">3</a></sup></p>
<p>But there is another, deeper sense in which the price stability and maximum employment mandates are intertwined. Imagine that inflation runs at 3 or 4 percent per year for three or four years. The public will then start to doubt the credibility of the Fed&rsquo;s stated commitment to a 2-percent-or-a-bit-under objective. The public&rsquo;s medium-term inflationary expectations will consequently begin to rise. As we saw in the latter part of the 1970s, these changes in expectations can serve to reinforce and augment the upward drift in inflation. At that point, the Federal Reserve will have to tighten policy considerably if it wishes to regain control of inflation. But we learned in the early 1980s that the resultant tightening&mdash;while necessary&mdash;generates large losses in employment. In other words, failing to meet its price stability mandate can also lead the FOMC, over the medium and long term, to substantial failure on its employment mandate.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn4" name="_ftnref4" title="" id="_ftnref4">4</a></sup></p>
<p>An important communications challenge for the FOMC is that it is much harder to quantify the maximum employment mandate than the price stability mandate. I&rsquo;ve already talked about how a change in energy costs can push down on maximum employment. But changes in minimum wage policy, demography, taxes and regulations, technological productivity, job market efficiency, unemployment insurance benefits, entrepreneurial credit access and social norms all influence what we might consider &ldquo;maximum employment.&rdquo; Trying to offset these changes in the economy with monetary policy can lead to a dangerous drift in inflationary expectations and ultimately in inflation itself. </p>
<h2>Monetary Policy since the Great Recession</h2>
<p>As I discussed earlier, the Federal Reserve is mandated to set policies that promote price stability. With that in mind, how has the Federal Reserve done in terms of its price stability mandate since the Great Recession began in December 2007? The answer is: remarkably well. The personal consumption expenditure (PCE) inflation rate has averaged 1.8 percent per year from the fourth quarter of 2007 through the second quarter of 2011. I would say that this outcome is essentially consistent with price stability.</p>
<p>This admirable performance is not due to luck. Since mid-2006, residential land prices have fallen by over 50 percent.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn5" name="_ftnref5" title="" id="_ftnref5">5</a></sup>  Falling land prices were at the heart of the financial crisis from 2007 to 2009 and have generated a persistent fall in wealth and borrowing capacity for households. The associated declines in demand for consumption goods and investment goods pushed downward on prices and inflation.</p> 
<p>Confronted with this enormous shock to the economy, the Federal Reserve has followed an unprecedentedly and imaginatively accommodative policy. It has kept interest rates near zero. It has provided &ldquo;forward guidance&rdquo; by explicitly expressing its expectation that interest rates would stay extraordinarily low for an extended period. It has bought over $2 trillion of longer-term government securities. Through these actions, the Fed has provided an extraordinary amount of monetary stimulus&mdash;and so has been able to meet its price stability mandate.</p>
<p>But what about the future? There are a number of ways to measure inflationary expectations, which all&mdash;unfortunately&mdash;come with caveats. Last December, a Cleveland Fed study analyzed several such measures.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn6" name="_ftnref6" title="" id="_ftnref6">6</a></sup>  It concluded that the Survey of Professional Forecasters&rsquo; (SPF&rsquo;s) projections<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn7" name="_ftnref7" title="" id="_ftnref7">7</a></sup>  tend to forecast relatively well. The most recent SPF survey (conducted before the August FOMC meeting) predicted that PCE inflation would average 2.1 percent per year for the next five years.</p>
<p>Thus, in the face of challenging circumstances, the Federal Reserve has met its price stability mandate and is expected to continue to do so. Unemployment does remain disturbingly high. Yet, I am sure it would be even higher without the enormous amount of monetary stimulus that the FOMC has provided. Moreover, I believe that the FOMC could only have systematically lowered the unemployment rate further by generating inflation rates higher than 2 percent over a multiyear period. Such an outcome could well lead the public to lose faith in the credibility of the FOMC&rsquo;s inflation objective and thereby increase the probability that the FOMC would lose control of inflation. As I stressed earlier, this scenario would require a policy response that would generate substantial losses of employment.</p>
<h2>Recent FOMC Decisions</h2>
<p>Much of my discussion so far has been a look back over the past three and a half years, since the start of the Great Recession in December 2007. My assessment is that, despite some profound economic shocks, the FOMC&mdash;led by Chairman Bernanke&mdash;has successfully met its price stability mandate by engaging in imaginative forms of monetary accommodation and thereby helped lower the unemployment rate. Now I&rsquo;d like to turn to my assessment of the most recent round of FOMC decision-making. To put this part of my talk in the proper context, I want to ask another key question: How did the FOMC achieve its success over the past three and a half years with regard to price stability?</p>
<p>The answer, I believe, is that the FOMC consistently made choices in response to changes in short-term economic conditions that were designed to support its medium-term objectives. Getting these choices right is certainly more of an art than a science. With that said, economists have suggested a number of rules that tell central banks how to respond to changes in economic conditions so as to keep inflation near some target level. I generally find these rules useful in guiding policymaking, and especially so when they arrive at the same recommendation. (Unfortunately, that&rsquo;s not always the case.)</p>
<p>But here&rsquo;s one instance in which most of the rules do deliver the same recommended course of action. Suppose the FOMC observes an increase in available measures of inflationary pressures and a decrease in labor market slack&mdash;that is, the gap between maximum employment and observed employment. Then many monetary policy rules would recommend that the FOMC not ease policy further and in fact consider reducing the level of monetary policy accommodation. That recommendation&mdash;don&rsquo;t ease further if you&rsquo;re doing better on your mandates&mdash;makes sense to me.</p>
<p>With that recommendation in mind, let&rsquo;s go back to November 2010. At that date, the FOMC took a significant policy step by announcing its intention to buy $600 billion of longer-term Treasury securities. Until the most recent meeting in August, this was the last major policy step undertaken by the Committee. What did available measures of inflationary pressures and labor market slack&mdash;the &ldquo;mandate dashboard&rdquo;&mdash;look like back in November?</p>
<p>In terms of inflation, I generally think that core inflation does a better job of tracking underlying inflationary pressures, because it does not include the highly volatile and transitory fluctuations in food and energy prices. In November, PCE core inflation over the preceding 12 months had been less than 1 percent and had decelerated throughout the year. Of course, a good mandate dashboard should also include some measure of the future course of inflationary pressures. Here, it is worth noting that, even with the large-scale asset purchase in place, FOMC participants expected core inflation to remain very low: less than 1.3 percent over the upcoming calendar year of 2011.</p>
<p>In terms of labor market slack, I&rsquo;ve argued elsewhere that it&rsquo;s hard to find reliable measures of this key variable.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn8" name="_ftnref8" title="" id="_ftnref8">8</a></sup> But the FOMC statement makes specific reference to the unemployment rate as a gauge of labor market slack, and so I&rsquo;ll use that measure on my notional mandate dashboard. The unemployment rate was 9.8 percent in November 2010. With the help of the large-scale asset purchase, FOMC participants expected it to fall to about 9 percent a year hence.</p>
<p>How had the mandate dashboard changed in August 2011? PCE core inflation rose sharply: From December 2010 through July 2011, the annualized core PCE inflation rate was over 2 percent. FOMC participants did not submit forecasts of core PCE inflation in August. However, the most recent Survey of Professional Forecasters, done before the August FOMC meeting, predicted that core PCE inflation will average 1.7 percent in 2011 and 1.6 percent in 2012. It seems clear that inflationary pressures were higher in August than in November. My own current forecast for core PCE inflation is even higher than the SPF&rsquo;s&mdash;I expect that it will average around 2 percent per year over 2011 and 2012.</p>
<p>What about labor market slack? The unemployment rate was 9.1 percent in August 2011, as opposed to 9.8 percent in November 2010. Again, we don&rsquo;t have FOMC participant projections available from the August meeting. However, the Survey of Professional Forecasters predicts that unemployment will be 8.6 percent in just over a year&rsquo;s time. Going into the August FOMC meeting, my own forecast for unemployment was a little more optimistic, in the sense that I do expect unemployment to be under 8.5 percent by the end of next year. But, even with the more pessimistic SPF forecast, labor market slack is smaller than in November 2010, when the FOMC expected unemployment to remain around 9 percent in a year&rsquo;s time.</p>
<p>So, measures of past and forecasts of future inflationary pressures were higher in August than at the time of the FOMC&rsquo;s last major policy move in November. Measures of current labor market slack and expectations of future labor market slack were smaller in August. The monetary policy rules that I described earlier would suggest, again, &ldquo;Don&rsquo;t ease further if you&rsquo;re doing better on your mandates.&rdquo; Indeed, they&rsquo;d recommend that the level of policy accommodation be reduced.</p>
<p>Instead, at its August meeting, the FOMC decided to adopt a more accommodative policy stance. From March 2009 through June 2011, the FOMC statement said that the Committee expected to keep interest rates extraordinarily low for an &ldquo;extended period,&rdquo; which was generally interpreted as meaning &ldquo;at least for two or three meetings.&rdquo; In August 2011, the FOMC changed its statement to say that it now expected to keep interest rates extraordinarily low for at least 16 meetings. Given what I&rsquo;ve said, it is not surprising that I dissented from this decision.</p>
<p>I would be remiss if I did not mention one subtlety in my discussion of changes in the mandate dashboard since November 2010. I&rsquo;ve treated the decline in the unemployment rate as representing a decline in labor market slack. This view is not uncontroversial. From an accounting perspective, the unemployment rate can fall for two reasons: People can find jobs, or people can stop searching for jobs. Much of the decline since November is attributable to people who were formerly unemployed choosing to no longer look for work.</p>
<p>Nonetheless, it still seems appropriate to me to view this change in labor market conditions as representing a decline in labor market slack. Intuitively, people who are non-employed, but not actively looking for work, are less likely to apply for any given job opening. Hence, the recent departures from the labor force imply that there is less downward pressure on wages. Almost by definition, from an economic perspective, this means that there is less slack in the labor market.</p>
<p>The rise in core inflation in the first part of the year is consistent with the view that labor market slack has fallen. But some observers argue that core PCE inflation is only temporarily high because of the tragic events in Japan or transitory spikes in commodity prices. If so, the disinflationary pressures of 2010 should soon reappear in the form of a sharp decline in current and expected core PCE inflation rates. In that eventuality, increasing policy accommodation might well be appropriate.</p>
<p>I&rsquo;ve argued here that the Committee increased the level of accommodation when standard rules seem to call for standing pat or even reducing accommodation. What are the costs of such a move? The standard rules are meant to guide the economy toward the Committee&rsquo;s medium-term objectives. If monetary policy is consistently overly accommodative relative to these rules, the Committee risks generating inflation higher than 2 percent for several years. As I&rsquo;ve discussed, such an outcome could have significant consequences for inflation and inflation expectations. Future Committees might have to endure large losses in employment in order to fix these consequences.</p>

<h2>Conclusion</h2>
<p>I mentioned that I dissented from the Committee&rsquo;s last decision in August. Two other presidents dissented&mdash;and there have not been as many dissents at one meeting in nearly 20 years. In my view, this level of disagreement reflects two aspects of the current setting. The first is related to the leadership of the Committee. Chairman Bernanke strongly welcomes the airing of disparate views within the meeting. He clearly believes&mdash;as I do&mdash;that the United States has a decentralized central bank because we will get better monetary policy if decision-making is grounded in a wide range of views. I think that the Chairman should be applauded for this approach to policymaking.</p>
<p>The second is related to the nature of the economic data that we&rsquo;ve seen in the first part of this year. I&rsquo;ve described how inflation rose and unemployment fell. It&rsquo;s also true that real GDP grew at less than 1 percent at an annualized rate in the first half of the year. And the outlook for real GDP growth has slipped too. Last November, my forecast for annual real GDP growth was similar to that of other FOMC participants: I expected that real GDP growth would average above 3 percent per year, and probably closer to 3.5 percent per year, over the following two years (that is, from the fourth quarter of 2010 through the fourth quarter of 2012). Now, I expect that real GDP growth will average around 2.5 percent per year over that same period of time.</p>
<p>It&rsquo;s unusual to see an increase in inflation and a fall in unemployment occur when GDP growth is so sluggish and when the outlook for real GDP growth has slipped so much. It is hardly surprising that there might well be some disagreement about the appropriate monetary policy response to this conflicting mix of information.</p>
<p>My theme in this speech has been that monetary policy must have three elements if it is to implement the price stability and maximum employment mandates successfully. The FOMC needs to formulate an objective for inflation. It needs to communicate that objective effectively. And, most importantly, it needs to ensure the credibility of that communication by responding to macroeconomic conditions so as to ensure that inflation stays close to its announced objective. Losing that credibility would represent a substantial failure on the Federal Reserve&rsquo;s price stability mandate and would also likely lead to substantial failures on the Federal Reserve&rsquo;s maximum employment mandate.</p>
<p>Despite challenging circumstances, the FOMC has succeeded on all three elements over the past three and a half years. However, as I&rsquo;ve argued today, the Committee&rsquo;s decision in August to make monetary policy more accommodative is inconsistent with its declared intention to keep inflation at 2 percent or a bit under. Unfortunately, the FOMC&rsquo;s two-year conditional commitment will be nearly impossible to undo in the near term. If the FOMC were to backtrack rapidly on this provision, it would significantly undercut the credibility of all forward guidance in the future. For that reason, I plan to abide by the conditional commitment of August 2011 in thinking about my own future decisions.</p>
<p>However, as was indicated in the recently released minutes of the August FOMC meeting, participants discussed the possibility of adopting alternative and/or additional forms of accommodation. My understanding is that this discussion will continue at our two-day September meeting. In a speech last week in Bismarck, I said that I believe that any additional provision of accommodation in September or thereafter will have to be judged on its own merits. Some readers or listeners may have found this statement to be imprecise. So, let me elaborate on what I meant then, and continue to believe. I assess FOMC actions in light of the incoming data and the Committee&rsquo;s communicated objective of keeping inflation at 2 percent or a bit under. With that in mind, the data in August did not justify the additional accommodation provided at that meeting. It is unlikely that the data in September will warrant adding still more accommodation.</p>
<p>Thanks for your attention. I&rsquo;m happy to take your questions. </p>







</p>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2><strong>Endnotes</strong></h2>

<div>
  <div id="ftn1">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref1" name="_ftn1" title="" 

id="_ftn1">1</a> I  thank Doug Clement, David Fettig, Terry 

Fitzgerald, Bernabe Lopez-Martin, Jenni Schoppers and  Kei-Mu Yi for many helpful 

thoughts and comments. </p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn2">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref2" name="_ftn2" title="" 

id="_ftn2">2</a> In  particular, when asked if keeping inflation in 

check was any less of a priority  for the Federal Reserve, Chairman 

Bernanke responded: &ldquo;We&rsquo;ve been very, very clear that we 

will not allow inflation to rise  above two percent or less.&rdquo; 

See <a 

href="http://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/other/2010publiccommun

ication.htm"><em>&ldquo;60 Minutes&rdquo;</em> transcript</a>.</p>
    <div id="ftn3">
      <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref3" name="_ftn3" title="" 

id="_ftn3">3</a> The  preceding two paragraphs are my attempt to 

describe the so-called divine  coincidence that optimal policy in New 

Keynesian models involves the  simultaneous elimination of output 

gaps and inflation variability. (See  Blanchard and Gal&iacute; 

2007.) This characterization is only literally true under  relatively 

strong assumptions. However, Justiniano, Primiceri and Tambalotti  

(2011) document that it also provides a good approximation to optimal 

policy in  a New Keynesian model that is estimated to fit U.S. data 

from 1954 to 2009. </p>
    </div>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn4">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref4" name="_ftn4" title="" 

id="_ftn">4</a> The discussion in this paragraph is largely 

consistent  with the following quote from Chairman Bernanke&rsquo;s 

response to a reporter&rsquo;s  question in April about the 

Fed&rsquo;s ability to lower the rate of unemployment  more rapidly: 

&ldquo;even purely from an employment perspective&mdash;that if 

inflation  were to become unmoored, inflation expectations were to 

rise significantly,  that the cost of that in terms of employment 

loss in the future, as we had to  respond to that, would be quite 

significant.&rdquo; (See <a 

href="http://www.federalreserve.gov/FOMCpresconf20110427.pdf">transcript of  Chairman Bernanke&rsquo;s April 27, 2011, press 

conference</a>, p. 14).</p>
    </div>
  <div id="ftn5">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref5" name="_ftn5" title="" 

id="_ftn5">5</a> See  <a 

href="http://www.lincolninst.edu/subcenters/land-values/price-and-qua

ntity.asp">Lincoln  Institute of Land Policy</a>, LAND-PI (CSW) 

series.</p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn6">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref6" name="_ftn6" title="" 

id="_ftn6">6</a> See  Meyer and Pasaogullari (2010).</p>
    <div id="ftn7">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref7" name="_ftn7" title="" 

id="_ftn3">7</a> <a 

href="http://www.philadelphiafed.org/research-and-data/real-time-cent

er/survey-of-professional-forecasters/">Survey</a> conducted by the 

Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia.&nbsp; </p>
    </div>
    <div id="ftn8">
      <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref8" name="_ftn8" title="" 

id="_ftn8">8</a> See  Kocherlakota (2011).</p>
      <p class="footnote"></p>
    </div>
  </div>
</div>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2></h2>
<h2><strong>References</strong></h2>
<p class="footnote">Blanchard, Olivier J., and Jordi Gal&iacute;. 

2007. &ldquo;Real Wage  Rigidities and the New Keynesian 

Model.&rdquo; <em>Journal  of Money, Credit and Banking</em><em> 

Supplement</em> 39, pp. 35-65.</p>
<p class="footnote">Kocherlakota,  Narayana. 2011. &ldquo;<a 

href="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/publications_papers/pub_display.c

fm?id=4709">Labor  Markets and Monetary Policy.</a>&rdquo; <em>2010  

Annual Report</em>. Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis. </p>
<p class="footnote">Justiniano, Alejandro, Giorgio E. Primiceri and  

Andrea Tambalotti. 2011. &ldquo;<a 

href="http://faculty.wcas.northwestern.edu/~gep575/JPTgap24.pdf">Is 

There a  Trade-Off Between Inflation and Output 

Stabilization?</a>&rdquo; </p>
<p class="footnote">Meyer,  Brent H., and Mehmet Pasaogullari. 2010. 

&ldquo;<a 

href="http://www.clevelandfed.org/research/commentary/2010/2010-17.cf

m">Simple  Ways to Forecast Inflation: What Works Best?</a>&rdquo; 

</p>
]]></content:encoded>
  
  <cb:speech>
  <cb:simpleTitle>Communication, Credibility and Implementation: 
Some Thoughts on Current, Past and Future Monetary Policy</cb:simpleTitle>
  <cb:occurrenceDate>2011-09-06T12:00:00-06:00</cb:occurrenceDate>
    
  <cb:person type="speaker">
    <cb:givenName>Narayana</cb:givenName>
    <cb:surname>Kocherlakota</cb:surname>
    <cb:nameAsWritten>Narayana Kocherlakota</cb:nameAsWritten>
    <cb:role>
      <cb:jobTitle>President</cb:jobTitle>
      <cb:affiliation>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis</cb:affiliation>
    </cb:role>
  </cb:person>
  <cb:locationAsWritten>University of Minnesota<br />Minneapolis, Minnesota</cb:locationAsWritten>
  </cb:speech>
</item>  
<item rdf:about="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4725">
  <title>Communication, Credibility and Implementation: 
Some Thoughts on Current, Past and Future Monetary Policy</title>
  <link>http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4725</link>
  <dc:date>2011-08-30T11:15:00-06:00</dc:date>
  
    <content:encoded><![CDATA[

<p>As you  just heard, I&rsquo;m the president of the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis. The  Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis is one of the 12 regional Reserve banks  that, along with the Board of Governors, make up the Federal Reserve System. The  Minneapolis bank is the headquarters of the System&rsquo;s operations in the ninth of  the 12 districts. This district is a far-flung one that includes Montana, the Dakotas, Minnesota, northwestern Wisconsin  and the Upper Peninsula of Michigan. </p>
<p>One of the aspects of my job that I enjoy most is the opportunity  to visit communities across the Ninth District. I have had the pleasure of traveling  to each state in the district in my nearly two years as president, but this is  my first trip to Bismarck in that time. I want to express my thanks to the  National Association of State Treasurers for this invitation. I also want to  extend my thanks to the area business and civic leaders who have taken time from  their busy schedules to meet with me today to discuss the area&rsquo;s economic  conditions, as well as those who will join me later this afternoon to tour  areas hit by this year&rsquo;s Missouri River flooding. </p>
<p>The flooding experienced by North Dakota communities&mdash;most notably  along the Missouri and Souris rivers, but also along other state waterways&mdash;has dealt  an unfortunate economic setback to many cities in a state that has otherwise  experienced very good economic outcomes in recent years. We have been monitoring  the economic impact of the 2011 floods at the Federal Reserve Bank of  Minneapolis and will continue to do so, in North Dakota as well as Montana and  South Dakota. It will be some time before we have a complete reckoning of all  associated costs.</p>
<p>However, one thing seems certain: The same  cooperative attitude and resilience that has characterized communities&rsquo;  responses to the flooding suggests that their recovery will be a strong one. In  his <em>History of North Dakota,</em> Elwyn B.  Robinson cites a late-19th century British statesman, who described the  prevailing spirit of optimism of the people who settled west of the Mississippi  River: &ldquo;Men seem to live in the future rather than in the present: not that  they fail to work while it is called for to-day, but they see the country not  merely as it is, but as it will be, twenty, fifty, a hundred years hence.&rdquo;<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn2" name="_ftnref2" title="" id="_ftnref2">2</a></sup></p>
<p>I&rsquo;m reasonably confident that Mr. Robinson would view  this as an awkward segue, but his quote is also instructive to the operations  of monetary policy. The Federal Open Market Committee&mdash;the FOMC&mdash;meets eight  times per year to set the path of monetary policy over the next six to seven  weeks. All 12 presidents of the various regional Federal Reserve  banks&mdash;including me&mdash;and the seven governors of the Federal Reserve Board,  including Chairman Bernanke, contribute to these deliberations. (Actually,  right now, there are only five governors&mdash;two positions are unfilled.) However,  the Committee itself consists only of the governors, the president of the  Federal Reserve Bank of New York and a rotating group of four other presidents  (currently Minneapolis, Philadelphia, Dallas and Chicago).</p>
<p>As I said, the Committee meets eight times per year. Its  deliberations concern the appropriate readjustment of monetary policy to the  new information received since the last meeting. But, as was true of the early  settlers of our great continent, the Committee has to keep in mind its medium-term  and indeed long-term goals when making those readjustments. And it must also  keep in mind the public&rsquo;s understanding of those goals. </p>
<p>This perspective&mdash;that good  policy responds to the current conditions so as to achieve certain well-communicated  future goals&mdash;will be a key theme for the remainder of my remarks. They will be  divided into three parts. The first part is about the FOMC&rsquo;s objectives and my  thoughts regarding them. In the second part, I discuss the FOMC&rsquo;s performance  relative to those goals in the past three and a half years since the beginning  of the Great Recession. Finally, I close with an analysis of recent FOMC  decision-making. Here, my discussion is perhaps a little more disengaged than  usual, since I dissented from&mdash;that is, formally disagreed with&mdash;the last FOMC  decision. And here it seems especially &agrave; propos to remind you that my remarks here  today reflect my thoughts alone, and not necessarily those of others in the  Federal Reserve System, including my colleagues on the Federal Open Market  Committee. </p>
<h2><strong>FOMC  Objectives </strong></h2>
<p>Let me turn first to a  discussion of FOMC objectives. Congress has mandated that the Federal Reserve set  monetary policy so as to promote price stability and maximum employment. In my  view, the heart of implementing the price stability mandate is to formulate and  communicate an objective for inflation. The central bank then fulfills its  price stability mandate by making choices over time so as to keep inflation  close to that objective. Of course, the central bank&rsquo;s job is complicated by economic  shocks that may lower or raise inflationary pressures. The central bank provides  additional monetary accommodation&mdash;like lower interest rates&mdash;in response to the shocks  that push down on inflation. It reduces accommodation in response to the shocks  that push up on inflation. By doing so, it works to ensure that inflation stays  close to its objective. </p>
<p>As I said, though, it is not enough to have an  objective&mdash;the Federal Reserve must also  communicate that objective clearly. That communication serves to anchor medium-  and long-term inflationary expectations. Put another way, without clear communication  of objectives, the public can only guess at the intentions of the FOMC. Inflationary  expectations and inflation itself will inevitably end up fluctuating&mdash;and possibly by a lot. As  I&rsquo;ll discuss later, it is possible to undo these shifts in expectations, but  only at significant economic cost.</p>
<p>The  Federal Reserve communicates its objective for inflation in a number of ways. For  example, at quarterly intervals, FOMC meeting participants publicly reveal  their forecasts for inflation five years hence, assuming that monetary policy  is optimal. Those forecasts usually range between 1.5 percent and 2 percent per  year. They are often collectively referred to by saying that the Federal  Reserve views inflation as being &ldquo;mandate-consistent&rdquo; if it is running at &ldquo;2  percent or a bit under.&rdquo; But the Fed has also communicated its intentions more  directly and more broadly. Last December, for example, on the television  program <em>&ldquo;60 Minutes,&rdquo;</em> Chairman  Bernanke explained the dangers of letting inflation fall too low relative to this  2-percent-or-a-bit-under range. In the same interview, he also emphasized that  the FOMC is unwilling to allow inflation to rise above this range.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn3" name="_ftnref3" title="" id="_ftnref3">3</a></sup></p>
<p>As I&rsquo;ll describe in more detail  later in my speech, the economy was hit in the past three and a half years by  shocks that had the potential to drive inflation significantly downward. I  believe that the FOMC&rsquo;s clear communication of its inflation objective has  helped the FOMC keep inflation from falling too low in the face of those  shocks. At the same time, clear communication of its objective has also allowed  the FOMC to follow highly accommodative monetary policies&mdash;like keeping  interest rates near zero for nearly three years&mdash;without triggering large upward  movements in inflationary expectations. </p>
<p>I&rsquo;ve been emphasizing the  importance of communication&mdash;and communication  matters greatly. But, ultimately, the public&rsquo;s beliefs about the FOMC&rsquo;s  inflation objective will also depend on inflationary outcomes. If annual inflation  averages less than 1.5 percent for more than three or four years, onlookers  will begin to suspect that the FOMC&rsquo;s true objective for inflation is lower  than its declared &ldquo;two percent or a bit under.&rdquo; Correspondingly, if inflation  is persistently higher than 2 percent, then the public will begin to believe  that the FOMC&rsquo;s true objective for inflation is higher than 2 percent. In either  case, inflation expectations could become unmoored, and the FOMC could lose  control of inflation itself. <em>Communication</em> can only be effective if the FOMC also retains <em>credibility</em>. </p>
<p>As I mentioned, Congress has also mandated that  the FOMC set monetary policy so as to promote maximum employment. In the past,  some have seen an intrinsic conflict between the FOMC&rsquo;s price stability mandate  and its maximum employment mandate. In contrast, my thinking accords with the  more modern viewpoint that there is relatively little tension between these two  goals. The modern paradigm recognizes that monetary policy should allow the  natural supply-and-demand forces in the economy to operate without impediment. For  example, if energy costs spike, the basic forces of supply and demand dictate  that firms will cut back on production and demand less labor, creating higher  unemployment. It is inefficient for any policy&mdash;including monetary policy&mdash;to attempt to interfere with  this natural adjustment process. It follows that the Federal Reserve&rsquo;s  operational definition of &ldquo;maximum employment&rdquo; has to vary over time.</p>
<p>Nonetheless, the modern paradigm does view price  stability as playing a crucial role in ensuring maximum employment. It is  well-documented that different firms adjust their prices at different times and  in different ways in response to the ebb and flow of inflationary pressures in  the economy. This asynchronous adjustment of prices across firms generates economic  inefficiencies, including losses of employment. By ensuring that prices follow  a steady, well-understood path, the Federal Reserve eliminates the variation in  inflationary pressures and the need for firms to respond to that variation. In  this way, the Federal Reserve&rsquo;s mission of achieving price stability is  entirely consistent with its mission of achieving maximum employment.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn4" name="_ftnref4" title="" id="_ftnref4">4</a></sup> </p>
<p>But  there is another, deeper sense in which the price stability and maximum  employment mandates are intertwined. Imagine that inflation runs at 3 or 4  percent per year for three or four years. The public will then start to doubt  the credibility of the Fed&rsquo;s stated commitment to a 2-percent-or-a-bit-under objective.  The public&rsquo;s medium-term inflationary expectations will consequently begin to  rise. As we saw in the latter part of the 1970s, these changes in expectations can  serve to reinforce and augment the upward drift in inflation. At that point,  the Federal Reserve will have to tighten policy considerably if it wishes to  regain control of inflation. But we learned in the early 1980s that the  resultant tightening&mdash;while necessary&mdash;generates  large losses in employment. In other words, failing to meet its price stability  mandate can also lead the FOMC, over the medium and long term, to substantial failure  on its employment mandate.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn5" name="_ftnref5" title="" id="_ftnref5">5</a></sup></p>
<p>An  important communications challenge for the FOMC is that it is much harder to  quantify the maximum employment mandate than the price stability mandate. I&rsquo;ve  already talked about how a change in energy costs can push down on maximum  employment. But changes in minimum wage policy, demography, taxes and  regulations, technological productivity, job market efficiency, unemployment  insurance benefits, entrepreneurial credit access and social norms all  influence what we might consider &ldquo;maximum employment.&rdquo; Trying to offset these  changes in the economy with monetary policy can lead to a dangerous drift in  inflationary expectations and ultimately in inflation itself. </p>
<h2><strong>Monetary Policy since the Great Recession </strong></h2>
<p>As I discussed earlier, the  Federal Reserve is mandated to set policies that promote price stability. With  that in mind, how has the Federal Reserve done in terms of its price stability mandate  since the Great Recession began in December 2007? The answer is: remarkably  well. The personal consumption expenditure (PCE) inflation rate has averaged 1.8  percent per year from the fourth quarter of 2007 through the second quarter of  2011. I would say that this outcome is essentially consistent with price  stability. </p>
<p>This admirable performance is not due to luck. Since  mid-2006, residential land prices have fallen by over 50 percent.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn6" name="_ftnref6" title="" id="_ftnref6">6</a></sup> Falling land prices were at the heart of the financial  crisis from 2007 to 2009 and have generated a persistent fall in wealth and  borrowing capacity for households. The associated declines in demand for consumption  goods and investment goods pushed downward on prices and inflation. </p>
<p> Confronted with this enormous shock to the  economy, the Federal Reserve has followed an unprecedentedly and imaginatively accommodative  policy. It has kept interest rates near zero. It has provided &ldquo;forward  guidance&rdquo; by explicitly expressing its expectation that interest rates would  stay extraordinarily low for an extended period. It has bought over 2 trillion  dollars of longer-term government securities. Through these actions, the Fed  has provided an extraordinary amount of monetary stimulus&mdash;and so has been able to meet  its price stability mandate. But what about the future? There are a number of  ways to measure inflationary expectations, which all&mdash;unfortunately&mdash;come  with caveats. Last December, a Cleveland Fed study analyzed several such  measures.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn7" name="_ftnref7" title="" id="_ftnref7">7</a></sup> It  concluded that the Survey of Professional Forecasters&rsquo; (SPF&rsquo;s) projections<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn8" name="_ftnref8" title="" id="_ftnref8">8</a></sup> tend  to forecast relatively well. The most recent SPF survey (conducted before the  August FOMC meeting) predicted that PCE inflation would average 2.1 percent per  year for the next five years. </p>
<p>Thus, in the face of challenging circumstances,  the Federal Reserve has met its price stability mandate and is expected to  continue to do so. Unemployment does remain disturbingly high. Yet, I am sure  it would be even higher without the enormous amount of monetary stimulus that  the FOMC has provided. Moreover, I believe that the FOMC could only have systematically  lowered the unemployment rate further by generating inflation rates higher than  2 percent over a multiyear period. Such an outcome could well lead the public  to lose faith in the credibility of the FOMC&rsquo;s inflation objective and thereby  increase the probability that the FOMC would lose control of inflation. As I  stressed earlier, this scenario would require a policy response that would  generate substantial losses of employment.</p>
<h2><strong>Recent FOMC Decisions</strong></h2>
<p>Much of my discussion so far has  been a look back over the past three and a half years, since the start of the  Great Recession in December 2007. My assessment is that, despite some profound  economic shocks, the FOMC&mdash;led by Chairman Bernanke&mdash;has successfully met its  price stability mandate by engaging in imaginative forms of monetary accommodation  and thereby helped lower the unemployment rate. Now I&rsquo;d like to turn to my  assessment of the most recent round of FOMC decision-making. To put this part  of my talk in the proper context, I want to ask another key question: <em>How</em> did the FOMC achieve its success  over the past three and a half years with regard to price stability? </p>
<p>The answer, I believe, is that the FOMC  consistently made choices in response to changes in short-term economic  conditions that were designed to support its medium-term objectives. Getting  these choices right is certainly more of an art than a science. With that said,  economists have suggested a number of <em>rules</em> that tell central banks how to respond to changes in economic conditions so as  to keep inflation near some target level. I generally find these rules useful  in guiding policymaking, and especially so when they arrive at the same  recommendation. (Unfortunately, that&rsquo;s not always the case.) </p>
<p>But here&rsquo;s one instance in which most of the  rules <em>do</em> deliver the same recommended  course of action. Suppose the FOMC observes an increase in available measures  of inflationary pressures and a decrease in labor market slack&mdash;that is, the gap between maximum  employment and observed employment. Then many monetary policy rules would recommend  that the FOMC not ease policy further and in fact consider reducing the level  of monetary policy accommodation. That recommendation&mdash;don&rsquo;t ease further if you&rsquo;re  doing better on your mandates&mdash;makes sense to me. </p>
<p>With that recommendation in mind, let&rsquo;s go back  to November 2010. At that date, the FOMC took a significant policy step by  announcing its intention to buy $600 billion of longer-term Treasury  securities. Until the most recent meeting in August, this was the last major policy  step undertaken by the Committee. What did available measures of inflationary  pressures and labor market slack&mdash;the &ldquo;mandate dashboard&rdquo;&mdash;look like back in  November? </p>
<p>In terms of inflation, I generally think that  core inflation does a better job of tracking underlying inflationary pressures,  because it does not include the highly volatile and transitory fluctuations in  food and energy prices. In November, PCE core inflation over the preceding 12  months had been less than 1 percent and had decelerated throughout the year. Of  course, a good mandate dashboard should also include some measure of the future  course of inflationary pressures. Here, it is worth noting that, even with the  large-scale asset purchase in place, FOMC participants expected core inflation  to remain very low: less than 1.3 percent over the upcoming calendar year of  2011.</p>
<p>In terms of labor market slack, I&rsquo;ve argued  elsewhere that it&rsquo;s hard to find reliable measures of this key variable.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn9" name="_ftnref9" title="" id="_ftnref9">9</a></sup> But the FOMC statement makes specific reference  to the unemployment rate as a gauge of labor market slack, and so I&rsquo;ll use that  measure on my notional mandate dashboard. The unemployment rate was 9.8 percent  in November 2010. With the help of the large-scale asset purchase, FOMC  participants expected it to fall to about 9 percent a year hence. </p>
<p> How had the mandate dashboard changed in August  2011? PCE core inflation rose sharply: From December 2010 through July 2011,  the annualized core PCE inflation rate was over 2 percent. FOMC participants  did not submit forecasts of core PCE inflation in August. However, the most  recent Survey of Professional Forecasters, done before the August FOMC meeting,  predicted that core PCE inflation will average 1.7 percent in 2011 and 1.6  percent in 2012. It seems clear that inflationary pressures were higher in  August than in November. My own current forecast for core PCE inflation is even  higher than the SPF&rsquo;s&mdash;I expect that it will average  around 2 percent per year over 2011 and 2012.</p>
<p>What about labor market slack? The unemployment  rate was 9.1 percent in July 2011, as opposed to 9.8 percent in November 2010. Again,  we don&rsquo;t have FOMC participant projections available from the August meeting. However,  the Survey of Professional Forecasters predicts that unemployment will be 8.6  percent in just over a year&rsquo;s time. Going into the August FOMC meeting, my own  forecast for unemployment was a little more optimistic, in the sense that I do  expect unemployment to be under 8.5 percent by the end of next year. But, even  with the more pessimistic SPF forecast, labor market slack is smaller than in  November 2010, when the FOMC expected unemployment to remain around 9 percent in  a year&rsquo;s time.</p>
<p>So, measures of past and forecasts of future inflationary  pressures were higher in August than at the time of the FOMC&rsquo;s last major  policy move in November. Measures of current labor market slack and  expectations of future labor market slack were smaller in August. The monetary  policy rules that I described earlier would suggest, again, &ldquo;Don&rsquo;t ease further  if you&rsquo;re doing better on your mandates.&rdquo; Indeed, they&rsquo;d recommend that the  level of policy accommodation be <em>reduced</em>. </p>
<p>Instead, at its August meeting, the FOMC  decided to adopt a more accommodative policy stance. From March 2009 through June  2011, the FOMC statement said that the Committee expected to keep interest  rates extraordinarily low for an &ldquo;extended period,&rdquo; which was generally interpreted  as meaning &ldquo;at least for two or three meetings.&rdquo; In August 2011, the FOMC  changed its statement to say that it now expected to keep interest rates  extraordinarily low for at least 16 meetings. Given what I&rsquo;ve said, it is not  surprising that I dissented from this decision. </p>
<p>I would be remiss if I did not mention one subtlety  in my discussion of changes in the mandate dashboard since November 2010. I&rsquo;ve  treated the decline in the unemployment rate as representing a decline in labor  market slack. This view is not uncontroversial. From an accounting perspective,  the unemployment rate can fall for two reasons: People can find jobs, or people  can stop searching for jobs. Much of the decline since November is attributable  to people who were formerly unemployed choosing to no longer look for work. </p>
<p>Nonetheless, it still seems appropriate to me  to view this change in labor market conditions as representing a decline in labor  market slack. Intuitively, people who are non-employed, but not actively  looking for work, are less likely to apply for any given job opening. Hence, the  recent departures from the labor force imply that there is less downward  pressure on wages. Almost by definition, from an economic perspective, this  means that there is less slack in the labor market. </p>
<p>The rise in core inflation in the first part of  the year is consistent with the view that labor market slack has fallen. But  some observers argue that core PCE inflation is only temporarily high because  of the tragic events in Japan or transitory spikes in commodity prices. If so,  the disinflationary pressures of 2010 should soon reappear in the form of a  sharp decline in current and expected core PCE inflation rates. In that  eventuality, increasing policy accommodation might well be appropriate. </p>
<p>I&rsquo;ve argued here that the Committee increased  the level of accommodation when standard rules seem to call for standing pat or  even reducing accommodation. What are the costs of such a move? The standard  rules are meant to guide the economy toward the Committee&rsquo;s medium-term  objectives. If monetary policy is consistently overly accommodative relative to  these rules, the Committee risks generating inflation higher than 2 percent for  several years. As I&rsquo;ve discussed, such an outcome could have significant  consequences for inflation and inflation expectations. Future Committees might  have to endure large losses in employment in order to fix these consequences. </p>
<h2><strong>Conclusion</strong></h2>
<p>I mentioned that I dissented  from the Committee&rsquo;s last decision in August. Two other presidents dissented&mdash;and there have not been as  many dissents at one meeting in nearly 20 years. In my view, this level of  disagreement reflects two aspects of the current setting. The first is related  to the leadership of the Committee. Chairman Bernanke strongly welcomes the  airing of disparate views within the meeting. He clearly believes&mdash;as I do&mdash;that the United States has a  decentralized central bank because we will get better monetary policy if  decision-making is grounded in a wide range of views. I think that the chairman  should be applauded for this approach to policymaking. </p>
<p>The second is related to the nature of the  economic data that we&rsquo;ve seen in the first part of this year. I&rsquo;ve described  how inflation rose and unemployment fell. It&rsquo;s also true that real GDP grew at less  than 1 percent at an annualized rate in the first half of the year. And the  outlook for real GDP growth has slipped too. Last November, my forecast for  annual real GDP growth was similar to that of other FOMC participants: I  expected that real GDP growth would average above 3 percent per year, and  probably closer to 3.5 percent per year, over the following two years (that is,  from the fourth quarter of 2010 through the fourth quarter of 2012). Now, I  expect that real GDP growth will average around 2.5 percent per year over that  same period of time. </p>
<p>It&rsquo;s unusual to see an increase in inflation and  a fall in unemployment occur when GDP growth is so sluggish and when the  outlook for real GDP growth has slipped so much. It is hardly surprising that  there might well be some disagreement about the appropriate monetary policy response  to this conflicting mix of information. </p>
<p>As we go forward together on the Committee, I  see no reason to revisit the decisions of August 2011. The Committee has  included what I regard as a two-year conditional commitment in its statement. I  believe that undoing this commitment in the near term would undercut the ability  of the Committee to offer similar conditional commitments in the future&mdash;and this ability has certainly  proved very useful in the past three years. So, I plan to abide by the August  2011 commitment in thinking about my own future decisions. Of course, the case  for any additional easing would have to be made on its own merits. And, like  the 19th century settlers of the American West, the Committee will have to keep  its eye on the future when deciding about the present. </p>
<p>Thanks for your attention. I&rsquo;m happy to take  your questions. </p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2><strong>Endnotes</strong></h2>

<div>
  <div id="ftn1">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref1" name="_ftn1" title="" id="_ftn1">1</a> I  thank Doug Clement, David Fettig, Terry Fitzgerald, Bernabe Lopez-Martin and  Kei-Mu Yi for many helpful thoughts and comments. </p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn2">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref2" name="_ftn2" title="" id="_ftn2">2</a> See  Robinson (1966).</p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn3">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref3" name="_ftn3" title="" id="_ftn3">3</a> In  particular, when asked if keeping inflation in check was any less of a priority  for the Federal Reserve, Chairman Bernanke responded: &ldquo;We&rsquo;ve been very, very clear that we will not allow inflation to rise  above two percent or less.&rdquo; See <a href="http://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/other/2010publiccommunication.htm"><em>&ldquo;60 Minutes&rdquo;</em> transcript</a>.</p>
    <div id="ftn4">
      <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref4" name="_ftn4" title="" id="_ftn4">4</a> The  preceding two paragraphs are my attempt to describe the so-called divine  coincidence that optimal policy in New Keynesian models involves the  simultaneous elimination of output gaps and inflation variability. (See  Blanchard and Gal&iacute; 2007.) This characterization is only literally true under  relatively strong assumptions. However, Justiniano, Primiceri and Tambalotti  (2011) document that it also provides a good approximation to optimal policy in  a New Keynesian model that is estimated to fit U.S. data from 1954 to 2009. </p>
    </div>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn5">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref5" name="_ftn5" title="" id="_ftn">5</a> The discussion in this paragraph is largely consistent  with the following quote from Chairman Bernanke&rsquo;s response to a reporter&rsquo;s  question in April about the Fed&rsquo;s ability to lower the rate of unemployment  more rapidly: &ldquo;even purely from an employment perspective&mdash;that if inflation  were to become unmoored, inflation expectations were to rise significantly,  that the cost of that in terms of employment loss in the future, as we had to  respond to that, would be quite significant.&rdquo; (See <a href="http://www.federalreserve.gov/FOMCpresconf20110427.pdf">transcript of  Chairman Bernanke&rsquo;s April 27, 2011 press conference</a>, p. 14).</p>
    </div>
  <div id="ftn6">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref6" name="_ftn6" title="" id="_ftn2">6</a> See  <a href="http://www.lincolninst.edu/subcenters/land-values/price-and-quantity.asp">Lincoln  Institute of Land Policy</a>, LAND-PI (CSW) series.</p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn7">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref7" name="_ftn7" title="" id="_ftn3">7</a> See  Meyer and Pasaogullari (2010).</p>
    <div id="ftn8">
      <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref8" name="_ftn8" title="" id="_ftn5">8</a> <a href="http://www.philadelphiafed.org/research-and-data/real-time-center/survey-of-professional-forecasters/">Survey</a> conducted by the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia.&nbsp; </p>
    </div>
    <div id="ftn9">
      <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref9" name="_ftn9" title="" id="_ftn6">9</a> See  Kocherlakota (2011).</p>
      <p class="footnote"></p>
    </div>
  </div>
</div>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2></h2>
<h2><strong>References</strong></h2>
<p class="footnote">Blanchard, Olivier J., and Jordi Gal&iacute;. 2007. &ldquo;Real Wage  Rigidities and the New Keynesian Model.&rdquo; <em>Journal  of Money, Credit and Banking</em><em> Supplement</em> 39, pp. 35-65.</p>
<p class="footnote">Kocherlakota,  Narayana. 2011. &ldquo;<a href="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/publications_papers/pub_display.cfm?id=4709">Labor  Markets and Monetary Policy.</a>&rdquo; <em>2010  Annual Report</em>. Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis. </p>
<p class="footnote">Justiniano, Alejandro, Giorgio E. Primiceri and  Andrea Tambalotti. 2011. &ldquo;<a href="http://faculty.wcas.northwestern.edu/~gep575/JPTgap24.pdf">Is There a  Trade-Off Between Inflation and Output Stabilization?</a>&rdquo; </p>
<p class="footnote">Meyer,  Brent H., and Mehmet Pasaogullari. 2010. &ldquo;<a href="http://www.clevelandfed.org/research/commentary/2010/2010-17.cfm">Simple  Ways to Forecast Inflation: What Works Best?</a>&rdquo; </p>
<p class="footnote">Robinson,  Elwyn B. 1966. <em>History of North Dakota</em>.  University of Nebraska Press, p. 552.</p>
<p class="footnote">.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
  
  <cb:speech>
  <cb:simpleTitle>Communication, Credibility and Implementation: 
Some Thoughts on Current, Past and Future Monetary Policy</cb:simpleTitle>
  <cb:occurrenceDate>2011-08-30T11:15:00-06:00</cb:occurrenceDate>
    
  <cb:person type="speaker">
    <cb:givenName>Narayana</cb:givenName>
    <cb:surname>Kocherlakota</cb:surname>
    <cb:nameAsWritten>Narayana Kocherlakota</cb:nameAsWritten>
    <cb:role>
      <cb:jobTitle>President</cb:jobTitle>
      <cb:affiliation>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis</cb:affiliation>
    </cb:role>
  </cb:person>
  <cb:locationAsWritten>Bismarck, North Dakota</cb:locationAsWritten>
  </cb:speech>
</item>  
<item rdf:about="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4692">
  <title>Re-thinking Leverage Subsidies</title>
  <link>http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4692</link>
  <dc:date>2011-06-27T10:00:00-06:00</dc:date>
  
    <content:encoded><![CDATA[
<p class="footnote"><em>Note<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn1" name="_ftnref1" title="" id="_ftnref1">1</a></sup></em></p>
<p>Thank you very much  for that kind introduction. I&rsquo;ve been president of the Minneapolis Fed for  nearly two years now. I&rsquo;m often asked what I enjoy about my job. There are many  possible answers, but one is certainly that it offers me a chance to visit  Montana more than I would otherwise. This is definitely one of the most  beautiful states in the Union. </p>
<p>I&rsquo;m also delighted  to have this opportunity to talk to this group in particular. You are all very  aware that our country has gone through a difficult financial crisis and that we  are still only beginning to make our way back from its impact. There have been  many changes in financial regulation designed to reduce the risk of a  recurrence of such a traumatic event. My goal today is to describe changes in  the U.S. tax code that I believe will make such a crisis less likely to occur. And  before going further, let me note that these remarks reflect my views, not  necessarily those of others in the Federal Reserve System or on the Federal  Open Market Committee. </p>
<p>My starting point  is the Dodd-Frank Act. It&rsquo;s less than a year old, having been passed in July of  2010. But, even in that short time, it already seems clear that it is the single  most important piece of legislation related to the U.S. financial system to be  passed in at least 75 years&mdash;and arguably ever. Its first nine words describe  the purpose of the 848 pages that follow as being &ldquo;to promote the financial  stability of the United States.&rdquo; The Act envisions the Federal Reserve System as  being integral to the fulfillment of this mission. In particular, the Fed is  designated the supervisor and regulator of all systemically important financial  institutions&mdash;including those that are not banks. </p>
<p>The Dodd-Frank Act makes significant headway  toward the goal of promoting U.S. financial stability, but as the Act itself  indicates, there is more to be done.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn2" name="_ftnref2" title="" id="_ftnref2">2</a></sup> And  given the Federal Reserve System&rsquo;s part in this mission, I believe it is  incumbent on Fed leaders to point out ways in which Congress could potentially  act to make the financial system even more stable. It is with this in mind that  I&rsquo;d like to offer the following contributions. </p>
<p>Of course, many  Fed leaders have made these kinds of suggestions in the past, and I&rsquo;m sure that  they will do so in the future. In Minneapolis, my predecessor, Gary Stern, and  my current head of supervision, Ron Feldman, did their part by writing a book  in 2004 called <em>Too Big to Fail</em>. The  book identified a host of incentives within the U.S. financial system that  encouraged large banks to take on risks that could prove destabilizing. Their  book has proven to be distressingly prescient. I will follow in Stern and  Feldman&rsquo;s footsteps by focusing on ways in which our current tax system provides  incentives for financial institutions to make destabilizing choices. </p>
<p>My focus today is  on the use of debt as a form of financing&mdash;that is to say&mdash;on leverage. I will be  making three points. </p>
<ul>
  <li>First, the sharp and largely unanticipated fall  in U.S. residential land prices after 2006 was the main cause of the financial crisis  of 2007-09. </li>
  <li>Second, household and financial institution leverage  exacerbate the sensitivity of the financial system to declines in land prices  and so reduce financial stability.</li>
  <li>Third, the U.S. tax system promotes leverage on  the part of households and financial institutions.</li>
</ul>
<p>My conclusion is that Congress  should modify the U.S. tax system to reduce the incentives for destabilizing  activities by banks and households.</p>
<p>As I have already  indicated, my arguments will hinge throughout on what economists call <em>incentive effects</em>. One of my big  surprises since taking this job is that there is a lot more skepticism among  policymakers about the relevance of incentive effects than I would have  thought. Basically, my point today about tax incentives is that if the tax  system reduces the cost of one activity versus another, then people will do  more of the first. I can restate this idea even more prosaically by saying that  if apples fall in price relative to bananas, people will buy more apples, and  fewer bananas, than previously. This proposition about choices is entirely  obvious if one is willing to assume&mdash;as I generally do&mdash;that people behave in a  purposive, goal-oriented way. </p>
<p>But this assumption of purposive behavior is  sometimes controversial. For that reason, it&rsquo;s worth emphasizing that the power  of incentives does not rely on this assumption. By way of illustration, suppose  that, in my apples and bananas example, people simply divide their available  money randomly between apples and bananas. Gary Becker, a Nobel laureate at the  University of Chicago, showed that, even with this seemingly irrational  behavior, incentives still work their magic.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn3" name="_ftnref3" title="" id="_ftnref3">3</a></sup> Here&rsquo;s why: Say you have $10. Now  split that $10 into an amount you want to spend on apples and an amount you  want to spend on bananas. However you choose to split the $10, it will end up  buying more apples and fewer bananas if the apple price falls relative to the  banana price. Becker&rsquo;s point is that incentives are shaped by scarcity&mdash;here,  the scarcity of money to spend on apples and bananas&mdash;not rationality. His  message underscores the enormous power of incentive effects&mdash;and why they need  to be considered in any policy discussion.</p>
<p>Let me now move on  to talk about the behavior of land prices over the past 40 years. Right from  the start, I&rsquo;ll emphasize that I&rsquo;m talking about <em>land</em> prices, not <em>housing</em> prices. A house is actually a bundle of two goods: a structure and the land  underneath that structure. The price of the structure itself is largely  dictated by the cost of materials and the cost of labor needed to build it. The  prices of residential structures rose relatively little over the decade  1996-2006 and have fallen relatively little since 2006. Hence, the evolution of  the price of housing over the past 15 years is really driven by movements in  the price of residential land.</p>
<p>The data that I&rsquo;ll use are maintained by the  Lincoln Institute of Land Policy, together with the University of Wisconsin  School of Business. They are constructed following a methodology originally due  to Morris Davis of the University of Wisconsin and Jonathan Heathcote, a  researcher at the Minneapolis Fed.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn4" name="_ftnref4" title="" id="_ftnref3">4</a></sup> These  data reveal that U.S. residential land prices grew at 2 percent per year from the  fourth quarter of 1975 to the first quarter of 1996 in real terms (that is,  corrected for inflation). At that point, the rate of growth accelerated sharply.  Real land prices grew at 11 percent per year from the first quarter of 1996 to  the first quarter of 2001. Monetary policy is often blamed for what&rsquo;s now  termed a nationwide <em>bubble</em> in housing  prices, so it&rsquo;s worth noting that this original acceleration in prices took  place during a period of relatively tight monetary policy. It also began before  the passage of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which officially repealed the  Glass-Steagall Act&rsquo;s separation of commercial and investment banking.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn5" name="_ftnref5" title="" id="_ftnref4">5</a></sup>  
Prices did accelerate still further in the early 2000s, growing in real terms at a  rate of 17 percent per year from 2001 to 2006. </p>
<p>By early 2006, the  price of U.S. residential land had risen over 250 percent in a decade. Firms  and people around the world held a wide array of financial assets that were  ultimately backed by U.S. land&mdash;mortgage-backed securities, for example, or any  asset backed by them&mdash;and these investors viewed the assets as being largely  free of risk. They may have understood that a fall in the value of U.S. land  would impose large losses on them. However, they put low odds on such a decline  taking place. Rather, they seemed to believe that U.S. land prices would  continue to rise at a steady clip as they had over the past decade. </p>
<p>By  the second half of 2007, that belief began to unravel in the face of incoming  data. People were starting to learn the hard way that U.S. land was a risky  investment. Now the only question was how risky. The uncertainty about the  answer to this question planted the seeds for a global financial panic.</p>
<p>What  do I mean by the term <em>financial panic</em>?  Financial panics are events that blur the line between liquidity and solvency.  A firm is solvent if its revenues (in a discounted present value sense) exceed  its expenditures. A firm is liquid if it is able to raise enough funds&mdash;either  by borrowing or by selling assets&mdash;to pay its current costs. In a  well-functioning financial market, solvent firms are typically liquid, because  they are able to borrow against their future profits. In contrast, in a  financial panic, lenders feel unable to assess the future profits and/or  collateral of borrowers. Borrowing becomes highly constrained, and even highly  solvent firms may become illiquid.</p>
<p>During  the mid-2000s, many forms of collateral around the world were either implicitly  or explicitly backed by U.S. residential land. As I&rsquo;ve described, beginning in  mid-2007, it became clear that this asset had more risk than financial markets  had originally appreciated. It was not clear, though, how much additional risk  was involved. As a result, financial markets became increasingly uncertain  about how to evaluate assets backed by U.S. land. That uncertainty translated  into uncertainty about the ultimate solvency of institutions holding those  assets&mdash;and the ultimate solvency of any of those institutions&rsquo; creditors and  their creditors and so on. Spreads in credit markets between Treasury returns  and other bond returns began to widen&mdash;at first slightly and then alarmingly. The  financial crisis of 2007-09 was under way. </p>
<p>Thus far, I&rsquo;ve  described how the fall in land prices that began in 2006 triggered the recent  global financial crisis. I now move to my second point: Higher amounts of  household and financial institution leverage mean that the financial system is  more susceptible to these kinds of shocks. </p>
<p>To understand my argument,  it is best to consider an example. Suppose a household buys a house worth $200,000.  The household puts down $20,000 and borrows $180,000 from a bank through a  nonrecourse mortgage&mdash;meaning that in the event of default, the bank has access  only to the collateral: the house itself. The bank is a big one&mdash;it has $2  trillion worth of assets, $1 trillion of those assets consisting of mortgages  (either through direct ownership or through ownership of mortgage-backed  securities). The bank has $200 billion worth of outstanding equity&mdash;so its  debt-to-equity ratio is 9-to-1. Here, I should be clear that my value references  are all market-determined values.</p>
<p>Now, suppose that land  prices fall, and so houses around the United States fall suddenly and permanently  in value by 30 percent. For the house in my example, that means its value has  fallen from $200,000 down to $140,000. The household is now significantly  underwater because it owes $180,000 on a house worth $140,000. If the household  loses its sources of income&mdash;as might well be true if houses around the country  are worth 30 percent less&mdash;then it will have no choice but to default on the  loan (through a short sale or a foreclosure). Even if the household keeps its  sources of income, it&rsquo;s now in a position where so-called strategic default on  a nonrecourse mortgage is financially rewarding. The bottom line is that this  mortgage once worth $180,000 is now worth much less, perhaps no more than  $140,000. In other words, the 30 percent fall in the value of the underlying  asset has led to as much as a 22 percent fall in the value of the mortgage  itself. </p>
<p>This has severe  implications for the bank, of course. Recall that $1 trillion of the bank&rsquo;s  assets took the form of these kinds of mortgages. Given the possible 22 percent  drop on its mortgage values, the bank&rsquo;s assets have fallen by as much as $220  billion, depending on the default choices of households. Its equity, originally  worth $200 billion, will fall greatly in value&mdash;possibly to zero. It is a reasonable  conjecture that it will not be able to raise new funds in debt or equity  markets. </p>
<p>These troubles for  a $2 trillion institution will almost automatically pose a systemic risk to the  U.S. financial system. But I don&rsquo;t view size as essential to my story. I could  have told exactly the same story if I had described 200 banks that each had $10  billion in assets and $5 billion of these kinds of mortgages. </p>
<p>While size isn&rsquo;t  critical, there are three key variables that <em>do</em> matter in this little story. The first is household leverage. Remember  that the house fell in value by $60,000. Suppose that the household had made a  more traditional down payment of 20 percent rather than the 10 percent figure I  used initially. The fall in home value would still leave the household  underwater, but the mortgage value would have fallen by only $20,000, not  $40,000. The bank&rsquo;s assets would have fallen by at most $120 billion. It would  not have risked insolvency. </p>
<p>The second relevant  variable is bank asset concentration. In my example, the bank had half of its  assets directly tied to U.S. residential land. If it had had only 30 percent of  its assets in mortgages, then its losses could not have led to insolvency. </p>
<p>Finally&mdash;and  perhaps most obviously&mdash;bank leverage matters. The bank in my example had a 9-to-1  debt-to-equity ratio. Had its debt-to-equity ratio been 4-to-1 instead, its equity  of $400 billion would have outweighed its losses of $220 billion, and it would  not have become insolvent.</p>
<p>Thus, household  leverage and financial institution leverage render the financial sector more  sensitive to downward movements in the price of land. This kind of sensitivity  decreases the stability of the financial system and so increases the potential  for the kind of crisis we endured in 2007-09. </p>
<p>On to my final  point: The U.S. tax system encourages household leverage and bank leverage,  even though both are potentially destabilizing. Let&rsquo;s start with household  leverage. Think about a family that wants to buy a $300,000 house. It has sufficient  financial assets in stocks and bonds to cover half of the cost. Will it use  these assets to fund half of the house price and take out a mortgage of  $150,000? Or will it take a more levered position: Make a $60,000 down payment,  and borrow the remaining $240,000? </p>
<p>It&rsquo;s not possible  to answer this question with certainty for any given household. But we know  that the tax system provides an extra incentive for any given household to take  out the larger loan. Under the current tax code, the household can deduct from  its gross income any interest payments it makes on the extra $90,000 of  mortgage debt. This means that the household&rsquo;s after-tax interest rate on its mortgage  is lower than it would otherwise be, making mortgage financing more attractive.  It is in this sense that the mortgage interest tax deduction undercuts  financial stability</p>
<p>In making this argument, I should note that only  about one-third of U.S. tax returns itemize deductions and are therefore  affected by the tax code&rsquo;s leverage inducement. However, over 60 percent of  those households that make over $50,000 do itemize, as do over three-quarters  of those households that make over $75,000.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn6" name="_ftnref6" title="" id="_ftnref5">6</a></sup> And&mdash;contrary  to some misconceptions&mdash;the mortgages of these relatively upper-income  households are certainly relevant as we think about the impact of the fall in  land prices. According to a recent online survey, just over 20 percent of mortgage-holding  adults with incomes over $50,000&mdash;and a similar fraction of those with incomes  over $75,000&mdash;believe that they are &ldquo;underwater&rdquo; on those mortgages.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn7" name="_ftnref7" title="" id="_ftnref6">7</a></sup> This  fraction is pretty much the same as the percentage for all households.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn8" name="_ftnref8" title="" id="_ftnref7">8</a></sup></p>
<p>Next, I turn to  financial institution leverage. Consider a financial institution that needs to  raise an extra million dollars. It can do so by issuing debt or attracting  deposits that pay 1 percent interest. Under this approach, the borrower owes  $10,000 of interest to its creditors next year. Alternatively, it can raise the  million dollars by issuing the same amount of equity. Abstracting from risk  considerations, the equity holders will expect to be compensated by receiving  $10,000 of dividend payments every year. </p>
<p>Which method of  finance&mdash;debt or equity&mdash;will the financial institution choose? Taxes play a role  in this decision. If it chooses the debt route, the bank can deduct its  interest payments from its earnings before paying any corporate income taxes. If  it chooses the equity route, then the financial institution must make its  dividend payments from profits that are left <em>after</em> it pays corporate income taxes. Debt repayments are cheaper. In  this way, the tax code includes what is known as a corporate debt tax shield  that encourages higher leverage for financial institutions.</p>
<p>Through  the previous discussion, I hope that I have convinced you of three main points.  First, the financial system meltdown of 2007-09 was caused by the unexpectedly  large decline in U.S. residential land prices. Second, higher amounts of  household and financial institution leverage leave the financial system more  vulnerable to these kinds of shocks. Finally, the U.S. tax system encourages  leverage by providing incentives for households to take on more mortgage debt  and financial institutions to finance through debt.</p>
<p>What policy  conclusions should we draw from these points? As an economist, I have a full  appreciation that every policy choice has both benefits and costs. Policymakers  may well disagree about how to weigh those benefits and costs. However, I would  say that the experience of the past few years has demonstrated how challenging  it is to safeguard the financial system against systemic risk and how costly it  can be if we fail to do so. Given this fresh experience, and my earlier  remarks, I would assess the costs of providing tax incentives for leverage to  be higher today than such an assessment in, say, 2006.</p>
<p>With that in mind, I believe that my analysis  suggests two changes in the tax code. The first change is to lower the fraction  of mortgage interest that households can deduct from their taxable incomes. The  second is to lower the fraction of their interest payments that corporations<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn9" name="_ftnref9" title="" id="_ftnref9">9</a></sup> are allowed to  deduct from their taxable incomes. Of course, it would be appropriate and  important to adjust the timing of these changes in light of prevailing  macroeconomic conditions. </p>
<p>I regard these two  proposals for the tax code as being entirely natural ones to consider in light  of the recent financial crisis. But I would also encourage policymakers in the  tax arena to ask broader questions about the mortgage interest and corporate  interest tax deductions. What are the social benefits associated with these  deductions? Can these social benefits be achieved using an approach that does  not undercut the stability of the financial system? For example, suppose that a  policymaker likes the mortgage interest deduction because he or she believes  that it encourages home ownership. That policymaker could consider replacing  the mortgage interest deduction with a tax credit that offsets part of a  buyer&rsquo;s down payment toward a home purchase. Such a tax credit would encourage  home ownership without simultaneously providing more incentives for households  to accumulate more debt.</p>
<p>Similarly, a  policymaker may like the corporate interest tax deduction because it stimulates  business investment. That policymaker could consider replacing the corporate  interest tax deduction with a lower corporate income tax rate. The lower corporate  income tax rate would encourage business investment without simultaneously  providing incentives for corporations to acquire leverage.</p>
<p>Let me wrap up. In a speech last October, Janet  Yellen, the vice chair of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System,  gave a speech about the roots of the recent financial crisis.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn10" name="_ftnref10" title="" id="_ftnref10">10</a></sup> As I have done  today, she emphasized the critical role played by excessive household and  financial institution leverage in generating the crisis. She described how the  changes in supervision and regulation contained within the Dodd-Frank Act would  put new and important brakes on these kinds of build-ups. </p>
<p>I agree with her  completely about these benefits of the new supervisory and regulatory regime. But  I also agree with her statement that &ldquo;systemic  risk surveillance will demand Herculean efforts by the regulatory agencies.&rdquo; In  my view, this observation means that other elements of the policy environment  need to be as supportive as possible of the regulatory agencies. It is for this  reason that I believe that policymakers should be willing to reconsider the  extent of leverage subsidies within the U.S. tax code. </p>
<p>That brings me to the end of my  prepared remarks. I would be happy to take your questions on what I have said,  or on other any matters. Thanks for listening.</p>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2><strong>Endnotes</strong></h2>

<div>
	<div id="ftn1">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref1" name="_ftn1" title="">1</a> I thank Doug Clement, Ron Feldman,  Dave Fettig, Terry Fitzgerald and Dick Todd for comments.</p>
		
  </div>
<div id="ftn2">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref2" name="_ftn2" title="">2</a> For  example, section 1074 of the Act mandates that the secretary of the Treasury  submit recommendations to Congress about possible changes to  government-sponsored housing finance. Earlier this year, the secretary  fulfilled that mandate. </p>
  </div>
<div id="ftn3">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref3" name="_ftn3" title="">3</a> See Becker (1962).</p>
        <div id="ftn4">
          <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref4" name="_ftn4" title="" id="_ftn4">4</a> See  Davis and Heathcote (2007).</p>
    </div>
</div>
<div id="ftn5">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref5" name="_ftn5" title="" id="_ftn">5</a> My  dating of the onset of the acceleration in land prices (1996) is similar to  Robert Shiller&rsquo;s dating of the beginning of the housing bubble (1997). See  Shiller (2011). </p>
  </div>
<div id="ftn6">
     <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref6" name="_ftn6" title="" id="_ftn2">6</a> See  Internal Revenue Service (2010).</p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn7">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref7" name="_ftn7" title="" id="_ftn3">7</a> See  Harris Interactive Poll (2011). </p>
    <div id="ftn8">
      <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref8" name="_ftn8" title="" id="_ftn5">8</a> See  CoreLogic (2011)</p>
    </div>
    <div id="ftn9">
      <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref9" name="_ftn9" title="" id="_ftn6">9</a> I  have argued that financial institution leverage undercuts financial stability.  However, in practice, I believe that it would be administratively challenging  to have different tax treatments for given corporations based on whether they  are &ldquo;financial&rdquo; or &ldquo;nonfinancial.&rdquo; Hence, my suggested policy proposal applies  to all corporate debt. </p>
      <div id="ftn10">
        <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref10" name="_ftn10" title="" id="_ftn10">10</a> See  Yellen (2010).</p>
      </div>
    </div>
  </div>
</div>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2><strong>References</strong></h2>
<p class="footnote">Becker, Gary S. 1962. &quot;Irrational Behavior and Economic Theory.&quot; <em>Journal of Politcal Economy</em> 70 (1): 1-13.</p>
<p class="footnote">CoreLogic Inc. 2011. &ldquo;New  CoreLogic Data Shows Slight Decrease in Negative Equity.&rdquo; News Release, June 7. <br />
</p>
<p class="footnote">Davis, Morris A., and Jonathan  Heathcote. 2007. &ldquo;The Price and Quantity of Residential Land in the United  States.&rdquo; <em>Journal of Monetary Economics</em> 54 (8): 2595-2620.<br />
  </p>
<p class="footnote"><a href="http://www.harrisinteractive.com/NewsRoom/HarrisPolls/tabid/447/mid/1508/articleId/746/ctl/ReadCustom%20Default/Default.aspx">Harris Interactive  Poll. 2011</a>.</p>
<p class="footnote">Internal Revenue  Service. 2010. Statistics of Income Division. Individual Complete Report  (Publication 1304), Table 1.2.</p>
<p class="footnote">Shiller, Robert J.  2011. &ldquo;The Sickness Beneath the Slump.&rdquo; <em>New  York Times</em>, June 11.</p>
<p class="footnote">Yellen, Janet L. 2010.  &ldquo;<a href="http://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/speech/yellen20101011a.htm">Macroprudential Supervision and Monetary Policy in the Post-crisis  World</a>.&rdquo;&nbsp; Speech at the Annual Meeting of  the National Association for Business Economics. Denver, Colo., Oct. 11.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
  
  <cb:speech>
  <cb:simpleTitle>Re-thinking Leverage Subsidies</cb:simpleTitle>
  <cb:occurrenceDate>2011-06-27T10:00:00-06:00</cb:occurrenceDate>
    
  <cb:person type="speaker">
    <cb:givenName>Narayana</cb:givenName>
    <cb:surname>Kocherlakota</cb:surname>
    <cb:nameAsWritten>Narayana Kocherlakota</cb:nameAsWritten>
    <cb:role>
      <cb:jobTitle>President</cb:jobTitle>
      <cb:affiliation>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis</cb:affiliation>
    </cb:role>
  </cb:person>
  <cb:locationAsWritten>Big Sky, Montana</cb:locationAsWritten>
  </cb:speech>
</item>  
<item rdf:about="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4693">
  <title>Re-thinking Leverage Subsidies - Transcript of Video Summary</title>
  <link>http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4693</link>
  <dc:date>2011-06-27T08:00:00-06:00</dc:date>
  
    <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>These remarks represent my views, not necessarily those of  others in the Federal Reserve System or on the Federal Open Market Committee. </em></p>
<p>Last July, Congress passed the Dodd-Frank Act. The Act&rsquo;s goal is &ldquo;to promote the financial  stability of the United States,&rdquo; and it envisions the Federal Reserve System as  being integral to the fulfillment of this mission. With that in mind, I offer two observations. </p>
<p>The first is that household leverage and financial  institution leverage both reduce financial stability. Intuitively, when households take on larger  mortgages, financial institutions that own those mortgages suffer greater  losses from any fall in the value of the underlying home. Similarly, financial institutions are less  able to survive this fall in their asset values if they are highly  leveraged. Thus, leverage exacerbates  the sensitivity of the financial system to declines in land prices.</p>
<p>Secondly, the U.S. tax code provides explicit incentives for  leverage. It encourages households to take  on mortgage debt by allowing them to deduct mortgage interest payments from  their taxable incomes. The code also  encourages corporations to finance through debt by allowing them to deduct  interest payments from their taxable incomes. In this way, our tax system provides incentives for activities that  undercut financial stability.</p>
<p>All tax provisions have both costs and benefits. But the recent financial crisis taught us  that such crises are associated with enormous macroeconomic costs. My main conclusion is that the costs of providing  tax incentives for leverage are bigger than was generally perceived prior to  the crisis.&nbsp;&nbsp; </p>
<p>What does this conclusion imply for tax policy? I suggest that policymakers should consider two  changes to the US tax code. The first is  to reduce the fraction of mortgage interest payments that households are  allowed to deduct from their taxable incomes. The second is to reduce the  fraction of interest payments that corporations are allowed to deduct from  their taxable incomes. Of course,  policymakers should adjust the timing of these changes in light of prevailing  macroeconomic conditions. </p>
<p><a href="/publications_papers/pub_display.cfm?id=4692">Re-thinking Leverage Subsidies - Full Speech</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
  
  <cb:speech>
  <cb:simpleTitle>Re-thinking Leverage Subsidies - Transcript of Video Summary</cb:simpleTitle>
  <cb:occurrenceDate>2011-06-27T08:00:00-06:00</cb:occurrenceDate>
    
  <cb:person type="speaker">
    <cb:givenName>Narayana</cb:givenName>
    <cb:surname>Kocherlakota</cb:surname>
    <cb:nameAsWritten>Narayana Kocherlakota</cb:nameAsWritten>
    <cb:role>
      <cb:jobTitle>President</cb:jobTitle>
      <cb:affiliation>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis</cb:affiliation>
    </cb:role>
  </cb:person>
  <cb:locationAsWritten></cb:locationAsWritten>
  </cb:speech>
</item>  
<item rdf:about="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4662">
  <title>Some Contingent Planning for Monetary Policy</title>
  <link>http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4662</link>
  <dc:date>2011-05-25T12:40:00-06:00</dc:date>
  
    <content:encoded><![CDATA[
<p class="footnote"><em>Note<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn1" name="_ftnref1" title="" id="_ftnref1">1</a></sup></em></p>
<p>Thank  you very much for that generous introduction. It is a pleasure to be able to  spend time in Rochester, and I would like to thank the Rochester Area Chamber  of Commerce for arranging this speech and other aspects of my visit. I see my  visit to Rochester as a great example of the kind of two-way communication that  I believe lies at the very heart of our Federal Reserve System. You&rsquo;ll be  hearing from me over the next 30 minutes or so. That kind of communication&mdash;from  policymaker to public&mdash;is essential for good policymaking. Over the past 25  years, monetary policymakers all over the world&mdash;including here in the United  States&mdash;have become more transparent about their deliberations and their  thinking. This is a very positive development, and speeches like the one that  I&rsquo;m about to give play a huge role in that process. But communication in the  other direction&mdash;from public to policymaker&mdash;is also critical to good  policymaking. Along those lines, I spent the morning listening and learning in  meetings with business leaders, and I very much look forward to learning more from  your questions following my talk. </p>
  <p>  As  was mentioned in the introduction, I am the president of the Federal Reserve  Bank of Minneapolis. The Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis is one of 12  regional Reserve banks that, along with the Board of Governors in Washington,  D.C., make up the Federal Reserve System. Our bank represents the ninth of the  12 Federal Reserve districts, and our district includes Montana, the Dakotas,  Minnesota, northwestern Wisconsin, and the Upper Peninsula of Michigan. </p>
  <p>  The Federal Open Market Committee&mdash;the  FOMC&mdash;meets every six to seven weeks (eight times per year) to set the path of  monetary policy. All 12 presidents of the various regional Federal Reserve  banks and the seven governors of the Federal Reserve Board participate in these  meetings. (Right now, there are only five governors&mdash;two positions are  unfilled.) However, the actual policy decisions are made by the Committee  itself. It consists only of the governors, the president of the Federal Reserve  Bank of New York, and a group of four other presidents, which changes annually. Currently, I&rsquo;m a  member of the Committee (along with the presidents of the Federal Reserve Banks  of Chicago, Dallas, and Philadelphia). </p>
  <p>  At each FOMC meeting, there are two go-rounds, in which each president  and every member of the Board speaks in turn. The first go-round concerns  current economic conditions and the economic outlook. The presidents typically  say something about economic conditions in their own district, as well as talk  about national economic conditions. The governors speak about national economic  conditions, although they often focus their remarks on particular slices of the  overall economic picture. </p>
  <p>  In the second go-round, we each speak in turn about our views on the  current monetary policy choices. However, those discussions often range well  beyond the confines of the next seven weeks. There is no sensible way to talk  about current policy choices without linking them in some fashion to future policy  choices. Hence, meeting participants may sometimes describe (as briefly as they  can!) how they expect (or would like) policy to evolve over the coming months  or even years. </p>
  <p>  My remarks today will be structured along the lines of an FOMC meeting.  I will first discuss my outlook for the U.S. economy. I will then move on to  talk about the key issues that I see affecting the FOMC&rsquo;s policy choices over  the coming months and years. </p>
  <p>  Before going further, I should say that my views are my own and not  necessarily those of others in the Federal Reserve System or of others in the  FOMC. This disclaimer is a standard one&mdash;but let me provide a little more detail  about what it will mean about the remainder of my speech. I&rsquo;m a member of the  FOMC this year, and so I vote to determine the course of monetary policy at  each meeting. Given my position, I believe that it is valuable for the public  to know what economists would term my <em>monetary  policy reaction function&mdash;</em>that is, my views about how monetary policy should  react to various economic scenarios. Of course, the FOMC is made up of 10  different individuals, with 10 highly related, but nonetheless distinct, policy  reaction functions. The ultimate reaction function of the FOMC is a collective  one, and may well differ from that of any given Committee member. My remarks  are only about the nature of <em>my </em>reaction  function, and not the collective one of the FOMC. </p>
  <p>  With that context in place, let me move to my outlook. I&rsquo;ll focus  on the three variables of most interest to us at the FOMC: real gross domestic  product (GDP), unemployment, and inflation. My bottom line is that, from the  point of view of the macroeconomy, 2011 will be a better year than 2010. </p>
  <p>  Recently, the Bureau of Economic  Analysis released its advance estimate for real GDP in the first quarter of  2011. By this estimate, real GDP grew at a 1.8 percent annual rate during the  quarter. This growth rate is a bit slower than what we&rsquo;ve seen since the end of  the Great Recession: In the seven quarters since June 2009, real GDP growth has  averaged just below 3 percent. This rate of growth is slow compared with the  recovery in real GDP that took place after the recession of 1981-82. However,  it is similar to the recoveries that took place after the recessions of 1991  and 2001. </p>
  <p>  Despite this somewhat slow start, I do  expect that real GDP growth will be slightly faster in 2011 than in 2010&mdash;something  around 3 percent. Given the depth of the recession that we experienced, this  rate of growth is disappointing. I do still see two headwinds in the U.S.  economy. The first is that many households will continue to strive to rebuild  their net worth positions in response to past&mdash;and possibly future&mdash;falls in  residential land prices. As I have discussed elsewhere,<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn2" name="_ftnref2" title="" id="_ftnref2">2</a></sup> I  believe that the decline in household net worth, precipitated by falls in land  values, was a key factor in generating the severity of the Great Recession. It  will remain important in the recovery. </p>
  <p>  The second headwind is related. Many smaller  banks in the United States face ongoing issues with asset quality. For example,  the FDIC problem bank list contains over 800 banks. Problem banks are less  likely to take the risk of lending to small and/or young firms and other  entrepreneurial activities. Instead, they are more likely to preserve capital  ratios by limiting their asset growth and allocating their lending staff to  working out loans to existing borrowers. Indeed, as the economy improves, I  suspect that this headwind will become even more important. In 2010, our  information at the Minneapolis Fed indicates that small businesses were  reluctant to expand because of ongoing uncertainties about product demand. As a  result, their demand for bank financing remained low. In 2011, as the economy  improves, I expect loan demand to rise accordingly&mdash;but banks with poor asset  quality will continue to focus on capital preservation rather than loan  expansion. </p>
  <p>  Let me turn now to the labor market,  where I see conditions improving slowly. The unemployment rate has fallen from  9.8 percent in November to 9.0 percent in April. However, unemployment can fall  in two ways: People can find jobs or people can stop looking for work. Along  these lines, it is worth keeping in mind that the employment-to-population  ratio&mdash;the fraction of those over 16 with a job&mdash;has improved only slightly since  November. This key variable remains near the quarter-century lows established  in the Great Recession. </p>
  <p>  I see the future course of unemployment as  being shaped by two conflicting forces. On the one hand, the growing economy  should generate more jobs and therefore lower unemployment. On the other hand,  the growing economy will also lead more people without jobs to look for them. On  net, I do expect the unemployment rate to normalize at close to 5 percent  within the next five years. However, the immediate progress will be slow: I  expect that the unemployment rate will still be above 8 percent and is likely  to be still close to 8.5 percent by the end of the year. </p>
  <p>  Finally, I turn to inflation. The FOMC  is mandated by the Federal Reserve Act to keep prices stable. This mandate is  typically translated quantitatively into a 2 percent rate of inflation, or a  bit under. Here, by inflation, I&rsquo;m referring to headline inflation&mdash;that is, the  rate of price increase of a bundle of <em>all </em>consumer goods and services, including those related to food and energy. The  problem is that monetary policy operates with relatively long lags. Hence, out  of necessity, I view the Committee&rsquo;s price stability mandate as requiring it to  follow policies that will guide the economy toward 2 percent headline inflation  over the next three to four years. </p>
  <p>  I believe that the Fed can best achieve this  medium-term objective for <em>headline</em> inflation by responding on an ongoing basis to movements in what&rsquo;s called <em>core </em>inflation. Core inflation is a  measure of inflation that strips out food and energy products. I like core inflation  as a measure of medium-term inflationary pressures because demand and supply  conditions in food and energy markets are volatile, and so their prices tend to  have relatively large transitory fluctuations. Responding aggressively to these  fluctuations would lead to bad monetary policy. For example, increases in energy  prices pushed headline personal consumption expenditure (PCE) inflation, when  measured over the preceding year, up to 4.5 percent in July 2008. With  hindsight, we can see that it is good that the FOMC did not raise rates in  response to what proved to be a temporary increase in headline inflation. </p>
  <p>  From  the fourth quarter of 2009 to the fourth quarter of 2010, core PCE inflation  was 0.8 percent&mdash;the lowest annual inflation rate in the 50-plus-year history of  that series. Inflation was low&mdash;but disinflationary pressures were still strong  as core PCE inflation trended downward over the course of 2010. Over the last  six months of 2010, the annualized core PCE inflation rate fell to 0.4 percent.  That is the second-lowest 6-month core PCE inflation rate ever recorded. </p>
  <p>  I  don&rsquo;t expect this kind of disinflationary pattern to continue in 2011. Core PCE  inflation from the fourth quarter of 2010 to the first quarter of 2011 was 1.5  percent at an annualized rate. Similarly, I expect that core inflation will be  1.5 percent over the remainder of 2011. </p>
  <p>  To  summarize: I expect real output to grow slightly more rapidly in 2011 than in  2010. Household deleveraging and bank asset quality issues will remain a drag  on the recovery. Unemployment will fall&mdash;but more slowly than we would like. Finally,  inflationary pressures are currently low. I expect core PCE inflation to grow  slowly over the course of 2011, while remaining under 2 percent.</p>
  <p>  What sort of faith should you put in these forecasts? Well, my history  of making forecasts is short so far, because I only took over as president in  October 2009. However, in February 2010, I gave my first speech as bank  president and offered forecasts about 2010 real GDP, unemployment, and  inflation. My forecasts for unemployment and GDP ended up being pretty  accurate. However, my forecasts for 2010 headline and core inflation were both  about a percentage point too high. </p>
  <p>  I encourage you to keep this forecasting error in mind as I move on to  what would be the second go-round in the FOMC: the discussion of policy  considerations. I&rsquo;ll first discuss where we are now and then talk about  possible monetary policy changes over the coming year. Just as is true in many  actual FOMC policy go-rounds, you will see that my discussion will necessarily  spill into choices and decisions to be made over the next five years.</p>
  <p>  The Federal Reserve currently has two forms of accommodative monetary  policy in place. The first is that the FOMC is targeting a low fed funds rate  of between 0 and 25 basis points. This kind of accommodation&mdash;keeping short-term  interest rates low&mdash;is an entirely conventional response to unduly low levels of  core inflation and unduly high levels of unemployment. By keeping market  interest rates low, the policy encourages companies to invest their resources  into hiring and business expansions, and it also encourages households to  engage in more spending. </p>
  <p>  The second kind of accommodation is less conventional. The Fed has  bought about 2.1 trillion dollars of longer-term government securities, and the  FOMC has committed itself to buying an additional 0.2 trillion dollars of these  securities by the end of June. The thinking behind this form of accommodation  is that the FOMC&rsquo;s holdings of 2.3 trillion dollars of longer-term securities  raises their prices and lowers longer-term yields. In so doing, more long-term  investments&mdash;like building factories or hiring workers&mdash;become more attractive to  businesses.</p>
  <p>  Together, the low fed funds interest rate and the holdings of long-term  government securities provide a formidable amount of monetary policy  accommodation. We can quantify their joint effect using results in a recent  research paper by Federal Reserve staff.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn3" name="_ftnref3" title="" id="_ftnref3">3</a></sup> That paper estimates that if the Fed buys 200 billion dollars worth of  long-term government securities, the Fed provides stimulus to the economy  equivalent to that achieved by lowering the fed funds rate by 25 basis points.  This translation implies that, at the end of 2010, the FOMC&rsquo;s total amount of  monetary accommodation was roughly equivalent to what it could achieve by  maintaining a fed funds rate of negative 2.5 percentage points.</p>
  <p>  This level of accommodation was adopted in November 2010, when the FOMC  committed itself to buying 600 billion dollars of longer-term Treasuries by  June 2011. The decision was nearly unanimous. I was not a member of the  Committee at that time, but I did support the decision. We had seen a rather  sharp fall in core inflation over the course of 2010, compared with what we had  seen in 2009 and compared with what I had expected earlier in 2010. I believed  that it was appropriate to ease policy in response to this fall in inflation.  For myself, I would have preferred to have been able to lower the fed funds  rate&mdash;but that option was not available. </p>
  <p>  Notice that the FOMC could have chosen a greater degree of accommodation  by buying more long-term Treasuries. It could have chosen a smaller degree of  accommodation by buying fewer long-term Treasuries. My conclusion is that, in  late 2010, this level of accommodation was neither too tight nor too loose,  given prevailing economic conditions.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn4" name="_ftnref4" title="" id="_ftnref4">4</a></sup> </p>
  <p>  But economic  conditions change, and monetary policy must adjust to those changes. Here&rsquo;s  a metaphor that may be helpful. We can think about the level of monetary  accommodation as being akin to a gas pedal on a car and the Fed&rsquo;s dual mandate  as being a target speed. Right now, the car is going too slowly, and so the Fed  has its foot on the accelerator. </p>
  <p>  There is one tricky part with the  metaphor: with a car, a driver can just keep his foot on the gas until he hits  his target speed. Monetary policy operates with long and variable lags&mdash;it&rsquo;s  like driving a car in which the car&rsquo;s rate of acceleration responds 10 to 20  seconds after the driver adjusts the gas pedal. A driver of such a car will  have to ease up on the gas as he gets closer to his target speed&mdash;or he will end  up going too fast. In the same way, the Fed needs to lower its level of  accommodation as it gets closer to fulfilling its price and employment  mandates. Of course, like driving,  monetary policy is an exercise in scenario analysis. If the car starts going  uphill and its speed falls, then the driver needs to put more pressure on the  gas. Similarly, if the economy were to move further from the Fed&rsquo;s dual  mandates over the course of 2011, then the FOMC would need to put more pressure  on the monetary gas pedal and increase the level of its accommodation. </p>
  <p>  When I engage in monetary policy scenario  analysis, I find it useful to start&mdash;but not finish&mdash;with my baseline economic  forecast that I described earlier. When the FOMC adopted its current level of  accommodation in late 2010, year-over-year core PCE inflation was 0.8 percent. My  baseline forecast is that, by the end of 2011, core PCE inflation will be 1.5  percent&mdash;that is, 70 basis points higher than in the prior year. The Fed would  then be closer to its price stability mandate&mdash;and so should ease the pressure  on the monetary gas pedal. My recommendation in this scenario would be to raise  the target fed funds rate by 50 basis points.</p>
  <p>  How do I arrive at this figure, as opposed to a  smaller or larger one? There are three elements to my calculation. First, the  standard response to a 70-basis-point increase would be to raise the target  interest rate by a larger amount&mdash;that is, by at least 70 basis points. For  example, the widely known rules associated with John Taylor of Stanford  University would recommend that the response should be to raise the target  interest rate by 1.5 times the increase in core inflation&mdash;that is, by 105 basis  points. </p>
  <p>  Monetary policy should also adjust in response to changes in labor  market slack. These changes are typically hard to measure. However, like many  other economists&rsquo; forecasts, my baseline forecast is that the unemployment rate  will be at least one percentage point lower at the end of 2011, relative to November  2010. This kind of fall in the unemployment rate would generally be viewed as  signaling a decline in slack, as would the increase that I expect to see in  core inflation. This fall in labor market slack would argue in favor of raising  the fed funds rate by even more than the 105 basis points that I mentioned  earlier.</p>
  <p>  These two elements&mdash;the increase in core PCE  inflation and decline in labor market slack&mdash;imply that the target fed funds  rate should be raised by at least a percentage point. However, there is a third  effect that partially offsets the first two effects. The level of accommodation  provided by the Fed&rsquo;s holdings of long-term securities depends on how long  people expect those holdings to last. To take an extreme, if the Fed were  expected to sell all of its securities in the next day, those holdings would no  longer provide any noticeable downward pressure on long-term interest rates.  Now, the Fed is certainly not going to sell its securities tomorrow! But, at  the end of 2011, we are presumably one year closer to the eventual  normalization of the Fed&rsquo;s balance sheet than we were at the end of 2010. The staff  research paper that I mentioned earlier estimates the consequent reduction in  accommodation to be roughly equivalent to a 50-basis-point increase in the fed  funds rate. </p>
  <p>  By putting these three elements together, I arrive at my conclusion: If  PCE core inflation rises to 1.5 percent over the course of 2011, the FOMC  should raise the fed funds rate by around 50 basis points. Of course, a core  inflation rate of 1.5 percent is still markedly below the Fed&rsquo;s price stability  objective of 2 percent. Accordingly, an increase of 50 basis points in the fed  funds rate would still leave the Fed in a highly accommodative stance. First,  the fed funds rate would be extremely low&mdash;between 50 and 75 basis points. As  well, the Fed&rsquo;s holdings of long-term assets would continue to provide  significant accommodation. Using estimates from the staff research that I  mentioned earlier, we can conclude that the total monetary policy package of  the two forms of accommodation would be roughly equivalent to maintaining a fed  funds target rate of negative 1.5 percentage points. Such a stance can only be  described as being easy monetary policy&mdash;just not as easy as late 2010. </p>
  <p>  Thus, under my baseline forecast, it would be desirable for the FOMC to  raise the fed funds target interest rate by a modest amount toward the end of  2011. Of course, the FOMC could also reduce accommodation by shrinking the  Fed&rsquo;s holdings of long-term government securities. Such a reduction could take  place in one of two ways. First, the FOMC is currently investing any principal  payments from its securities holdings into long-term Treasuries. The Committee  could decide to stop all or part of these reinvestments. This would provide a  very modest reduction in accommodation. Alternatively, the Committee could  reduce accommodation by choosing to sell some long-term assets.</p>
  <p>  These two approaches of reducing accommodation operate on the Fed&rsquo;s  balance sheet. I&rsquo;m open to these approaches to reducing accommodation. However,  based on what I know now, I would prefer to reduce accommodation primarily by  raising the fed funds target interest rate. I have more confidence in that  instrument of policy, based on our many years of experience with it. I suspect  that this confidence is shared by the public at large.</p>
  <p>  I do think that the Fed needs to shrink its large balance sheet. But I  see that as a longer-term mission that can take place over the next five or six  years or so. I believe that this mission should be guided by two key  principles. First, the Fed should commit itself to a path of shrinkage of its  asset holdings. Second, that path should be sufficiently gradual that it will  interact little with the effectiveness of monetary policy. Along these same  lines, the FOMC should offer as much certainty as possible about the rate of  shrinkage.</p>
  <p>I have been describing how monetary policy should react to one  particular scenario, my baseline forecast. As I noted, my baseline forecast  about inflation was wrong last year, and could well be again this year. As a  policymaker, I need to be prepared for that possibility. In terms of inflation,  there are two kinds of errors to contemplate. On the one hand, my forecast for  core PCE inflation might well be too high. If core PCE inflation were to fall  over the course of 2011 relative to 2010, then it would be desirable for the  FOMC to ease further in response to that decline. I imagine that easing would  take place through the purchase of more long-term government securities. </p>
  <p>  On the other hand, my forecast for core PCE inflation might be too low.  For example, core PCE inflation might rise to 1.8 percent over the course of  2011. The FOMC should respond to evidence of such a large increase by raising  the target fed funds rate even more aggressively than I have suggested. I would  recommend raising the target fed funds interest rate shortly thereafter.</p>
<p>  Let me wrap up. My goal today has been to lay out my outlook for the  economy and give you a sketch of how I believe monetary policy should react to  changes in economic conditions. Under my baseline forecast, I believe that it  would be appropriate for the FOMC to raise the fed funds target interest rate  by a modest amount at the end of 2011. However, that forecast&mdash;like all  forecasts&mdash;is subject to error. I&rsquo;ve also discussed how my policy choices should  and would react to those errors&mdash;that is, I&rsquo;ve discussed my policy reaction  function.</p>
<p>  I began this speech by broadly describing the makeup of the Federal  Reserve System and its policymaking body, the Federal Open Market Committee, as  well as my role on that Committee. I raise this point again at the end to  underscore the independent&mdash;yet collaborative&mdash;nature of the FOMC. As I  described, each member of the FOMC has his or her own policy reaction function,  grounded in our distinct but related views. I believe it is our responsibility  to describe those views to the public. In that respect, I hope you found this  speech enlightening, and I am happy to take your questions to provide fuller  explanation on these and other matters. Thank you once again.</p>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2><strong>Endnotes</strong></h2>

<div>
	<div id="ftn1">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref1" name="_ftn1" title="">1</a> I thank Ron Feldman, David Fettig, Terry  Fitzgerald, and Kei-Mu Yi for helpful comments.</p>
		
  </div>
<div id="ftn2">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref2" name="_ftn2" title="">2</a> See Kocherlakota (2011). </p>
  </div>
<div id="ftn3">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref3" name="_ftn3" title="">3</a> See Chung et al. (2011).</p>
  </div>
<div id="ftn4">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref4" name="_ftn4" title="">4</a> This judgment is roughly consistent with the  prescriptions of standard monetary policy rules. For example, the Taylor (1993)  rule would prescribe a fed funds rate of -2.5 percent, given an inflation  target of 2 percent, current inflation of 0.8 percent, and an output gap of  -9.4 percent. The Taylor (1999) rule would prescribe a fed funds rate of -2.5  percent, given an inflation target of 2 percent, an inflation rate of 0.8  percent, and an output gap of -4.7 percent. </p>
  </div>
<div id="ftn5"></div>
</div>

<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2><strong>References</strong></h2>
<p>Chung, Hess, Jean-Philippe Laforte, David  Reifschneider, and John C. Williams. 2011. &quot;<a href="http://www.frbsf.org/publications/economics/papers/2011/wp11-01bk.pdf">Have We Underestimated the  Likelihood and Severity of Zero Lower Bound Events?</a>&quot; Working Paper 2011-01.  Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco. </p>
<p>Kocherlakota, Narayana R. 2011. <span class="footnote">&quot;<a href="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4607">It's a Wonderful Fed</a>,&quot;</span> Speech at Wisconsin Bankers Association, Madison, Wis., Jan 11.</p>
<p>Taylor, John B. 1993. &quot;<a href="http://www.stanford.edu/~johntayl/Papers/Discretion.PDF">Discretion Versus Policy  Rules in Practice</a>.&quot; <em>Carnegie-Rochester  Conference Series on Public Policy 39</em>, 195-214. </p>
<p>Taylor, John  B. 1999. &quot;A Historical Analysis of Monetary Policy Rules,&quot; in John B. Taylor,  ed., <em>Monetary Policy Rules</em>. Chicago:  University of Chicago Press, pp. 319-41.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
  
  <cb:speech>
  <cb:simpleTitle>Some Contingent Planning for Monetary Policy</cb:simpleTitle>
  <cb:occurrenceDate>2011-05-25T12:40:00-06:00</cb:occurrenceDate>
    
  <cb:person type="speaker">
    <cb:givenName>Narayana</cb:givenName>
    <cb:surname>Kocherlakota</cb:surname>
    <cb:nameAsWritten>Narayana Kocherlakota</cb:nameAsWritten>
    <cb:role>
      <cb:jobTitle>President</cb:jobTitle>
      <cb:affiliation>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis</cb:affiliation>
    </cb:role>
  </cb:person>
  <cb:locationAsWritten>Rochester, Minnesota</cb:locationAsWritten>
  </cb:speech>
</item>  
<item rdf:about="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4658">
  <title>Some Contingent Planning for Monetary Policy</title>
  <link>http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4658</link>
  <dc:date>2011-05-11T12:00:00-06:00</dc:date>
  
    <content:encoded><![CDATA[
<p class="footnote"><em>Note<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn1" name="_ftnref1" title="" id="_ftnref1">1</a></sup></em></p>

<p>Thank  you very much for that generous introduction. It is a pleasure to be with you  today. I think that you will find that my speech is a fitting one to be  addressed to the Forecasters' Club. In the first part of my  talk, I will present my own forecast and will even provide a recounting of my  scant track record as a forecaster. In the second part of my talk, I will  discuss contingent planning for monetary policy. A key part of such planning is  one's forecast, as well as the recognition that one's forecast will evolve as  data come in. Over the  past 25 years, monetary policymakers all over the world&mdash;including here in the  United States&mdash;have become more transparent about their deliberations and their  thinking. This is a very positive development. Speeches like this one play a  huge role in that process. So I thank you for your invitation to join you here  today and for the opportunity to share my views. </p>
<p>As  was mentioned in the introduction, I am the president of the Federal Reserve  Bank of Minneapolis. The Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis is one of 12  regional Reserve banks that, along with the Board of Governors in Washington,  D.C., make up the Federal Reserve System. Our bank represents the ninth of the  12 Federal Reserve districts, and our district includes Montana, the Dakotas,  Minnesota, northwestern Wisconsin, and the Upper Peninsula of Michigan. </p>
<p>The  Federal Open Market Committee&mdash;the FOMC&mdash;meets every six to seven weeks (eight  times per year) to set the path of monetary policy. All 12 presidents of the  various regional Federal Reserve banks and the seven governors of the Federal  Reserve Board participate in these meetings. (Right now, there are only five  governors&mdash;two positions are unfilled.) However, the actual policy decisions are  made by the Committee itself. It consists only of the governors, the president  of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, and a group of four other presidents, which changes annually. Currently, I'm  a member of the Committee (along with the presidents of the Federal Reserve  Banks of Chicago, Dallas, and Philadelphia). </p>
<p>At each FOMC meeting,  there are two go-rounds, in which each president and every member of the Board  speaks in turn. The first go-round concerns current economic conditions and the  economic outlook. The presidents typically say something about economic  conditions in their own district, as well as talk about national economic  conditions. The governors speak about national economic conditions, although  they often focus their remarks on particular slices of the overall economic  picture. </p>
<p>In the second  go-round, we each speak in turn about our views on the current monetary policy  choices. However, those discussions often range well beyond the confines of the  next seven weeks. There is no sensible way to talk about current policy choices  without linking them in some fashion to future policy choices. Hence, meeting  participants may sometimes describe (as briefly as they can!) how they expect  (or would like) policy to evolve over the coming months or even years.</p>
<p>My remarks today will be structured along the lines of an FOMC meeting.  I will first discuss my outlook for the U.S. economy. I will then move on to  talk about the key issues that I see affecting the FOMC's policy choices over  the coming months and years. </p>
<p>Before going further,  I should say that my views are my own and not necessarily those of others in  the Federal Reserve System or of others in the FOMC. This disclaimer is a  standard one&mdash;but let me provide a little more detail about what it will mean  about the remainder of my speech. I'm a member of the FOMC this year, and so I  vote to determine the course of monetary policy at each meeting. Given my  position, I believe that it is valuable for the public to know what economists  would term my <em>monetary policy reaction  function&mdash;</em>that is, my views about how monetary policy should react to  various economic scenarios. Of course, the FOMC is made up of 10 different  individuals, with 10 highly related, but nonetheless distinct, policy reaction  functions. The ultimate reaction function of the FOMC is a collective one, and  may well differ from that of any given Committee member. My remarks are only  about the nature of <em>my </em>reaction  function, and not the collective one of the FOMC.</p>
<p>With that context in  place, let me move to my outlook. I'll  focus on the three variables of most interest to us at the FOMC: real gross  domestic product (GDP), unemployment, and inflation. My bottom line is that,  from the point of view of the macroeconomy, 2011 will be a better year than  2010.</p>
<p>Recently, the Bureau of Economic Analysis released  its advance estimate for real GDP in the first quarter of 2011. This estimate  implies that real GDP grew at a 1.8 percent annual rate during the quarter. This  growth rate is a bit slower than what we've seen since the end of the Great  Recession: In the seven quarters since June 2009, real GDP growth has averaged  just below 3 percent. This rate of growth is slow compared with the recovery in  real GDP that took place after the recession of 1981-82. However, it is similar  to the recoveries that took place after the recessions of 1991 and 2001. </p>
<p>Despite this somewhat slow start, I do expect  that real GDP growth will be slightly faster in 2011 than in 2010&mdash;something  between 3 percent and 3.5 percent. Given the depth of the recession that we  experienced, this rate of growth is disappointing. I do still see two headwinds  in the U.S. economy. The first is that many households will continue to strive  to rebuild their net worth positions in response to past&mdash;and possibly  future&mdash;falls in residential land prices. As I have discussed elsewhere,<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn2" name="_ftnref2" title="">2</a></sup> I believe that the decline in household net  worth, precipitated by falls in land values, was a key factor in generating  the severity of the Great Recession. It will remain important in the recovery. </p>
<p>The second headwind is related. Many smaller banks  in the United States face ongoing issues with asset quality. For example, the  FDIC problem bank list contains over 800 banks. Problem banks are less likely  to take the risk of lending to small and/or young firms and other entrepreneurial  activities. Instead, they are more likely to preserve capital ratios by  limiting their asset growth and allocating their lending staff to working out  loans to existing borrowers. Indeed, as the economy improves, I suspect that  this headwind will become even more important. In 2010, our information at the  Minneapolis Fed indicates that small businesses were reluctant to expand  because of ongoing uncertainties about product demand. As a result, their  demand for bank financing remained low. In 2011, as the economy improves, I  expect loan demand to rise accordingly&mdash;but banks with poor asset quality will  continue to focus on capital preservation rather than loan expansion.</p>
<p>Let me turn now to the labor market,  where I see conditions improving slowly. The unemployment rate has fallen from  9.8 percent in November to 9.0 percent in April. However, unemployment can fall  in two ways: People can find jobs or people can stop looking for work. Along  these lines, it is worth keeping in mind that the employment-to-population  ratio&mdash;the fraction of those over 16 with a job&mdash;has improved only slightly since  November. This key variable remains near the quarter-century lows established  in the Great Recession. </p>
<p>I see the future course of unemployment as being  shaped by two conflicting forces. On the one hand, the growing economy should  generate more jobs and therefore lower unemployment. On the other hand, the  growing economy will also lead more people without jobs to look for them. On  net, I do expect the unemployment rate to normalize at close to 5 percent within the next five years. However, the  immediate progress will be slow: I expect that the unemployment rate will be  between 8 percent and 8.5 percent by the end of the year. </p>
<p>Finally, I turn to inflation. The FOMC  is mandated by the Federal Reserve Act to keep prices stable. This mandate is  typically translated quantitatively into a 2 percent rate of inflation, or a  bit under. Here, by inflation, I'm referring to headline inflation&mdash;that is, the  rate of price increase of a bundle of <em>all </em>consumer goods and services, including those related to food and energy. The  problem is that monetary policy operates with relatively long lags. Hence, out  of necessity, I view the Committee's price stability mandate as requiring it to  follow policies that will guide the economy toward 2 percent headline inflation  over the next three to four years. </p>
<p>I believe that the Fed can best achieve this medium-term  objective for <em>headline</em> inflation by  responding on an ongoing basis to movements in what's called <em>core </em>inflation. Core inflation is a  measure of inflation that strips out food and energy products. I like core inflation  as a measure of medium-term inflationary pressures because demand and supply  conditions in food and energy markets are volatile, and so their prices tend to  have relatively large transitory fluctuations. Responding aggressively to these  fluctuations would lead to bad monetary policy. For example, increases in energy  prices pushed headline personal consumption expenditure (PCE) inflation, when  measured over the preceding year, up to 4.5 percent in July 2008. With  hindsight, we can see that it is good that the FOMC did not raise rates in  response to what proved to be a temporary increase in headline inflation.</p>
<p>From  the fourth quarter of 2009 to the fourth quarter of 2010, core PCE inflation  was 0.8 percent&mdash;the lowest annual inflation rate in the 50-plus-year history of  that series. Inflation was low&mdash;but disinflationary pressures were still strong  as core PCE inflation trended downward over the course of 2010. Over the last  six months of 2010, the annualized core PCE inflation rate fell to 0.4 percent.  That is the second-lowest 6-month core PCE inflation rate ever recorded. </p>
<p>I  don't expect this kind of disinflationary pattern to continue in 2011. Core PCE  inflation from the fourth quarter of 2010 to the first quarter of 2011 was 1.5  percent at an annualized rate. Similarly, I expect that core inflation will be  1.5 percent over the remainder of 2011.</p>
<p>To  summarize: I expect real output to grow slightly more rapidly in 2011 than in  2010. Household deleveraging and bank asset quality issues will remain a drag  on the recovery. Unemployment will fall&mdash;but more slowly than we would like. Finally,  inflationary pressures are currently low. I expect core PCE inflation to grow  slowly over the course of 2011, while remaining under 2 percent.</p>
<p>What sort of faith should you put in these forecasts? Well, my history  of making forecasts is short so far, because I only took over as president in  October 2009. However, in February 2010, I gave my first speech as bank  president and offered forecasts about 2010 real GDP, unemployment, and  inflation. My forecasts for unemployment and GDP ended up being pretty  accurate. However, my forecasts for 2010 headline and core inflation were both  about a percentage point too high. </p>
<p>I encourage you to keep this forecasting error in mind as I move on to  what would be the second go-round in the FOMC: the discussion of policy  considerations. I'll first discuss where we are now and then talk about  possible monetary policy changes over the coming year. Just as is true in many  actual FOMC policy go-rounds, you will see that my discussion will necessarily  spill into choices and decisions to be made over the next five years.</p>
<p>The Federal Reserve  currently has two forms of accommodative monetary policy in place. The first is  that the FOMC is targeting a low fed funds rate of between 0 and 25 basis  points. This kind of accommodation&mdash;keeping short-term interest rates low&mdash;is an  entirely conventional response to unduly low levels of core inflation and  unduly high levels of unemployment. By keeping market interest rates low, the  policy encourages companies to invest their resources into hiring and business  expansions, and it also encourages households to engage in more spending. </p>
<p>The second kind of accommodation is less conventional. The Fed has  bought about 2.1 trillion dollars of longer-term government securities, and the  FOMC has committed itself to buying an additional 0.2 trillion dollars of these  securities by the end of June. The thinking behind this form of accommodation  is that the FOMC's holdings of 2.3 trillion dollars of longer-term securities  raises their prices and lowers longer-term yields. In so doing, more long-term  investments&mdash;like building factories or hiring workers&mdash;become more attractive to  businesses.</p>
<p>Together, the low fed  funds interest rate and the holdings of long-term government securities provide  a formidable amount of monetary policy accommodation. We can quantify their  joint effect using results in a recent research paper by Federal Reserve staff.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn3" name="_ftnref3" title="">3</a></sup> That paper estimates  that if the Fed buys 200 billion dollars worth of long-term government  securities, the Fed provides stimulus to the economy equivalent to that  achieved by lowering the fed funds rate by 25 basis points. This translation  implies that, at the end of 2010, the FOMC's total amount of monetary  accommodation was roughly equivalent to what it could achieve by maintaining a  fed funds rate of negative 2.5 percentage points.</p>
<p>This level of  accommodation was adopted in November 2010, when the FOMC committed itself to  buying 600 billion dollars of longer-term Treasuries by June 2011. The decision  was nearly unanimous. I was not a member of the Committee at that time, but I  did support the decision. We had seen a rather sharp fall in core inflation  over the course of 2010, compared with what we  had seen in 2009 and compared with what I had expected earlier in 2010. I  believed that it was appropriate to ease policy in response to this fall in  inflation. For myself, I would have preferred to have been able to lower the  fed funds rate&mdash;but that option was not available. </p>
<p>Notice that the FOMC  could have chosen a greater degree of accommodation by buying more long-term  Treasuries. It could have chosen a smaller degree of accommodation by buying  fewer long-term Treasuries. My conclusion is that, in late 2010, this level of  accommodation was neither too tight nor too loose, given prevailing economic  conditions.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn4" name="_ftnref4" title="">4</a></sup></p>
<p>But economic  conditions change, and monetary policy must adjust to those changes. Here's  a metaphor that may be helpful. We can think about the level of monetary  accommodation as being akin to a gas pedal on a car and the Fed's dual mandate  as being a target speed. Right now, the car is going too slowly, and so the Fed  has its foot on the accelerator. </p>
<p>There is one tricky part with the metaphor: with  a car, a driver can just keep his foot on the gas until he hits his target  speed. Monetary policy operates with long and variable lags&mdash;it's like driving a  car in which the car's rate of acceleration responds 10 to 20 seconds after the  driver adjusts the gas pedal. A driver of such a car will have to ease up on  the gas as he gets closer to his target speed&mdash;or he will end up going too fast.  In the same way, the Fed needs to lower its level of accommodation as it gets closer  to fulfilling its price and employment mandates. Of course, like driving, monetary policy is an  exercise in scenario analysis. If the car starts going uphill and its speed  falls, then the driver needs to put more pressure on the gas. Similarly, if the economy were to move further  from the Fed's dual mandates over the course of 2011, then the FOMC would need  to put more pressure on the monetary gas pedal and increase the level of its  accommodation.</p>
<p>When I engage in monetary policy scenario  analysis, I find it useful to start&mdash;but not finish&mdash;with my baseline economic  forecast that I described earlier. When the FOMC adopted its current level of  accommodation in late 2010, year-over-year core PCE inflation was 0.8 percent. My  baseline forecast is that, by the end of 2011, core PCE inflation will be 1.5  percent&mdash;that is, 70 basis points higher than in the prior year. The Fed would  then be closer to its price stability mandate&mdash;and so should ease the pressure  on the monetary gas pedal. My recommendation in this scenario would be to raise  the target fed funds rate by 50 basis points.</p>
<p>How do I arrive at this figure, as opposed to a  smaller or larger one? There are three elements to my calculation. First, the  standard response to a 70 basis points increase would be to raise the target  interest rate by a larger amount&mdash;that is, by at least 70 basis points. For  example, the widely known rules associated with John Taylor of Stanford  University would recommend that the response should be to raise the target  interest rate by 1.5 times the increase in core inflation&mdash;that is, by 105 basis  points. </p>
<p>Monetary policy should also adjust in response to changes in labor  market slack. These changes are typically hard to measure. However, like many  other economists' forecasts, my baseline forecast is that the unemployment rate  will be at least one percentage point lower at the end of 2011, relative to  November 2010. This kind of fall in the unemployment rate would generally be  viewed as signaling a decline in slack, as would the increase that I expect to  see in core inflation. This fall in labor market slack would argue in favor of  raising the fed funds rate by even more than the 105 basis points that I  mentioned earlier.</p>
<p>These two elements&mdash;the increase in core PCE  inflation and decline in labor market slack&mdash;imply that the target fed funds  rate should be raised by at least a percentage point. However, there is a third  effect that partially offsets the first two effects. The level of accommodation  provided by the Fed's holdings of long-term securities depends on how long  people expect those holdings to last. To take an extreme, if the Fed were  expected to sell all of its securities in the next day, those holdings would no  longer provide any noticeable downward pressure on long-term interest rates.  Now, the Fed is certainly not going to sell its securities tomorrow! But, at  the end of 2011, we are presumably one year closer to the eventual  normalization of the Fed's balance sheet than we were at the end of 2010. The staff  research paper that I mentioned earlier estimates the consequent reduction in  accommodation to be roughly equivalent to a 50-basis-point increase in the fed  funds rate. </p>
<p>By putting these three elements together, I arrive at my conclusion: if  PCE core inflation rises to 1.5 percent over the course of 2011, the FOMC  should raise the fed funds rate by around 50 basis points. Of course, a core  inflation rate of 1.5 percent is still markedly below the Fed's price stability  objective of 2 percent. Accordingly, an increase of 50 basis points in the fed  funds rate would still leave the Fed in a highly accommodative stance. First,  the fed funds rate would be extremely low&mdash;between 50 and 75 basis points. As  well, the Fed's holdings of long-term assets would continue to provide significant  accommodation. Using estimates from the staff research that I mentioned  earlier, we can conclude that the total monetary policy package of the two  forms of accommodation would be roughly equivalent to maintaining a fed funds  target rate of negative 1.5 percentage points. Such a stance can only be  described as being easy monetary policy&mdash;just not as easy as late 2010. </p>
<p>Thus, under my baseline forecast, it would be desirable for the FOMC to  raise the fed funds target interest rate by a modest amount toward the end of  2011. Of course, the FOMC could also reduce accommodation by shrinking the  Fed's holdings of long-term government securities. Such a reduction could take  place in one of two ways. First, the FOMC is currently investing any principal  payments from its securities holdings into long-term Treasuries. The Committee  could decide to stop all or part of these reinvestments. Alternatively, the  Committee could reduce accommodation by choosing to sell some long-term assets.</p>
<p>These two approaches of reducing accommodation operate on the Fed's  balance sheet. I'm open to these approaches to reducing accommodation. However,  based on what I know now, I would prefer to reduce accommodation by raising the  fed funds target interest rate. I have more confidence in that instrument of  policy, based on our many years of experience with it. I suspect that this  confidence is shared by the public at large.</p>
<p>I do think that the  Fed needs to shrink its large balance sheet. But I see that as a longer-term  mission that can take place over the next five or six years or so. I believe  that this mission should be guided by two key principles. First, the Fed should  commit itself to a path of shrinkage of its asset holdings. Second, that path  should be sufficiently gradual that it will interact little with the  effectiveness of monetary policy. Along these same lines, the FOMC should offer  as much certainty as possible about the rate of shrinkage.</p>
<p>I have been  describing how monetary policy should react to one particular scenario, my  baseline forecast. As I noted, my baseline forecast about inflation was wrong  last year, and could well be again this year. As a policymaker, I need to be  prepared for that possibility. In terms of inflation, there are two kinds of  errors to contemplate. On the one hand, my forecast for core PCE inflation  might well be too high. If core PCE inflation were to fall over the course of  2011 relative to 2010, then it would be desirable for the FOMC to ease further  in response to that decline. I imagine that easing would take place through the  purchase of more long-term government securities. </p>
<p>On the other hand, my  forecast for core PCE inflation might be too low. For example, core PCE  inflation might rise to 1.8 percent over the course of 2011. The FOMC should  respond to evidence of such a large increase by raising the target fed funds  rate even more aggressively than I have suggested. I would recommend raising  the target fed funds interest rate shortly thereafter.</p>
<p>Let me wrap up. My goal today has been to lay out my outlook for the  economy and give you a sketch of how I believe monetary policy should react to  changes in economic conditions. Under my baseline forecast, I believe that it  would be appropriate for the FOMC to raise the fed funds target interest rate  by a modest amount at the end of 2011. However, that forecast&mdash;like all  forecasts&mdash;is subject to error. I've also discussed how my policy choices should  and would react to those errors&mdash;that is, I've discussed my policy reaction  function.</p>
<p>I began this speech  by broadly describing the makeup of the Federal Reserve System and its  policymaking body, the Federal Open Market Committee, as well as my role on  that Committee. I raise this point again at the end to underscore the  independent&mdash;yet collaborative&mdash;nature of the FOMC. As I described, each member  of the FOMC has his or her own policy reaction function, grounded in our  distinct but related views. I believe it is our responsibility to describe  those views to the public. In that respect, I hope you found this speech  enlightening, and I am happy to take your questions to provide fuller  explanation on these and other matters. Thank you once again.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2><strong>Endnotes</strong></h2>

<div>
	<div id="ftn1">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref1" name="_ftn1" title="">1</a> I thank Ron Feldman, David Fettig, Terry  Fitzgerald, and Kei-Mu Yi for helpful comments.</p>
		
  </div>
<div id="ftn2">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref2" name="_ftn2" title="">2</a> See Kocherlakota (2011). </p>
  </div>
<div id="ftn3">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref3" name="_ftn3" title="">3</a> See Chung et al. (2011).</p>
  </div>
<div id="ftn4">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref4" name="_ftn4" title="">4</a> This judgment is roughly consistent with the  prescriptions of standard monetary policy rules. For example, the Taylor (1993)  rule would prescribe a fed funds rate of -2.5 percent, given an inflation  target of 2 percent, current inflation of 0.8 percent, and an output gap of  -9.4 percent. The Taylor (1999) rule would prescribe a fed funds rate of -2.5  percent, given an inflation target of 2 percent, an inflation rate of 0.8  percent, and an output gap of -4.7 percent. </p>
  </div>
<div id="ftn5"></div>
</div>

<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2><strong>References</strong></h2>
<p>Chung, Hess, Jean-Philippe Laforte, David  Reifschneider, and John C. Williams. 2011. &quot;<a href="http://www.frbsf.org/publications/economics/papers/2011/wp11-01bk.pdf">Have We Underestimated the  Likelihood and Severity of Zero Lower Bound Events?</a>&quot; Working Paper 2011-01.  Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco. </p>
<p>Kocherlakota, Narayana R. 2011. <span class="footnote">&quot;<a href="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4607">It's a Wonderful Fed</a>,&quot;</span> Speech at Wisconsin Bankers Association, Madison, Wis., Jan 11.</p>
<p>Taylor, John B. 1993. &quot;<a href="http://www.stanford.edu/~johntayl/Papers/Discretion.PDF">Discretion Versus Policy  Rules in Practice</a>.&quot; <em>Carnegie-Rochester  Conference Series on Public Policy 39</em>, 195-214. </p>
<p>Taylor, John  B. 1999. &quot;A Historical Analysis of Monetary Policy Rules,&quot; in John B. Taylor,  ed., <em>Monetary Policy Rules</em>. Chicago:  University of Chicago Press, pp. 319-41.</p>
<p class="footnote">&nbsp;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
  
  <cb:speech>
  <cb:simpleTitle>Some Contingent Planning for Monetary Policy</cb:simpleTitle>
  <cb:occurrenceDate>2011-05-11T12:00:00-06:00</cb:occurrenceDate>
    
  <cb:person type="speaker">
    <cb:givenName>Narayana</cb:givenName>
    <cb:surname>Kocherlakota</cb:surname>
    <cb:nameAsWritten>Narayana Kocherlakota</cb:nameAsWritten>
    <cb:role>
      <cb:jobTitle>President</cb:jobTitle>
      <cb:affiliation>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis</cb:affiliation>
    </cb:role>
  </cb:person>
  <cb:locationAsWritten>New York, New York</cb:locationAsWritten>
  </cb:speech>
</item>  
<item rdf:about="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4656">
  <title>Some Contingent Planning for Monetary Policy</title>
  <link>http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4656</link>
  <dc:date>2011-05-05T12:15:00-06:00</dc:date>
  
    <content:encoded><![CDATA[
<p class="footnote"><em>Note<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn1" name="_ftnref1" title="" id="_ftnref1">1</a></sup></em></p>

<p>Thank  you very much for that generous introduction. I am delighted to have this  opportunity to be part of this year's Santa Barbara County Economic Summit. Over  the past 25 years, monetary policymakers all over the world&mdash;including here in  the United States&mdash;have become more transparent about their deliberations and  their thinking. Speeches like this one play a huge role in that process. So I  thank you for your invitation to join you here today and for the opportunity to  share my views.</p>
<p>As  was mentioned in the introduction, I am the president of the Federal Reserve  Bank of Minneapolis. The Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis is one of 12  regional Reserve banks that, along with the Board of Governors in Washington,  D.C., make up the Federal Reserve System. Our bank represents the ninth of the  12 Federal Reserve districts, and our district includes Montana, the Dakotas,  Minnesota, northwestern Wisconsin, and the Upper Peninsula of Michigan.</p>
<p>The Federal Open Market Committee&mdash;the  FOMC&mdash;meets every six to seven weeks (eight times per year) to set the path of  monetary policy. All 12 presidents of the various regional Federal Reserve  banks and the seven governors of the Federal Reserve Board participate in these  meetings. (Right now, there are only five governors&mdash;two positions are  unfilled.) However, the actual policy decisions are made by the Committee  itself. It consists only of the governors, the president of the Federal Reserve  Bank of New York, and a group of four other presidents, which changes annually. Currently, I'm a  member of the Committee (along with the presidents of the Federal Reserve Banks  of Chicago, Dallas, and Philadelphia). </p>
<p>At each FOMC meeting, there are two go-rounds, in which each president  and every member of the Board speaks in turn. The first go-round concerns  current economic conditions and the economic outlook. The presidents typically  say something about economic conditions in their own district, as well as talk  about national economic conditions. The governors speak about national economic  conditions, although they often focus their remarks on particular slices of the  overall economic picture. </p>
<p>In the second go-round, we each speak in turn about our views on the  current monetary policy choices. However, those discussions often range well  beyond the confines of the next seven weeks. There is no sensible way to talk  about current policy choices without linking them in some fashion to future  policy choices. Hence, meeting participants may sometimes describe (as briefly  as they can!) how they expect (or would like) policy to evolve over the coming  months or even years. </p>
<p>My remarks today will be structured along the lines of an FOMC meeting.  I will first discuss my outlook for the U.S. economy. I will then move on to  talk about the key issues that I see affecting the FOMC's policy choices over  the coming months and years. </p>
<p>Before going further, I should say that my views are my own and not  necessarily those of others in the Federal Reserve System or of others in the  FOMC. This disclaimer is a standard one&mdash;but let me provide a little more detail  about what it will mean about the remainder of my speech. I'm a member of the  FOMC this year, and so I vote to determine the course of monetary policy at  each meeting. Given my position, I believe that it is valuable for the public  to know what economists would term my <em>monetary  policy reaction function&mdash;</em>that is, my views about how monetary policy should  react to various economic scenarios. Of course, the FOMC is made up of 10 different  individuals, with 10 highly related, but nonetheless distinct, policy reaction  functions. The ultimate reaction function of the FOMC is a collective one, and  may well differ from that of any given Committee member. My remarks are only  about the nature of <em>my </em>reaction  function, and not the collective one of the FOMC. </p>
<p>With that context in place, let me move to my outlook. I'll focus  on the three variables of most interest to us at the FOMC: real&mdash;that is,  inflation-adjusted&mdash;gross domestic product (GDP), unemployment, and inflation. My  bottom line is that, from the point of view of the macroeconomy, 2011 will be a  better year than 2010.</p>
<p>Recently, the Bureau of Economic  Analysis released its advance estimate for real GDP in the first quarter of  2011. This estimate implies that real GDP grew at a 1.8 percent annual rate  during the quarter. This growth rate is a bit slower than what we've seen since  the end of the Great Recession: In the seven quarters since June 2009, real GDP  growth has averaged just below 3 percent. This rate of growth is slow compared with  the recovery in real GDP that took place after the recession of 1981-82. However,  it is similar to the recoveries that took place after the recessions of 1991  and 2001.</p>
<p>Despite this somewhat  slow start, I do expect that real GDP growth will be slightly faster in 2011  than in 2010&mdash;something between 3 percent and 3.5 percent. Given the depth of  the recession that we experienced, this rate of growth is disappointing. I do  still see two headwinds in the U.S. economy. The first is that many households  will continue to strive to rebuild their net worth positions in response to  past&mdash;and possibly future&mdash;falls in residential land prices. As I have discussed  elsewhere,<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn2" name="_ftnref2" title="">2</a></sup> I believe that the decline in household net  worth, precipitated by falls in land values, was a key factor in generating the  severity of the Great Recession. It will remain important in the recovery.</p>
<p>The second headwind  is related. Many smaller banks in the United States face ongoing issues with  asset quality. For example, the FDIC problem bank list contains over 800 banks.  Problem banks are less likely to take the risk of lending to small and/or young  firms and other entrepreneurial activities. Instead,  they are more likely to preserve capital ratios by limiting their asset growth  and allocating their lending staff to working out loans to existing borrowers.  Indeed, as the economy improves, I suspect that this headwind will become even  more important. In 2010, our information at the Minneapolis Fed indicates that  small businesses were reluctant to expand because of ongoing uncertainties  about product demand. As a result, their demand for bank financing remained  low. In 2011, as the economy improves, I expect loan demand to rise accordingly&mdash;but  banks with poor asset quality will continue to focus on capital preservation  rather than loan expansion. </p>
<p>Let me turn now to the labor market,  where I see conditions improving slowly. The unemployment rate has fallen from  9.8 percent in November to 8.8 percent in March. However, unemployment can fall  in two ways: People can find jobs or people can stop looking for work. Along  these lines, it is worth keeping in mind that the employment-to-population  ratio&mdash;the fraction of those over 16 with a job&mdash;has improved only slightly since  November and remains near quarter-century lows. </p>
<p>I see the future course of unemployment as  being shaped by two conflicting forces. On the one hand, the growing economy  should generate more jobs and therefore lower unemployment. On the other hand,  the growing economy will also lead more people without jobs to look for them. On  net, I do expect the unemployment rate to normalize at close to 5 percent  within the next five years. However, the immediate progress will be slow: I  expect that the unemployment rate will be between 8 percent and 8.5 percent by  the end of the year. </p>
<p>Finally, I turn to inflation. The FOMC  is mandated by the Federal Reserve Act to keep prices stable. This mandate is  typically translated quantitatively into a 2 percent rate of inflation, or a  bit under. Here, by inflation, I'm referring to headline inflation&mdash;that is, the  rate of price increase of a bundle of <em>all </em>consumer goods and services, including those related to food and energy. The  problem is that monetary policy operates with relatively long lags. Hence, out  of necessity, I view the Committee's price stability mandate as requiring it to  follow policies that will guide the economy toward 2 percent headline inflation  over the next three to four years.</p>
<p>I believe that the Fed can best achieve this  medium-term objective for <em>headline</em> inflation by responding on an ongoing basis to movements in what's called <em>core </em>inflation. Core inflation is a  measure of inflation that strips out food and energy products. I like core inflation  as a measure of medium-term inflationary pressures because demand and supply  conditions in food and energy markets are volatile, and so their prices tend to  have relatively large transitory fluctuations. Responding aggressively to these  fluctuations would lead to bad monetary policy. For example, increases in energy  prices pushed headline personal consumption expenditure (PCE) inflation, when  measured over the preceding year, up to 4.5 percent in July 2008. With  hindsight, we can see that it is good that the FOMC did not raise rates in  response to what proved to be a temporary increase in headline inflation. </p>
<p>From  the fourth quarter of 2009 to the fourth quarter of 2010, core PCE inflation  was 0.8 percent&mdash;the lowest annual inflation rate in the 50-plus-year history of  that series. Inflation was low&mdash;but disinflationary pressures were still strong  as core PCE inflation trended downward over the course of 2010. Over the last  six months of 2010, the annualized core PCE inflation rate fell to 0.4 percent.  That is the second-lowest 6-month core PCE inflation rate ever recorded. </p>
<p>I  don't expect this kind of disinflationary pattern to continue in 2011. Core PCE  inflation from the fourth quarter of 2010 to the first quarter of 2011 was 1.5  percent at an annualized rate. Similarly, I expect that core inflation will be  1.5 percent over the remainder of 2011. </p>
<p>To  summarize: I expect real output to grow slightly more rapidly in 2011 than in  2010. Household deleveraging and bank asset quality issues will remain a drag  on the recovery. Unemployment will fall&mdash;but more slowly than we would like. Finally,  inflationary pressures are currently low. I expect core PCE inflation to grow  slowly over the course of 2011, while remaining under 2 percent.</p>
<p>What sort of faith should you put in these forecasts? Well, my history  of making forecasts is short so far, because I only took over as president in  October 2009. However, in February 2010, I gave my first speech as bank  president and offered forecasts about 2010 real GDP, unemployment, and  inflation. My forecasts for unemployment and GDP ended up being pretty  accurate. However, my forecasts for 2010 headline and core inflation were both  about a percentage point too high. </p>
<p>I encourage you to keep this forecasting error in mind as I move on to  what would be the second go-round in the FOMC: the discussion of policy  considerations. I'll first discuss where we are now and then talk about  possible monetary policy changes over the coming year. Just as is true in many  actual FOMC policy go-rounds, you will see that my discussion will necessarily  spill into choices and decisions to be made over the next five years.</p>
<p>The Federal Reserve currently has two forms of accommodative monetary  policy in place. The first is that the FOMC is targeting a low fed funds rate  of between 0 and 25 basis points. This kind of accommodation&mdash;keeping short-term  interest rates low&mdash;is an entirely conventional response to unduly low levels of  core inflation and unduly high levels of unemployment. By keeping market interest  rates low, the policy encourages companies to invest their resources into  hiring and business expansions, and it also encourages households to engage in  more spending. </p>
<p>The second kind of accommodation is less conventional. The Fed has  bought about 2.1 trillion dollars of longer-term government securities, and the  FOMC has committed itself to buying an additional 0.2 trillion dollars of these  securities by the end of June. The thinking behind this form of accommodation  is that the FOMC's holdings of 2.3 trillion dollars of longer-term securities  raises their prices and lowers longer-term yields. In so doing, more long-term  investments&mdash;like building factories or hiring workers&mdash;become more attractive to  businesses.</p>
<p>Together, the low fed funds interest rate and  the holdings of long-term government securities provide a formidable amount of  monetary policy accommodation. We can quantify their joint effect using results  in a recent research paper by Federal Reserve staff.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn3" name="_ftnref3" title="">3</a></sup> That paper estimates that if the Fed buys 200 billion dollars worth of  long-term government securities, the Fed provides stimulus to the economy  equivalent to that achieved by lowering the fed funds rate by 25 basis points.  This translation implies that, at the end of 2010, the FOMC's total amount of  monetary accommodation was roughly equivalent to what it could achieve by  maintaining a fed funds rate of negative 2.5 percentage points.</p>
<p>This level of accommodation was adopted in November 2010, when the FOMC  committed itself to buying 600 billion dollars of longer-term Treasuries by  June 2011. The decision was nearly unanimous. I was not a member of the  Committee at that time, but I did support the decision. We had seen a rather  sharp fall in core inflation over the course of 2010, compared with what we had  seen in 2009 and compared with what I had expected earlier in 2010. I believed  that it was appropriate to ease policy in response to this fall in inflation.  For myself, I would have preferred to have been able to lower the fed funds  rate&mdash;but that option was not available. </p>
<p>Notice that the FOMC  could have chosen a greater degree of accommodation by buying more long-term  Treasuries. It could have chosen a smaller degree of accommodation by buying  fewer long-term Treasuries. My conclusion is that, in late 2010, this level of  accommodation was neither too tight nor too loose, given prevailing economic  conditions.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn4" name="_ftnref4" title="">4</a></sup></p>
<p>But economic  conditions change, and monetary policy must adjust to those changes. Here's  a metaphor that may be helpful. We can think about the level of monetary  accommodation as being akin to a gas pedal on a car and the Fed's dual mandate  as being a target speed. Right now, the car is going too slowly, and so the Fed  has its foot on the accelerator. </p>
<p>There is one tricky  part with the metaphor: with a car, a driver can just keep his foot on the gas  until he hits his target speed. Monetary policy operates with long and variable  lags&mdash;it's like driving a car in which the car's rate of acceleration responds 10  to 20 seconds after the driver adjusts the gas pedal. A driver of such a car  will have to ease up on the gas as he gets closer to his target speed&mdash;or he  will end up going too fast. In the same way, the Fed needs to lower its level  of accommodation as it gets closer to fulfilling its price and employment  mandates. Of course, like driving, monetary policy is an exercise in scenario  analysis. If the car starts going uphill and its speed falls, then the driver  needs to put more pressure on the gas. Similarly, if the economy were to move  further from the Fed's dual mandates over the course of 2011, then the FOMC  would need to put more pressure on the monetary gas pedal and increase the  level of its accommodation. </p>
<p>When I engage in monetary policy scenario  analysis, I find it useful to start&mdash;but not finish&mdash;with my baseline economic  forecast that I described earlier. When the FOMC adopted its current level of  accommodation in late 2010, year-over-year core PCE inflation was 0.8 percent. My  baseline forecast is that, by the end of 2011, core PCE inflation will be 1.5  percent&mdash;that is, 70 basis points higher than in the prior year. The Fed would  then be closer to its price stability mandate&mdash;and so should ease the pressure  on the monetary gas pedal. The standard response to such an increase in core  PCE inflation would be to raise the target interest rate by a larger amount&mdash;that  is, by at least 70 basis points. For example, the widely known rules associated  with John Taylor of Stanford University would recommend that the response  should be to raise the target interest rate by 1.5 times the increase in core  inflation&mdash;that is, by 105 basis points.</p>
<p>Monetary policy should also adjust in response to changes in labor  market slack. These changes are typically hard to measure. However, like many  other economists' forecasts, my baseline forecast is that the unemployment rate  will be at least one percentage point lower at the end of 2011, relative to  November 2010. This kind of fall in the unemployment rate would generally be  viewed as signaling a decline in slack, as would the increase that I expect to  see in core inflation. This fall in labor market slack would argue in favor of  raising the fed funds rate by even more than the 105 basis points that I  mentioned earlier.</p>
<p>So far, my analysis implies that my baseline forecast  should trigger an increase in the target fed funds rate of at least 105 basis  points. However, there is an offsetting effect that deserves mention. The level  of accommodation provided by the Fed's long-term securities depends on how long  people expect those holdings to last. To take an extreme, if the Fed were  expected to sell all of its holdings in the next day, those holdings would  obviously no longer provide any noticeable downward pressure on long-term  interest rates. Now, the Fed is certainly not going to sell its holdings  tomorrow! But, at the end of 2011, we are presumably one year closer to the  eventual normalization of the Fed's balance sheet than we were at the end of  2010. The staff research paper that I mentioned earlier provides an estimate of  the consequent reduction in accommodation as being roughly equivalent to a  50-basis-point increase in the fed funds rate. </p>
<p>Now, let's put all of this analysis together. It implies that if PCE  core inflation rises to 1.5 percent over the course of 2011, the FOMC should  raise the fed funds rate by around 50 basis points. Of course, a core inflation  rate of 1.5 percent is still markedly below the Fed's price stability objective  of 2 percent. Accordingly, an increase of 50 basis points in the fed funds rate  would still leave the Fed in a highly accommodative stance. First, the fed  funds rate would be extremely low&mdash;between 50 and 75 basis points. As well, the  Fed's holdings of long-term assets would continue to provide significant  accommodation. Using estimates from the staff research that I mentioned  earlier, we can conclude that the total monetary policy package of the two  forms of accommodation would be roughly equivalent to maintaining a fed funds  target rate of negative 1.5 percentage points. Such a stance can only be  described as being easy monetary policy&mdash;just not as easy as late 2010.</p>
<p>Thus, under my baseline forecast, it would be desirable for the FOMC to  raise the fed funds target interest rate by a modest amount toward the end of  2011. Of course, the FOMC could also reduce accommodation by shrinking the  Fed's holdings of long-term government securities. Such a reduction could take  place in one of two ways. First, the FOMC is currently investing any principal  payments from its securities holdings into long-term Treasuries. The Committee  could decide to stop all or part of these reinvestments.Alternatively, the  Committee could reduce accommodation by choosing to sell some long-term assets.</p>
<p>These two approaches of reducing accommodation operate on the Fed's  balance sheet. I'm open to these approaches to reducing accommodation. However,  based on what I know now, I would prefer to reduce accommodation by raising the  fed funds target interest rate. I have more confidence in that instrument of  policy, based on our many years of experience with it. I suspect that this  confidence is shared by the public at large.</p>
<p>I do think that the Fed needs to shrink its large balance sheet. But I  see that as a longer-term mission that can take place over the next five or six  years or so. I believe that this mission should be guided by two key  principles. First, the Fed should commit itself to a viable path of shrinkage  of its asset holdings. Second, that path should be sufficiently gradual that it  will interact little with the effectiveness of monetary policy. Along these  same lines, the FOMC should offer as much certainty as possible about the rate  of shrinkage. </p>
<p>I have been describing how monetary policy should react to one  particular scenario, my baseline forecast. As I noted, my baseline forecast  about inflation was wrong last year, and could well be again this year. As a  policymaker, I need to be prepared for that possibility. In terms of inflation,  there are two kinds of errors to contemplate. On the one hand, my forecast for  core PCE inflation might well be too high. If core PCE inflation were to fall  over the course of 2011 relative to 2010, then it would be desirable for the  FOMC to ease further in response to that decline. I imagine that easing would  take place through the purchase of more long-term government securities. </p>
<p>On the other hand, my forecast for core PCE inflation might be too low.  For example, core PCE inflation might rise to 1.8 percent over the course of  2011. But incoming data would reveal such a rapid increase to the FOMC early in  the third quarter of 2011. I would recommend raising the target fed funds  interest rate shortly thereafter.</p>
<p>Let me wrap up. My goal today has been to lay out my outlook for the  economy and give you a sketch of how I believe monetary policy should react to  changes in economic conditions. Under my baseline forecast, I believe that it  would be appropriate for the FOMC to raise the fed funds target interest rate  by a modest amount at the end of 2011. However, that forecast&mdash;like all  forecasts&mdash;is subject to error. I've also discussed how my policy choices should  and would react to those errors&mdash;that is, I've discussed my policy reaction  function.</p>
<p>I began this speech by broadly describing the makeup of the Federal  Reserve System and its policymaking body, the Federal Open Market Committee, as  well as my role on that Committee. I raise this point again at the end to  underscore the independent&mdash;yet collaborative&mdash;nature of the FOMC. As I  described, each member of the FOMC has his or her own policy reaction function,  grounded in our distinct but related views. I believe it is our responsibility  to describe those views to the public. In that respect, I hope you found this  speech enlightening, and I am happy to take your questions to provide fuller  explanation on these and other matters. Thank you once again.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2><strong>Endnotes</strong></h2>

<div>
	<div id="ftn1">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref1" name="_ftn1" title="">1</a> I thank Ron Feldman, David Fettig, Terry  Fitzgerald, and Kei-Mu Yi for helpful comments.</p>
		
  </div>
<div id="ftn2">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref2" name="_ftn2" title="">2</a> See Kocherlakota (2011). </p>
  </div>
<div id="ftn3">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref3" name="_ftn3" title="">3</a> See Chung et al. (2011).</p>
  </div>
<div id="ftn4">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref4" name="_ftn4" title="">4</a> This judgment is roughly consistent with the  prescriptions of standard monetary policy rules. For example, the Taylor (1993)  rule would prescribe a fed funds rate of -2.5 percent, given an inflation  target of 2 percent, current inflation of 0.8 percent, and an output gap of  -9.4 percent. The Taylor (1999) rule would prescribe a fed funds rate of -2.5  percent, given an inflation target of 2 percent, an inflation rate of 0.8  percent, and an output gap of -4.7 percent. </p>
  </div>
<div id="ftn5"></div>
</div>

<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2><strong>References</strong></h2>
<p>Chung, Hess, Jean-Philippe Laforte, David  Reifschneider, and John C. Williams. 2011. &quot;<a href="http://www.frbsf.org/publications/economics/papers/2011/wp11-01bk.pdf">Have We Underestimated the  Likelihood and Severity of Zero Lower Bound Events?</a>&quot; Working Paper 2011-01.  Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco. </p>
<p>Kocherlakota, Narayana R. 2011. <span class="footnote">&quot;<a href="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4607">It&#8217;s a Wonderful Fed</a>,&quot;</span> Speech at Wisconsin Bankers Association, Madison, Wis., Jan 11.</p>
<p>Taylor, John B. 1993. &quot;<a href="http://www.stanford.edu/~johntayl/Papers/Discretion.PDF">Discretion Versus Policy  Rules in Practice</a>.&quot; <em>Carnegie-Rochester  Conference Series on Public Policy 39</em>, 195-214. </p>
<p>Taylor, John  B. 1999. &quot;A Historical Analysis of Monetary Policy Rules,&quot; in John B. Taylor,  ed., <em>Monetary Policy Rules</em>. Chicago:  University of Chicago Press, pp. 319-41.</p>
<p class="footnote">&nbsp;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
  
  <cb:speech>
  <cb:simpleTitle>Some Contingent Planning for Monetary Policy</cb:simpleTitle>
  <cb:occurrenceDate>2011-05-05T12:15:00-06:00</cb:occurrenceDate>
    
  <cb:person type="speaker">
    <cb:givenName>Narayana</cb:givenName>
    <cb:surname>Kocherlakota</cb:surname>
    <cb:nameAsWritten>Narayana Kocherlakota</cb:nameAsWritten>
    <cb:role>
      <cb:jobTitle>President</cb:jobTitle>
      <cb:affiliation>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis</cb:affiliation>
    </cb:role>
  </cb:person>
  <cb:locationAsWritten>Santa Barbara, CA</cb:locationAsWritten>
  </cb:speech>
</item>  
<item rdf:about="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4650">
  <title>Economic Development in Indian Country</title>
  <link>http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4650</link>
  <dc:date>2011-04-14T08:20:00-06:00</dc:date>
  
    <content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2>Introduction</h2>

<p>Good morning. I am pleased to be  here and have a chance to talk with you. My ability to engage in this kind of  dialogue reflects the characteristically American design of the Federal Reserve  System. Unlike most central banks, the Fed was designed to be a regional  organization, so that residents of cities and rural areas from across the  country can hear from central bank officials in person and directly add their  voices to the monetary policy process. I and my senior management colleagues  regularly hear from our boards of directors and advisory councils at both the  Minneapolis Federal Reserve Bank and our Helena branch, and I really appreciate  the opportunities I have to get out to Helena and other Ninth District cities and  communities.</p>
<p>Often, at events like this, I  provide comments on the economic outlook or monetary policy and then interact  with the audience, to get their insights into the issues facing households,  businesses, and local governments. I find those opportunities incredibly  valuable, both to communicate what the Fed is doing and to hear how our  policies, and economic forces generally, are affecting people like you.</p>
<p>Today, however, I want to forgo my usual  monetary policy themes and talk about another way in which the Federal Reserve  interacts with citizens at the local level to promote economic prosperity. I  have in mind our Community Development program, which collaborates with  partners across the Ninth District to enhance the foundations of an open and  accessible market economy. More specifically, I want to talk about some  important work our Community Development staff are engaged in, much of it here  in Montana, to assist tribal leaders who are strengthening the institutions of  business law that prevail on Indian reservations. First, however, I must note  that the views I present are mine and not those of the Federal Reserve System  or the Federal Open Market Committee. </p>
<h2>Community Development</h2>
<p>The Fed&rsquo;s Community Development  function is not the most prominent of our policy tools, but it provides a  useful complement to our better-known tools, such as monetary policy and  banking supervision. For example, one of our staff in Helena, Sue Woodrow,  helped found the Montana Financial Education Coalition as part of her Community  Development work to ensure that low- and moderate-income Montanans would know  how to access credit markets prudently and effectively. But that same effort  provides a broader benefit to the Fed, because monetary policy is also more  effective if consumers and business owners understand concepts like inflation  and compound interest. For another example, Sue and her colleagues gathered  intelligence last year on the factors that were impeding the flow of credit  from banks to small businesses, one of the sectors targeted by our Community  Development program. But the results of that exercise were also shared with management  in Minneapolis and ultimately with Chairman Bernanke at a national forum in  Washington.</p>
<p>Our Community Development program  has roots in the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, which requires federal  regulators to assess that financial institutions are meeting, safely and  soundly, the credit needs of their entire community or market, including credit  needs in low- or moderate-income neighborhoods. Out of that basic regulatory  responsibility, the Federal Reserve gave the Community Development program the  mission of supporting the Fed&rsquo;s economic growth objectives by working beyond  our walls and independently from our bank examiners to promote fair and  impartial access to credit and financial services.</p>
<p>In pursuing this mission, the  Minneapolis Community Development team often works with external partners to  shore up the foundations of a well-functioning market economy, including  initiatives on financial education like the one I mentioned. This year, they  also will work to strengthen organizations that provide training and credit to  small businesses, to assist foreclosure and housing counselors, and to support  organizations that foster rural development and post-foreclosure neighborhood recovery.  In a very local but important way, these efforts supplement the Fed&rsquo;s other  policy tools for promoting economic growth.</p>
<h2>Work  in Indian Country</h2>
<p>As you might imagine, the range of  issues our Community Development staff might try to address is vast. I should note,  by the way, that we do not operate as a foundation and thus do not provide cash  contributions or donations to any organization. Our community development work is  primarily conducted through staff work on outreach, technical assistance, and  analysis. To thoroughly cover the entire community development field would take  significantly more staff than we have. So we have identified some high-priority  areas where we think we can make a difference by focusing our efforts. One of our  highest Community Development priorities is the one I want to focus on this  morning&mdash;supporting tribes as they strengthen the legal foundations of their Indian  Country economies. By the way, I am using the term <em>Indian Country</em> as a consistent term to describe the many  self-governing Native American communities throughout the United States.</p>
<h2>A  New Voyage of Discovery </h2>
<p>I find these efforts to strengthen  legal foundations of Indian Country economies to be very interesting and full  of potential, but thinking about them here also reminds me of their historical  roots. A bit over 200 years ago, Lewis and Clark and their Corps of Discovery  passed near here on a federally sponsored voyage that launched a powerful  transformation of Montana and the American West. That transformation led to  tremendous economic development, but, as we know, also relegated most of the  region&rsquo;s tribal societies to reservations. For decades thereafter, the tribes&rsquo;  affairs were largely administered by federal officials who permitted them very  little local autonomy. Partly as a result, economic development lagged on most  reservations, leaving them as pockets of sharp rural poverty.</p>
<p>Federal policy began to shift in the  1930s, with passage of the Indian Reorganization Act, which led to the drafting  of numerous tribal government constitutions. But federal policy wavered for  another 40 years, including a significant shift away from tribal recognition  and sovereign rights in the 1950s. By the 1970s, however, civil rights activism  and a shift toward market-oriented economic policies created a consensus in  support of greater tribal self-government. A combination of executive orders  and the Indian Self-Determination and Educational Assistance Act of 1975 finally  put federal support for tribal sovereignty on firmer footing. Despite some  unsettled issues, a new realm of meaningful tribal sovereignty within the  United States was opened up.</p>
<p>This realm remains fairly new and is  still incompletely mapped out. I am tempted to say that tribes are now on a new  voyage of discovery in search of the most suitable institutions to govern their  own affairs, including in the important area of business law and regulation. From  an outsider&rsquo;s perspective, at least, the impetus for this search is simple. In  the United States, the bulk of our practical, everyday business law is state,  not federal, law. But tribes are sovereign, to varying but significant degrees,  with respect to state law. That is, state laws and state legal procedures and  institutions often do not apply, or do not clearly apply, to business disputes  on reservations. Unless appropriate tribal laws and institutions are in place,  the result can be a vacuum, a real or perceived lack of business law and  related institutions on reservations. Not surprisingly, this has a chilling  effect on business and economic development.</p>
<p>Fortunately, since the 1930s and especially  since the 1970s, a number of tribes have pioneered the development of laws and institutions  that support growth while respecting tribal traditions. In the Southwest, for  example, the Navajo have developed both an extensive body of written law and a  strong system of courts to coherently administer a blend of written and Navajo  traditional law. Later, I will also discuss work here in Montana. Nonetheless,  the voyage has only begun, and much remains to be learned and done.</p>
<h2>Our  Work</h2>
<p>The Minneapolis Fed&rsquo;s Community  Development program is proud to assist in this journey. For many years, we have  helped Ninth District tribes explore how to make good use of their renewed  sovereign powers, with a special focus on helping tribes develop the legal and  institutional foundations of a strong private business sector. This fits neatly  into our general strategy of shoring up the foundations of a sound and  inclusive market-oriented economy; in fact, I regard it as perhaps the best  example of that strategy.</p>
<p>Some of our work in this area goes  back many years, but the thrust of our current efforts took shape early in the  previous decade here in Montana. Through the initiative of Sue Woodrow, who is our  Helena Branch Community Development staff person and an attorney with  experience on Indian reservations, we began to take an active role in national  efforts to draft model tribal business laws.</p>
<p>What is a model law? It&rsquo;s essentially  a recommended starting point that a legislative body can use in drafting and  passing real laws. For example, states often base their business laws on the  model laws developed by a voluntary organization called the Uniform Law  Commission.</p>
<p>About 10 years ago, the commission  took a new direction by undertaking to draft a model secured transactions law  for tribal governments. Secured transactions laws are basic to modern business  finance. These laws allow a business owner to pledge movable property, like a  truck or machine the business owns, as collateral for a loan. State governments  have provided for this bread-and-butter business activity by adopting versions  of the commission&rsquo;s Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) for states and, in particular,  its Article 9 on secured transactions.</p>
<p>As I&rsquo;ve noted, however, state law  does not automatically extend to transactions on reservations. So unless tribes  take similar steps to adopt secured transactions laws, creditors may hold back  from making collateralized loans to reservation-based businesses. There are  ways to try to work around this problem, and some tribes had adopted varying  types of secured transactions laws to fill the gap. Overall, however, big gaps  remained, and the existing tribal laws in this area were often incomplete, confusingly  divergent, or out of date.</p>
<p>The Uniform Law Commission chose to  address this problem head on. Under its leadership, a team of business law  experts and tribal leaders gathered to devise a model secured transactions law  that would both support collateralized lending on reservations and respect key  aspects of tribal sovereignty. The team also understood that an effective model  tribal act would need to be free-standing, unlike the UCC&rsquo;s Article 9, which  frequently refers to other UCC articles. We were very pleased to make Sue  Woodrow available to serve on this team of experts.</p>
<p>In 2005, after four years of work,  the group put forward a new model Tribal Secured Transactions Act, or model  STA, for tribal governments to consider. Just as states decide whether to adopt  the Uniform Law Commission&rsquo;s model acts, tribes are free to make use of the model  STA as they wish. However, to help tribes make an informed decision, our  Community Development program prominently includes the provision of information  about the model STA, which we pursue through our publications, a new Indian  Country page on our website, and presentations and meetings all around Indian  Country.</p>
<p>Since 2005, a growing number of tribes  have reached the conclusion that the model STA can help them. Again, the way  was paved here in Montana. Crow tribal leaders were involved in advising the  Uniform Law Commission on the model act and were also quick to undertake the  process of adapting the model act to meet their specific needs. The tribe  passed its customized version of the model STA in April 2006. Since then, other  tribes in the Ninth District and beyond have adopted versions of the model STA,  including the Oglala Sioux in South Dakota, the Mille Lacs and Leech Lake Ojibwe  in Minnesota, the Ponca in Nebraska, and the Osage   in Oklahoma, while others are actively considering it.</p>
<p>Community  Development&rsquo;s support has not ended with adoption of the tribal STAs, and for  good reason. The act is important, but achieving its full potential requires a  system for filing liens, judges who are trained to understand and enforce it,  and lenders who understand and trust it. To assist tribes in putting these  elements in place, our Community Development staff have organized training  materials and events on the STAs for tribal judges, lenders, attorneys, and  other interested parties. They have also helped tribes negotiate with state  governments to use existing state lien filing systems. We were thus very pleased  when the compact that was negotiated here, for the Crow tribe to use the state  of Montana&rsquo;s lien filing system, was nationally recognized with a ceremonial  signing at the Capitol in Washington, D.C., on February 6, 2008.</p>
<p>Recently, our work in Indian Country  has broadened in three new directions that complement our earlier work. First,  to assist Indian business owners to articulate and overcome barriers to tribal  economic development, the Minneapolis Community Development staff have helped  organize Indian business alliances, or IBAs, in Montana, South Dakota,  Minnesota, and Wisconsin. These statewide coalitions of tribes,  financial institutions, nonprofit organizations, corporations, colleges and  universities, and government agencies work to encourage and support Native  small business owners and entrepreneurs. Although each alliance is unique, they  all have committed to working on four building blocks of sustainable business  development in Indian Country: governance, infrastructure, finance, and  business training and support resources. The Montana IBA is quite active, and we expect to work with  them to host a conference in Montana on tribal economic development issues and  opportunities later this year. Similar events with our other IBAs are also in  the works this year.</p>
<p>Second, we have again made Sue  Woodrow available to the Uniform Law Commission, this time to assist in  drafting a model tribal probate code. This project is in its early stages but  further exemplifies our support for tribes&rsquo; efforts to modernize their legal  institutions in support of economic development.</p>
<p>Finally, I have challenged my  Community Development staff to evaluate the impact of their efforts to assist  tribes in the development of tribal business laws and institutions. Part of  their response will be to compare key aspects of the business environment on a  number of reservations, in order to assess which factors seem to be associated  with better economic outcomes. This is a new and challenging research effort,  but I hope we will be able to report some results by next year. </p>
<h2>Conclusion</h2>
<p> In conclusion, I  have noted that Indian tribes have embarked on a voyage of discovery of their  renewed sovereign powers and capacity for local governance. Our Community  Development program has strongly supported this journey for many years and will  continue to do so. As you can see by visiting our website, our Indian Country work  fits into a broader strategy that touches Montana and the rest of the Ninth District  in many ways. Nonetheless, I regard our work with tribes who are modernizing  the legal and institutional foundations of their reservation economies, much of  it done right here in Montana, as the leading example of how our Community  Development program rounds out the Federal Reserve&rsquo;s approach to economic  policy and economic development.</p>
<p>Thank you. </p>]]></content:encoded>
  
  <cb:speech>
  <cb:simpleTitle>Economic Development in Indian Country</cb:simpleTitle>
  <cb:occurrenceDate>2011-04-14T08:20:00-06:00</cb:occurrenceDate>
    
  <cb:person type="speaker">
    <cb:givenName>Narayana</cb:givenName>
    <cb:surname>Kocherlakota</cb:surname>
    <cb:nameAsWritten>Narayana Kocherlakota</cb:nameAsWritten>
    <cb:role>
      <cb:jobTitle>President</cb:jobTitle>
      <cb:affiliation>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis</cb:affiliation>
    </cb:role>
  </cb:person>
  <cb:locationAsWritten>Helena, Montana</cb:locationAsWritten>
  </cb:speech>
</item>  
<item rdf:about="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4644">
  <title>The Future of Mortgage Lending</title>
  <link>http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4644</link>
  <dc:date>2011-04-05T11:45:00-06:00</dc:date>
  
    <content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2>Introduction</h2>
<p>Thank  you, Jacqui, for that introduction. Good afternoon. I am happy to have the  opportunity to welcome you to the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis and speak  with you today. I assumed the role of president at this Reserve Bank long after  the launch of the Emerging Markets Homeownership Initiative, but I have heard  about your goals, objectives, challenges, and successes from my community  development staff. I understand the purpose of this &ldquo;lunch &lsquo;n&rsquo; learn&rdquo; session  today is to encourage dialogue and brainstorming on the next steps for this  initiative in light of the recent economic and housing crisis. I thought I would provide some context for the  changes in mortgage lending practices that have followed the housing crisis. As always, I am speaking for myself today, and  not others in the Federal Reserve System, including the Federal Open Market  Committee. I trust that my comments will  prove beneficial in your endeavors.</p>
<p>Let&rsquo;s turn back the clock for a  moment to the second half of 2006. At that time, firms and people around the  world held a wide array of financial assets that were ultimately backed by U.S.  residential land. (Think, for example, of mortgage-backed securities or any  asset backed by mortgage-backed securities.) They viewed those assets as being  largely free of risk. Investors may have understood that a fall in the value of  U.S. land would impose large losses on them. However, they put low odds on such  a decline taking place. Rather, they seemed to believe that U.S. land prices  would continue to rise at a steady clip. </p>
<p> By the  second half of 2007, that belief began to unravel in the face of incoming data.  People were beginning to learn the hard way that U.S. land was a risky  investment. Now the only question was how risky. The uncertainty about the  answer to this question planted the seeds for a global financial panic. </p>
<p> What do  I mean by the term &ldquo;financial panic&rdquo;? Financial panics are events that blur the  line between liquidity and solvency. A firm is solvent if its revenues (in a  discounted present value sense) exceed its expenditures. A firm is liquid if it  is able to raise enough funds&mdash;either by borrowing or by selling assets&mdash;to pay  its current costs. In a well-functioning financial market, solvent firms are  typically liquid, because they are able to borrow against their future profits.  In contrast, in a financial panic, lenders feel unable to assess the future  profits and/or collateral of borrowers. Borrowing becomes highly constrained,  and even highly solvent firms may become illiquid. </p>
<p> During  the mid-2000s, many forms of collateral around the world were either implicitly  or explicitly backed by U.S. residential land. As I&rsquo;ve described, beginning in  mid-2007, it started to become clear that this asset had more risk than  financial markets had originally appreciated. It was not clear, though, how  much more risk was involved. As a result, financial markets became increasingly  uncertain about how to evaluate assets backed by U.S. land. That uncertainty  translated into uncertainty about the ultimate solvency of institutions holding  those assets&mdash;and the ultimate solvency of any of those institutions&rsquo; creditors. </p>
<p> As  investors became more concerned about the quality of mortgage loans, the secondary  market for private-label mortgage-backed securities nearly disappeared. As a  result, about 90 percent of mortgages originated over the past two years were  guaranteed by government-controlled entities such as Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae,  the Federal Housing Authority, or the Veterans Administration. Investors are  willing to purchase mortgages and mortgage-backed securities from these  agencies mainly because they have faith that the federal government stands  behind those instruments. </p>
<p>This heavy reliance  on government guarantees is not a sound long-term strategy. Over time, our  country needs a mortgage market that returns to greater reliance on private risk-taking  and private risk assessment, along with the enhanced regulatory oversight that  is already in place. And, in fact, discussions are currently taking place on  suitable options for bringing more private capital back into the mortgage  market.</p>
<p>Even  more generally, I believe that as a country, we need to take this opportunity  to rethink many aspects of our public policy programs in the context of housing  finance. Home ownership has long been part of the American dream, in no little  part because home owners have invested not just in their houses but in their  communities. But, through the mortgage interest tax deduction and other  programs, we are encouraging people to buy homes by taking on debt&mdash;and sometimes large amounts  of debt. If we truly want to encourage home ownership, we should contemplate  programs that provide incentives for individuals to save and become <em>equity </em>holders in  their homes&mdash;and, by  extension, in their communities. </p>
<h2>Conclusion</h2>
<p> We have  come through a very difficult recession, caused in no little part by the large  fall in residential housing prices that took place after 2006. I believe that  the size of this shock meant that this recession was going to be a painful and  challenging one, regardless of the policy response. Certainly, the Fed has  played, and will continue to play, multiple roles in promoting sound,  affordable, and accessible housing finance. In our most prominent role as  makers of U.S. monetary policy, the Fed is committed to keeping inflation under  control, which helps make traditional mortgages more affordable.</p>
<p> The Fed  also has a key role in overseeing many of the recent financial reforms aimed at  preventing the excessive risk-taking that contributed to soaring home prices,  imprudent lending, and ultimately, the housing bust. Our safety and soundness  and macro-prudential supervisors will be leaders in applying new regulatory  approaches for banks and others. </p>
<p> Finally, as part of our continuing  responsibility for implementing the Community Reinvestment Act, our community development  unit plans to work with you to develop understanding, institutions, and  programs to promote equal access to credit and financial services. I look  forward to hearing the results of your discussion groups today, including  concrete suggestions for how the Federal Reserve can help via its policies,  programs, and research. </p>
<p>Thank you very much. </p>
]]></content:encoded>
  
  <cb:speech>
  <cb:simpleTitle>The Future of Mortgage Lending</cb:simpleTitle>
  <cb:occurrenceDate>2011-04-05T11:45:00-06:00</cb:occurrenceDate>
    
  <cb:person type="speaker">
    <cb:givenName>Narayana</cb:givenName>
    <cb:surname>Kocherlakota</cb:surname>
    <cb:nameAsWritten>Narayana Kocherlakota</cb:nameAsWritten>
    <cb:role>
      <cb:jobTitle>President</cb:jobTitle>
      <cb:affiliation>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis</cb:affiliation>
    </cb:role>
  </cb:person>
  <cb:locationAsWritten>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis<br />Minneapolis, Minnesota</cb:locationAsWritten>
  </cb:speech>
</item>  
<item rdf:about="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4642">
  <title>Central Bank Independence and Sovereign Default</title>
  <link>http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4642</link>
  <dc:date>2011-04-01T08:00:00-06:00</dc:date>
  
    <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="footnote"><em>Note<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn1" name="_ftnref1" title="" id="_ftnref1">1</a></sup></em></p>
<p>Sargent and Wallace published their classic &#8220;Some Unpleasant Monetarist Arithmetic&#8221; in the Minneapolis Fed&#8217;s <em>Quarterly Review</em> in 1981. Since that date, there has been a growing appreciation of the role of fiscal policy in the determination of the price level. The idea is a simple one. Consider a government that borrows only using non-indexed debt denominated in its own currency. There is an intertemporal government budget constraint that implies that the current real value of government liabilities &#8212; including the monetary base &#8212; must equal the present value of future real surpluses. Because the liabilities are nominal and non-indexed, the government budget constraint provides a linkage between the public&#8217;s assessment of future real tax collections and government spending and the current price level. </p>
<p>I like John Cochrane&#8217;s analogy here.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn2" name="_ftnref2" title="">2</a></sup> He thinks of money and government bonds as being like stock in a company. Just like a firm&#8217;s stock, money and bonds implicitly represent claims to the ownership of the government&#8217;s stream of surpluses. And just like with financial assets, the variations in their prices are fundamentally linked to variations in the present discounted value of government profits &#8212; that is, surpluses.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn3" name="_ftnref3" title="">3</a></sup></p>
<p>This simple insight has rather profound consequences for how we think about inflation. Inflation is no longer &#8220;always and everywhere a monetary phenomenon&#8221;. Instead, even apparently independent central banks may not have control of the price level. Thus, if the public begins to think that the fiscal authority is behaving irresponsibly, that belief will push upward on the price level. </p>
<p>However, in the existing literature, the analysis of fiscal effects on the price level is typically based on the presumption that a fiscal authority will never default on liabilities denominated in its own currency. In my remarks today, I will relax this assumption. Once I do so, it will become clear that a sufficiently tough central bank does have the ability to control the price level, regardless of the behavior of the fiscal authority. <sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn4" name="_ftnref4" title="">4</a></sup> I will argue that its ability to do so hinges on the nature of its response to the possibility of default on the part of the fiscal authority. I will talk about some of the short-run versus long-run tensions involved in that response. Throughout, I will refer to the central bank as CB and the fiscal authority as FA. I will refer to the currency as being dollars, but that should not be viewed as suggesting that I am talking about the United States &#8212; or Australia. </p>
<p>Let me start by describing a simple CB policy: a commodity price peg. Suppose the central bank holds X ounces of gold. It commits to being willing to buy and sell <em>p</em> dollars for each ounce of gold, and has a monetary base of $<em>pX</em>. This policy successfully ties the price level to variations in the price of gold, <em>regardless of the behavior of the FA. </em></p>
<p>What impact does this policy have on the FA? Now, when the FA borrows in dollars, it is essentially borrowing in a real commodity: gold. All of the FA&#8217;s debt is essentially indexed to the price of gold, and it is certainly conceivable that various shocks could lead the FA to default on those obligations.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn5" name="_ftnref5" title="">5</a></sup></p>
<p>Of course, as I have argued elsewhere, this simple policy is generally viewed as suboptimal by macroeconomists. <sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn6" name="_ftnref6" title="">6</a></sup> In contrast, suppose that the CB follows an aggressive Taylor rule when determining the path of the short-term interest rate. <sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn7" name="_ftnref7" title="">7</a></sup> That policy pins down an inflation path in the usual way, regardless of the FA&#8217;s fiscal plans.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn8" name="_ftnref8" title="">8</a></sup> However, given that inflation path, the FA&#8217;s nominal debt is now actually real. This means that if the FA is faced with an unexpected decline in its current and expected future real surpluses, it will be forced to default.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn9" name="_ftnref9" title="">9</a></sup></p>
<p>Thus, once we allow for the possibility of default by the FA, a sufficiently tough CB can have considerable control over the price level. Of course, I&#8217;ve been arguing through examples. It would be more interesting to deliver a fuller characterization of the term &#8220;sufficiently tough&#8221; &#8212; but I&#8217;m not going to attempt to do so. Instead, in what follows, I&#8217;ll discuss some aspects of the CB&#8217;s response to a particularly critical situation.</p>
<p>Suppose the FA owes $10 billion on a given Friday. It plans to repay that loan by auctioning new debt on the preceding Monday. However, when it auctions off the new debt, it finds that it can only raise $5 billion. The FA is now in danger of defaulting on its Friday obligation of $10 billion.</p>
<p>It is at this stage that the level of commitment of the CB to its chosen inflation path will be severely tested. The FA will ask the CB to take some action that will allow the FA to raise an additional $5 billion on Wednesday. There are many possible actions. The FA might ask the CB to intervene by setting a floor on the price of debt in the Wednesday auction. But there are less overt approaches. For example, the CB can commit to a price peg for the FA&#8217;s debt in the secondary market for that debt. </p>
<p>In any event, if the CB does intervene in some way to ensure the FA&#8217;s solvency, the CB no longer can be said to have independent control over the price level. If the CB&#8217;s intervention was largely unanticipated by markets, expected inflation will rise after the CB&#8217;s intervention. Then, incipient fiscal insolvency has triggered inflationary pressures. Of course, markets may well have already assigned a positive probability to the possibility that the CB might intervene in this kind of scenario. If so, then past inflation was already influenced by the markets&#8217; expectations of this fiscal policy scenario.</p>
<p>Should the CB be required to never intervene in this sort of insolvency scenario? I&#8217;ve argued that a ban on these interventions will give the CB more independence in its control over the price level. For those who think of CB independence as being the foundational element of macroeconomic policy, that pretty much settles the question. </p>
<p>But I see a couple of reasons for caution here. It is certainly conceivable that FA insolvency can be triggered by shocks that are well outside of the control of the FA itself. And, empirically, FA insolvency is associated with large short-term and even medium-term declines in output. Should the CB be prepared to drive the FA into insolvency given the possible adverse economic impact on the country?</p>
<p>More subtly, regardless of the FA&#8217;s solvency, sovereign debt issues can fail simply through a co-ordination failure among investors. If I, as an investor, don&#8217;t anticipate that others will buy into the debt issue, I won&#8217;t either. In this sense, sovereign debt issues may be susceptible to suboptimal &#8220;runs&#8221;. The CB can eliminate this possibility by ensuring the nominal promises of the FA whenever the FA is threatened with default.</p>
<p>Thus, I see trade-offs. On the one hand, the CB is known to be willing to intervene to keep the FA solvent, then inflation is necessarily shaped by fiscal considerations and by the short-run incentives of elected officials. We know from many years of theoretical and empirical research that this effect is not a desirable one. On the other hand, if the CB is fully committed to allow the FA to default if necessary, then even optimal debt management by the FA may end up exposing the country to troubling risks. </p>
<p>Let me wrap up. I&#8217;ve argued that even if the fiscal authority borrows exclusively in its country&#8217;s own currency, the central bank can have a large amount of control over the price level. But the central bank can only achieve that control if it is willing to commit to letting the fiscal authority default. Such a commitment may expose the country to risks of short-term and medium-term output losses. How this trade-off should best be resolved awaits future research. But I suspect that it may be optimal for central banks to guarantee fiscal authority debts in some situations. If so, we again have to think of price level determination as something that is done jointly by the fiscal authority and the central bank &#8212; just as Sargent and Wallace taught us 30 years ago.</p>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2><strong>Endnotes</strong></h2>

<div>
	<div id="ftn1">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref1" name="_ftn1" title="">1</a> I thank Marco Bassetto, Ron Feldman, Futoshi Narita, and Juan-Pablo Nicolini for their comments. The views I express here today are my own, and not necessarily those of my colleagues in the Federal Reserve System.</p>
		
	</div>
	<div id="ftn2">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref2" name="_ftn2" title="">2</a> See Cochrane (2005).</p>
	</div>
	<div id="ftn3">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref3" name="_ftn3" title="">3</a> The present-discounted-value formula for stock price evaluation is based on the assumption that the stock price does not have a bubble component. In the same way, the intertemporal government budget constraint relies on the assumption that the price of neither money nor bonds has a bubble component. This assumption is violated in a wide class of models of money (including any of the so-called deep models of money).</p>
	</div>
	<div id="ftn4">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref4" name="_ftn4" title="">4</a> See Bassetto (2008) for a related analysis.</p>
	</div>
	<div id="ftn5">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref5" name="_ftn5" title="">5</a> As modeled, for example, by Eaton and Gersovitz (1987). </p>
	</div>
	<div id="ftn6">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref6" name="_ftn6" title="">6</a> See Kocherlakota (2011).</p>
	</div>
	<div id="ftn7">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref7" name="_ftn7" title="">7</a> Here, I&#8217;m assuming that the CB is exchanging reserves and FA securities so as to control the path of a short-term nominally risk-free interest rate. This nominally risk-free interest rate may not be the same as the interest rate on FA debt. </p>
	</div>
	<div id="ftn8">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref8" name="_ftn8" title="">8</a> Note that Atkeson, Chari, and Kehoe (2010) and Cochrane (2011) both argue that an aggressive Taylor Rule is not sufficient to determine inflation. The former authors suggest how price level determination can be achieved using a hybrid rule which augments an activist Taylor rule with a commodity price peg. </p>
	</div>
	<div id="ftn9">
		<p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref9" name="_ftn9" title="">9</a> I&#8217;m abstracting from at least one subtlety here. In equilibrium, the real value of the outstanding monetary base must be smaller in every date and state than the present discounted value of the government&#8217;s surpluses. (In the commodity peg example, this inequality is ensured by the CB&#8217;s holding X units of gold.) In this sense, even abstracting from debt management issues, the CB&#8217;s rule can only implement its desired inflation path with sufficient support from the FA. </p>
	</div>
</div>

<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2><strong>References</strong></h2>
<p class="footnote">Atkeson, Andrew, Chari, Varadarajan V. and Patrick J. Kehoe. 2010. &#8220;Sophisticated Monetary Policies.&#8221; <em>Quarterly Journal of Economics</em> 125, 47-89. </p>
<p class="footnote">Bassetto, Marco. 2008. &#8220;Fiscal Theory of the Price Level,&#8221; in Lawrence Blume and Steven Durlauf (eds.), <em>The New Palgrave: A Dictionary of Economics</em>, <em>2nd edition, </em>2008, MacMillan: London. </p>

<p class="footnote">Cochrane, John H. 2005. &#8220;Money as Stock.&#8221; <em>Journal of Monetary Economics</em> 52, 501-528. </p>
<p class="footnote">Cochrane, John H. 2011. &#8220;Determinacy and Identification with Taylor Rules.&#8221; Working paper. University of Chicago, Booth School of Business.</p>
<p class="footnote">Eaton, Jonathan and Mark Gersovitz. 1987. &#8220;Country Risk and the Organization of International Capital Transfer.&#8221; NBER Working Paper 2204, April.</p>
<p class="footnote">Kocherlakota, Narayana. 2011. &#8220;<a href="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4619">It&#8217;s a Wonderful Fed</a>,&#8221; speech, St. Paul, MN.</p>
<p class="footnote">Sargent, Thomas and Neil Wallace. 1981. &quot;Some Unpleasant Monetarist Arithmetic.&quot; <em>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis Quarterly Review</em>, Fall, 3:3, 1-17.</p>



]]></content:encoded>
  
  <cb:speech>
  <cb:simpleTitle>Central Bank Independence and Sovereign Default</cb:simpleTitle>
  <cb:occurrenceDate>2011-04-01T08:00:00-06:00</cb:occurrenceDate>
    
  <cb:person type="speaker">
    <cb:givenName>Narayana</cb:givenName>
    <cb:surname>Kocherlakota</cb:surname>
    <cb:nameAsWritten>Narayana Kocherlakota</cb:nameAsWritten>
    <cb:role>
      <cb:jobTitle>President</cb:jobTitle>
      <cb:affiliation>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis</cb:affiliation>
    </cb:role>
  </cb:person>
  <cb:locationAsWritten>Philadelphia, Pennsylvania</cb:locationAsWritten>
  </cb:speech>
</item>  
<item rdf:about="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4640">
  <title>Bubbles and Unemployment</title>
  <link>http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4640</link>
  <dc:date>2011-03-25T04:00:00-06:00</dc:date>
  
    <content:encoded><![CDATA[
<div style="float: left; width: 226px; padding: 15px 22px 8px 22px; background: #efefef; margin-bottom: 16px;">
<h2>Paper and slides:<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_disclaimer" name="_disclaimerref" title="" id="_disclaimerref">*</a></sup></h2>
<p>


	<p align="center"><a href="/news_events/pres/kocherlakota_paper_March25_2011.pdf">Bubbles and Unemployment:<br />
<strong>Paper</strong></a> [PDF]</p>
	<p align="center"><a href="/news_events/pres/kocherlakota_paper_March25_2011.pdf"><img src="/pubs/pres/nrk03-25-11_paper.jpg" alt="Paper" border="0" /></a></p>

	<p align="center" style="padding-top: 8px;"><a href="/news_events/pres/kocherlakota_slides_March25_2011.pdf">Bubbles and Unemployment:<br />
<strong>Slides</strong></a> [PDF]</p>
	<p align="center"><a href="/news_events/pres/kocherlakota_slides_March25_2011.pdf"><img src="/pubs/pres/nrk03-25-11_slides.jpg" alt="Paper" border="0" /></a></p>

</div>
<div style="clear:both;"></div>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
	<hr/>
</div>
  <div id="ftn1">
    <p class="footnote"><strong><a href="#_disclaimerref" name="_disclaimer" title="" id="_disclaimer">*</a></strong> Preliminary. The views expressed herein are not necessarily those of my colleagues on the Federal Open Market Committee or anyone else in the Federal Reserve System. Indeed, the paper should be viewed only as an exploration of the properties of a new economic model and, as such, containing no information about my own thinking about current policy. I thank Robert Hall for comments.</p>
  </div>
]]></content:encoded>
  
  <cb:speech>
  <cb:simpleTitle>Bubbles and Unemployment</cb:simpleTitle>
  <cb:occurrenceDate>2011-03-25T04:00:00-06:00</cb:occurrenceDate>
    
  <cb:person type="speaker">
    <cb:givenName>Narayana</cb:givenName>
    <cb:surname>Kocherlakota</cb:surname>
    <cb:nameAsWritten>Narayana Kocherlakota</cb:nameAsWritten>
    <cb:role>
      <cb:jobTitle>President</cb:jobTitle>
      <cb:affiliation>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis</cb:affiliation>
    </cb:role>
  </cb:person>
  <cb:locationAsWritten>Marseilles, France</cb:locationAsWritten>
  </cb:speech>
</item>  
<item rdf:about="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4627">
  <title>Labor Markets and Monetary Policy</title>
  <link>http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4627</link>
  <dc:date>2011-03-03T10:00:00-06:00</dc:date>
  
    <content:encoded><![CDATA[

<h2>Executive Summary<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn1" name="_ftnref1" title="" id="_ftnref1">1</a></sup></h2>
<p>In the  1970s, the United States experienced high inflation and high unemployment  simultaneously. That experience made  clear that accommodative monetary policy may not always be an appropriate  response to high unemployment. In the  intervening thirty years, macroeconomists have engaged in a careful  reconsideration of the exact role of monetary policy. The main conclusion of this research is that  the primary role for monetary policy is to offset the impact of what economists  term <em>nominal rigidities</em> &mdash; that is,  the sluggish adjustment of prices and inflation expectations to shocks.</p>
<p>With that conclusion in mind, my  slides define the <em>natural rate of  unemployment </em>to be the unemployment rate <em>u</em>* that would prevail in the absence of any nominal  rigidities. To offset nominal  rigidities, monetary policy accommodation should track the gap between the  observed unemployment rate and <em>u</em>*. The challenge for monetary policymakers is  that <em>u</em>* changes over time and is  unobservable.</p>
<p>In this  speech and the accompanying notes, I ask two questions. First, what can policymakers learn about the  current level of <em>u</em>* from the  aggregate data on unemployment and vacancies?  Second, what other data can be useful in informing policymakers about  the current level of <em>u</em>*?</p>
<p>In answering the first question, I  apply the canonical Diamond-Mortensen-Pissarides model (for which the three won  the Nobel Prize in Economic Science in 2010) to the aggregate data on  unemployment and vacancies. I find that the  model and data do not provide a definitive measure of <em>u</em>*. Unemployment insurance  benefits have increased since December 2007.  Firms expect higher taxes and higher input prices. It is possible that these changes in labor  market conditions may have been sufficiently large to generate a big increase  in <em>u</em>* in the past three years. However, it is also possible that low job  creation is largely attributable to nominal rigidities that are generating low  demand. In this case, <em>u</em>* will have changed little since  December 2007. In the notes that  accompany the slides, I show that the resulting possible range for <em>u</em>* is large: from as low as 5.9% to as  high as 8.9%.</p>
<p>In terms of the second question  about auxiliary information sources, I proceed more heuristically. The basic intuition is that <em>u</em>* is low if high unemployment is being  generated by low demand. Hence, I look  for information about the current level of demand. I find that business surveys and the current  data on inflation both point to <em>u</em>* being  low relative to the current unemployment rate.</p>
<p>I conclude that the current  accommodative stance of monetary policy is appropriate. However, the Federal Open Market Committee will  need to remain vigilant to the possibility of changes in the gap between the unemployment  rate and <em>u</em>*. </p>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
	<hr/>
</div>
<p><strong><a href="/news_events/pres/kocherlakota_slides_March3_2011.pdf">Labor Markets and Monetary Policy&mdash;Presentation Slides</a></strong> [PDF]</p>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
	<hr/>
</div>
<p><a href="/news_events/pres/kocherlakota_notes_March3_2011.pdf">Notes on &ldquo;Labor Markets and Monetary Policy&rdquo;</a> [PDF]</p>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
	<hr/>
</div>
<h2><strong>Endnotes</strong></h2>
  <div id="ftn1">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref1" name="_ftn1" title="" id="_ftn1"><strong>1</strong></a>   I am speaking for myself today, and not for others in the Federal Reserve or on the Federal Open Market Committee.</p>
  </div>
]]></content:encoded>
  
  <cb:speech>
  <cb:simpleTitle>Labor Markets and Monetary Policy</cb:simpleTitle>
  <cb:occurrenceDate>2011-03-03T10:00:00-06:00</cb:occurrenceDate>
    
  <cb:person type="speaker">
    <cb:givenName>Narayana</cb:givenName>
    <cb:surname>Kocherlakota</cb:surname>
    <cb:nameAsWritten>Narayana Kocherlakota</cb:nameAsWritten>
    <cb:role>
      <cb:jobTitle>President</cb:jobTitle>
      <cb:affiliation>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis</cb:affiliation>
    </cb:role>
  </cb:person>
  <cb:locationAsWritten>St. Cloud State University<br />St. Cloud, Minnesota</cb:locationAsWritten>
  </cb:speech>
</item>  
<item rdf:about="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4621">
  <title>It&#8217;s a Wonderful Fed</title>
  <link>http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4621</link>
  <dc:date>2011-02-22T08:00:00-06:00</dc:date>
  
    <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>Speech cancelled due to inclement weather.</em></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />

<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
  
  <cb:speech>
  <cb:simpleTitle>It&#8217;s a Wonderful Fed</cb:simpleTitle>
  <cb:occurrenceDate>2011-02-22T08:00:00-06:00</cb:occurrenceDate>
    
  <cb:person type="speaker">
    <cb:givenName>Narayana</cb:givenName>
    <cb:surname>Kocherlakota</cb:surname>
    <cb:nameAsWritten>Narayana Kocherlakota</cb:nameAsWritten>
    <cb:role>
      <cb:jobTitle>President</cb:jobTitle>
      <cb:affiliation>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis</cb:affiliation>
    </cb:role>
  </cb:person>
  <cb:locationAsWritten>Pierre, South Dakota</cb:locationAsWritten>
  </cb:speech>
</item>  
<item rdf:about="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4619">
  <title>It&#8217;s a Wonderful Fed</title>
  <link>http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4619</link>
  <dc:date>2011-02-03T19:00:00-06:00</dc:date>
  
    <content:encoded><![CDATA[


<h2>Introduction<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn1" name="_ftnref1" title="" id="_ftnref1">1</a></sup></h2>
<p>Thank you very much for that generous  introduction, and thanks to the University of Minnesota for the opportunity to  address this special group. I was fortunate enough to give the commencement  address at the College of Liberal Arts last May. At that time, I stressed to  the graduates how their educations were designed to prepare them for a lifetime  of learning. I feel sure that such a message would have resonated even more with  this group. Indeed, you&rsquo;ve left your warm homes on a cold February night to engage  in exactly that kind of learning&mdash;to hear about the economy and the Federal  Reserve. And I want you to know that I also look forward to learning from you during  our discussion that will follow my remarks.</p>
<p>My speech this evening will have two distinct  parts. In the first part, I will discuss my outlook for the economy in 2011. In  the second part, I will look back in time to the Great Recession of 2007-09. My  discussion will parallel the classic Frank Capra movie, &ldquo;It&rsquo;s a Wonderful  Life.&rdquo; In that movie, the hero, George Bailey, is granted the miraculous  opportunity to see how other lives would have been affected if he had never  existed. I will do the same for the Federal Reserve and describe how I believe the  Great Recession of 2007-09 would have unfolded if the Fed did not exist. </p>
<p>As always, I am speaking for myself today,  and not others in the Federal Reserve or on the Federal Open Market Committee.</p>
<h2>Outlook</h2>
<p>In my outlook, I&rsquo;ll focus on the three  variables of most interest to us at the Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC):  real gross domestic product (GDP), unemployment, and inflation. My bottom line  is that, from the point of view of the macroeconomy, 2011 will be a better year  than 2010.</p>
<p>Last week we learned that real GDP, which  measures the nation&rsquo;s production of goods and services adjusted for inflation,  grew at a 3.2 percent annual rate during the fourth quarter of 2010. That  growth was slightly higher than the average growth of 2.8 percent during the  year&mdash;that is, from the fourth quarter of 2009 to the fourth quarter of 2010. Output  has finally recovered to its prerecession level&mdash;it is 0.1 percent above the  level of output in the fourth quarter of 2007. However, we cannot celebrate too  much. The population of the United States has grown about 2.6 percent from  November 2007 through November 2010. This means that real GDP per person is  still 2.5 percent lower than its level in the fourth quarter of 2007. Also,  historically, real GDP per person in the United States grows at roughly 2  percent per year. Suppose that real GDP per person had grown at that rate over  the past three years. Then, real GDP would be 8.5 percent higher in the fourth  quarter of 2010 than it actually is. As you will hear, I expect this 8.5  percent differential to change little, if at all, by the end of 2011. The  recession has had and will continue to have a large and persistent impact on  the U.S. economy. </p>
<p>At the November 2010 FOMC meeting,  participants submitted forecasts for real GDP growth in 2011. The central  tendency of these forecasts, which omits the lowest three and the highest  three, is that real GDP growth would be between 3 percent and 3.6 percent in  2011. However, these forecasts were made before we knew about the tax changes  for 2011 that ended up being instituted in December. </p>
<p>Even with the December changes in fiscal  policy, I would say that I expect that real GDP growth will probably be closer  to 3 percent than 4 percent in 2011. I still see two major headwinds in the U.S.  economy. The first is that many households will continue to strive to rebuild  their net worth positions in response to past&mdash;and possibly future&mdash;falls in residential  land prices. As I will explain in more detail later, I believe that the decline  in household net worth, precipitated by falls in land values, was a key factor  in generating the severity of the Great Recession. It will remain important in the  recovery.</p>
<p>The second headwind is related. Many banks in  the United States face ongoing issues with asset quality. For example, the FDIC  problem-bank list contains over 800 banks. Problem banks are less likely to  take the risk of lending to small and/or younger firms and other  entrepreneurial activity. Instead, they are more likely to preserve capital  ratios by limiting their asset growth and allocating their lending staff to  working out loans to existing borrowers. Indeed, as the economy improves, I  suspect that this headwind will become even more important. In 2010, our  information at the Minneapolis Fed indicates that small businesses were  reluctant to expand because of ongoing uncertainties about product demand. As a  result, their demand for bank financing remained low. In 2011, as the economy  improves, I expect loan demand to rise accordingly&mdash;but banks with poor asset  quality will continue to focus on capital preservation rather than loan  expansion. </p>
<p>Turning to labor markets, the unemployment  rate fell to 9.4 percent in December from 9.8 percent in November. While any  decline is welcome news, I do not think this single data point signals a rapid  recovery in labor markets. Employment growth remains disappointingly low&mdash;nonfarm  employment increased by only 103,000 in December. </p>
<p>I think it is important to understand how  unemployment fell by 40 basis points from November to December, even though employment  growth was relatively low. Here, it&rsquo;s helpful to recall how the Census Bureau  measures unemployment. Every month, the Census Bureau interviews 60,000  households consisting of about 110,000 individuals. The bureau asks a host of  questions, but there are two particularly important ones: Have you worked for  pay or profit in the past week? If not, have you looked for work in the past  four weeks? The former group is counted as the employed. The second group is  counted as the unemployed. The sum of these groups is called the labor force.  Anyone who answers no to both questions is regarded as being out of the labor  force. The unemployment rate is defined to be the fraction of people in the  labor force who are unemployed. </p>
<p>This definition means that the unemployment  rate can fall in two distinct ways. It can fall through unemployed people  becoming employed. Alternatively, it can fall by unemployed people ceasing to  look for work. The second channel was significant in shaping the employment  picture in December. In that one month, the labor force fell by 260,000&mdash;certainly  a large move by historical standards. The available data do suggest that most of  the unemployed who left the labor force were young. The number of people under  the age of 25 in the labor force fell by about 244,000 from November to  December. My hope&mdash;and expectation&mdash;is that many of these people will return to  the labor force as the economy improves in 2011. </p>
<p>Nonetheless, I do not believe that either unemployment  or employment will improve rapidly in 2011. Startup businesses and other young  firms are a key source of employment growth in the early stages of recoveries. As  I&rsquo;ve mentioned earlier, they are likely to find bank financing more challenging  to obtain than usual. As well, 4.2 percent of the labor force has been unemployed  for longer than six months. Historically, this group of workers has a low  job-finding rate. </p>
<p>The central tendency of the November FOMC  forecasts is that unemployment will remain above 9 percent throughout 2011. I  would agree with those forecasts. Even more troublingly, I expect too that  unemployment is likely to be higher than 8 percent as late as the end of 2012. </p>
<p>Finally, I turn to inflation. Inflation was extraordinarily  low in 2010. From the fourth quarter of 2009 through the fourth quarter of  2010, headline PCE inflation was 1.2 percent. The term &ldquo;headline&rdquo; means that  this measure includes both food and energy. But fluctuations in food and energy  prices are typically transient and volatile.For this reason, core PCE inflation&mdash;inflation  measured without food and energy&mdash;has historically been a better predictor of  future headline PCE inflation than headline PCE inflation itself. Core PCE  inflation over 2010 was even lower: only 0.8 percent. </p>
<p>These inflation levels are too low to be  consistent with usual formulations of the Fed&rsquo;s price stability mandate. More  troublingly, inflation fell substantially in 2010. From the fourth quarter of  2008 through the fourth quarter of 2009, core PCE inflation was 1.7 percent. Hence,  in the course of one year, inflation rates fell by 90 basis points. A further  deceleration of the same magnitude in 2011 would drive core PCE inflation into  negative territory. </p>
<p>With that said, I&rsquo;m optimistic that inflation  will actually turn north in 2011. Our Minneapolis Fed forecasting model  indicates that, over the course of 2011, inflation will be around 1.5 percent. We  can get another reading by looking at the prices of financial instruments  called zero-coupon inflation-indexed swaps. Their current prices imply that,  for the coming year, expected inflation will be roughly 1.7 percent. </p>
<p>To summarize: I expect real output to grow  slightly more rapidly in 2011 than in 2010. Household deleveraging and bank  asset quality will remain a drag on the recovery. Unemployment will fall&mdash;but  much more slowly than we would like. Finally, as is suggested by financial  market data, I am optimistic that inflation will be higher in 2011 than in  2010, while still remaining under 2 percent. </p>
<h2>The Fed&rsquo;s  Responses and Their Benefits</h2>
<p>Let me turn now to the second part  of my speech. The National Bureau of Economic Research&rsquo;s business dating committee  serves as the official arbiter of recessions. The committee has determined that  the Great Recession began in December 2007 and ended in June 2009. During that  time period, real GDP fell by 4 percent and unemployment nearly doubled. </p>
<p>The Federal Reserve responded to the Great  Recession and the associated financial crisis in a number of ways. These  responses fall roughly into two classes. First, the Fed engaged in a vast  amount of lending to firms believed to be in sound condition. It lent through conventional  vehicles like the discount window and swaps with foreign central banks. But it  also lent through relatively unconventional vehicles like the Term Asset-Backed  Securities Loan Facility.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn2" name="_ftnref2" title="" id="_ftnref2">2</a></sup> I&rsquo;ll briefly discuss how this lending is distinct from the Fed&rsquo;s injection of  funds into obviously nonsolvent institutions like AIG. </p>
<p>Second, the Fed lowered the real interest  rate facing borrowers and lenders. </p>
<p>Here, I  should clarify some terminology. By the term &ldquo;real interest rate,&rdquo; I&rsquo;m  referring to the interest rate received by lenders net of inflation. Thus, if  the interest rate on the loan is 5 percent and lenders expect inflation to be  around 2 percent, the real interest rate is roughly 3 percent. Economists  generally think that the real interest rate, not the nominal interest rate,  matters for economic decision-making. </p>
<p>Early in the recession, the Fed lowered its  target for the fed funds rate. Given that inflation expectations remained  stable, this action served to lower the real interest rate. By early 2009, when  the fed funds target essentially reached its lower bound, the Fed used  large-scale asset purchases to achieve further reductions in the real interest  rate. </p>
<p>I&rsquo;ll first discuss the lending responses and  then talk about the interest rate cuts. I&rsquo;ll then discuss how I believe  economic events would have unfolded had there been no Fed.</p>
<p><strong>Lending</strong><br/>
To understand the Fed&rsquo;s responses to the  events of 2007-09, we need to step back to the second half of 2006. At that  point in time, firms and people around the world held a wide array of financial  assets that were ultimately backed by U.S. residential land. (Think, for  example, of mortgage-backed securities or any asset backed by mortgage-backed  securities.) They viewed those assets as being largely free of risk. Investors  may have understood that a fall in the value of U.S. land would impose large  losses on them. However, they put low odds on such a decline taking place. Rather,  they seemed to believe that U.S. land prices would continue to rise at a steady  clip. </p>
<p>By the second half of 2007, that belief began  to unravel in the face of incoming data. People were beginning to learn the  hard way that U.S. land was a risky investment. Now the only question was how  risky. The uncertainty about the answer to this question planted the seeds for  a global financial panic.</p>
<p>What do I mean by the term &ldquo;financial panic&rdquo;?  Financial panics are events that blur the line between liquidity and solvency. A  firm is solvent if its revenues (in a discounted present value sense) exceed  its expenditures. A firm is liquid if it is able to raise enough funds&mdash;either  by borrowing or by selling assets&mdash;to pay its current costs. In a  well-functioning financial market, solvent firms are typically liquid, because  they are able to borrow against their future profits. In contrast, in a  financial panic, lenders feel unable to assess the future profits and/or  collateral of borrowers. Borrowing becomes highly constrained, and even highly  solvent firms may become illiquid. </p>
<p>During the mid-2000s, many forms of  collateral around the world were either implicitly or explicitly backed by U.S.  residential land. As I&rsquo;ve described, beginning in mid-2007, it became clear  that this asset had more risk than financial markets had originally  appreciated. It was not clear, though, how much more risk was involved. As a  result, financial markets became increasingly uncertain about how to evaluate  assets backed by U.S. land. That uncertainty translated into uncertainty about  the ultimate solvency of institutions holding those assets&mdash;and the ultimate  solvency of any of those institutions&rsquo; creditors. Spreads in credit markets  between Treasury returns and other bond returns began to widen&mdash;at first  slightly and then alarmingly. </p>
<p>I would say that most economists agree about  how central banks should respond to financial panics. The crux of that agreed-upon  response is that central banks have to be willing to lend freely to solvent  firms, against a wide range of good collateral, at some kind of penalty rate. This  policy is useful for two reasons. First, it provides a source of funds to potential  borrowers who are illiquid but nonetheless solvent. Second, it provides a floor  to collateral valuation. Private lenders know that they can always use  collateral seized from a defaulting borrower as a vehicle to borrow money from  the central bank. That baseline use serves to spur private lending.</p>
<p>Beginning in mid-2007, the Fed took a number  of actions consistent with this operating principle. It lent money to financial  institutions through the discount window and its close cousin, the Term Auction  Facility. It injected liquidity into a broad range of essential credit markets  through a veritable alphabet soup of special lending vehicles. In some sense,  these interventions were typical for a central bank operating in the context of  a financial panic. But the size of the problem meant that the operations were&mdash;to  an extent&mdash;unprecedented in their scale. At their peak, the interventions made  up more than a trillion dollars of Federal Reserve assets. </p>
<p>There is no doubt that these interventions  saved many solvent firms from collapse during the financial crisis. Over time,  panic eased and spreads in financial markets normalized. Once that happened,  the private sector stopped borrowing from the Fed because it found the Fed&rsquo;s  penalty rates too onerous. As a result, the Fed was able to shut down its  special lending facilities in 2010.</p>
<p>It is plausible that the Fed&rsquo;s loans through  the various special facilities exposed it&mdash;and by extension, the American public&mdash;to  some risk of loss. However, it is difficult to know how much risk was involved.  We generally try to measure a financial asset&rsquo;s risk by the spread between its  yield and that of a safe benchmark like U.S. Treasuries. But in a financial  panic, a relatively large fraction of such a spread is attributable to  illiquidity as opposed to intrinsic risk. The goal of the central bank&rsquo;s  intervention is exactly to eliminate this panic-driven illiquidity. Accordingly,  we cannot gauge the Fed&rsquo;s risk exposures without somehow correcting spreads for  this illiquidity factor. This calculation strikes me as a nontrivial one. What  we can say is that the Fed has not lost a penny on any of these transactions. </p>
<p>The lending that I&rsquo;ve described differs  greatly from the institution-specific assistance the Federal Reserve provided to  firms like AIG. These institution-specific interventions were deemed necessary  by the Fed and the Bush administration because of deficiencies in the existing  resolution regime for systemically important financial institutions. The  Dodd-Frank Act addresses these deficiencies. Simultaneously&mdash;and correctly&mdash;the  Dodd-Frank Act removes the Fed&rsquo;s ability to engage in institution-specific  assistance. The act does leave in place the Fed&rsquo;s ability to engage in  broad-based market interventions of the kind that I&rsquo;ve described, albeit with  more congressional and White House oversight.</p>
<p><strong>Cutting  Interest Rates</strong><br />
I&rsquo;ve talked about how the fall in land prices  generated a sharp increase in risk perceptions in financial markets, and how  that in turn led to a financial crisis. I now want to turn to what I see as the  second key effect of the fall in land prices. This fall reduced the net worth  of many households and firms.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn3" name="_ftnref3" title="" id="_ftnref3">3</a></sup> They responded by forgoing consumption and investment projects. The fall in  household demand for consumption and firm demand for investment led in turn to a  fall in output and employment,<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn4" name="_ftnref4" title="" id="_ftnref4">4</a></sup> and put downward pressure on the price level. </p>
<p>The FOMC reacted by lowering its target  interest rate from 5.25 percent in August 2007 to a range of 0-25 basis points  in December 2008. Since inflation expectations remained stable, the FOMC&rsquo;s action  has the effect of lowering the real interest rate facing households. Households  respond by saving less and demanding more consumption. Similarly, firms  undertake more investment projects. In this way, the FOMC can partially offset  the impact on the economy of the loss of net worth.</p>
<p>Lowering rates, of course, may lead to  undesirable inflationary pressures within the economy. However, the recent path  of inflation shows little evidence of such pressures. From the fourth quarter  of 2006 through the fourth quarter of 2007, core PCE inflation was 2.4 percent.  As I mentioned earlier, core inflation from the fourth quarter of 2009 to the  fourth quarter of 2010 was considerably lower at only 0.8 percent. The fall in  headline PCE inflation (which includes food and energy) has been even more  dramatic: from 3.5 percent down to 1.2 percent. </p>
<p>Indeed, given the fall in inflation and the  high rate of unemployment, the FOMC would probably have liked to respond by  cutting its target interest rate still further. The problem is that the target  interest rate is essentially at zero and cannot go negative. Instead, from December  2008 through March 2010, and again beginning in November 2010, the FOMC engaged  in large-scale purchases of long-term Treasuries. The goal of these  transactions is to lower long-term real interest rates and again offset the  impact on the economy of the net worth shock.</p>
<p>Thus, the fall in land prices triggered an  increase in risk perceptions and a decrease in household net worth. The  increase in risk led to a major financial crisis that has been cured, thanks in  no little part to actions by the Federal Reserve. The decrease in net worth led  to a major recession and ongoing slow recovery. The Federal Reserve&rsquo;s reduction  in interest rates has lessened the impact of the net worth shock.</p>
<p><strong>George&mdash;Meet  Clarence</strong><br/>
But now I turn to the hypothetical posed in  the last third of &ldquo;It&rsquo;s a Wonderful Life.&rdquo; Suppose that there were no Fed. What  would have happened to the U.S. economy in the past three years?</p>
<p>The Federal Reserve&rsquo;s key power is that it  has the ability to adjust the size of what&rsquo;s called the monetary base. The  monetary base has two components. The first component is currency&mdash;the bills and  coins that we use for transactions. The second component consists of what&rsquo;s  called &ldquo;bank reserves.&rdquo; These are essentially the deposits that various banks  hold with the Fed. The Fed has expanded the monetary base by more than 100  percent from September 2008 through the end of 2010. To me, an America without  a Fed means an America in which the monetary base is fixed in size. </p>
<p>So, suppose the monetary base had been fixed  in the past three years at its December 2007 level. What would have happened? One  consequence is immediate. The Federal Reserve funded its various lending  programs by creating large amounts of bank reserves. If the monetary base were  fixed in size, the Fed could not have created those lending initiatives. As a  result, many more solvent financial institutions would have failed during the  financial panic. </p>
<p>More subtly, the limitation on the size of  the monetary base would have made currency and bank reserves scarcer after 2007.  Their scarcity would make these monetary assets more valuable in a couple of  senses. First, they would have been more valuable relative to other financial  assets. That means bond prices would have been lower and so bond yields higher.  Second, currency and bank reserves would have been more valuable relative to consumer  goods. Hence, expected inflation and realized inflation would have been lower  over the past three years. </p>
<p>Higher bond yields and lower expected  inflation work together to imply that households and firms would have faced  higher real interest rates. Their demand for consumption and investment would  have been lower. Thus, if the Federal Reserve could not have adjusted the  monetary base upward, real GDP would have fallen by even more than 4 percent  and unemployment would have been well above 10 percent.</p>
<p>As with any counterfactual, these ruminations  are necessarily conjectural. But there are data to support them. In the early  years of the Great Depression, the United States was on the gold standard and the  Fed could not easily adjust the quantity of bank reserves. As a result, the Fed  did not engage in broad-based lending during the 1929-33 period. Nor did it cut  interest rates aggressively. By 1933, hosts of financial institutions had  failed, real GDP had fallen by over 25 percent, unemployment was 25 percent,  and the nation had experienced annual double-digit rates of deflation. The  Fed&rsquo;s passiveness in 1929-33 was associated with an economic catastrophe. Many  scholars&mdash;including Milton Friedman and Fed Chairman Ben Bernanke&mdash;have argued  that much of this association should in fact be viewed as causal. </p>
<p><strong>Did the Fed  Cause the Bubble?</strong><br/>
My version of &ldquo;It&rsquo;s a Wonderful Life&rdquo; may  strike some as incomplete because it starts in 2007. Those listeners might ask:  Was the land price appreciation in the United States in the early 2000s due to the  Fed&rsquo;s low interest rate policy? If so, we might have to recast the Fed as being  more akin to the unfortunate Uncle Billy than to George.</p>
<p>But my answer to this query would be no. The  problem for this story is that land prices actually started to grow at a  surprisingly fast rate when the Fed was following a relatively tight policy. To  be concrete, from 1975 to 1996, land prices grew in real terms at less than 2  percent per year. In contrast, from 1996 to 2001, land prices grew by 11  percent per year in real terms, while the Fed maintained its target interest  rate between 4.75 percent and 6.5 percent.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn5" name="_ftnref5" title="" id="_ftnref5">5</a></sup> This is hardly considered to be loose monetary policy, especially given that  the economy was entering recession toward the end of this period. It is true  that the rate of growth of land prices did accelerate still further&mdash;to 17  percent per year&mdash;in the next five years. But I think that the data clearly say  that the fast rate of growth in U.S. land prices&mdash;what&rsquo;s sometimes called a &ldquo;bubble&rdquo;  in land prices&mdash;originally started in 1996, without any obvious change in Fed  policy. </p>
<p>I have to say that this lack of an empirical  connection is not surprising to me. At least at present, there is little or no  economic theory to support a connection between monetary policy, as typically conducted  in the United States, and bubble formation.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn6" name="_ftnref6" title="" id="_ftnref6">6</a></sup></p>
<p>But, if not the Fed, what or who was responsible  for the high price of U.S. residential land? My views are more agnostic on this  point. I have heard several plausible stories. In general, though, I think that  the stories tend to be overly focused on the United States in the 2000s. We saw  large run-ups in land prices, followed by large falls in land prices, in many  other parts of the world in the 2000s. And these episodes have recurred  repeatedly throughout history. We need to develop macroeconomic models and  modes of thought that can successfully confront this broader scope of economic  data.</p>
<h2>Conclusion</h2>
<p>Let me wrap up. We have come through a very  difficult recession, caused in no little part by the large fall in land prices  that took place after 2006. I believe that the size of this shock meant that  this recession was going to be a painful and challenging one, regardless of the  policy response. Nonetheless, it is clear to me that the recession and its  subsequent recovery would have been significantly worse in the absence of the  actions of the Federal Reserve. </p>
<p>Now, we have a couple of choices. We can conclude  as in &ldquo;It&rsquo;s a Wonderful Life,&rdquo; and I can lead you in a rousing chorus of &ldquo;Auld  Lang Syne.&rdquo; Or we can start taking questions. As with any choice, I&rsquo;m sure that  you find the trade-offs daunting. Nonetheless, those who know my singing  talents well will tell you: We should move to questions. </p>
<p>Thank you very much. </p>

<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2><strong>Endnotes</strong></h2>
<div>
  <div id="ftn1">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref1" name="_ftn1" title="" id="_ftn1"><strong>1</strong></a> I thank Ron Feldman, David Fettig, Terry Fitzgerald, Futoshi Narita, Warren Weber, and Kei-Mu Yi for their feedback and assistance.</p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn2">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref2" name="_ftn2" title="" id="_ftn2"><strong>2</strong></a> See Willardson (2008) and Willardson and  Pederson (2010). </p></div>
  <div id="ftn3">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref3" name="_ftn3" title="" id="_ftn3"><strong>3</strong></a> Household net worth fell by over 25 percent  from the second quarter of 2007 through the first quarter of 2009 (Fed Flow of  Funds). </p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn4">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref4" name="_ftn4" title="" id="_ftn4"><strong>4</strong></a> See Kocherlakota (2010) for a more extensive  discussion of the relevant transmission mechanisms.</p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn5">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref5" name="_ftn5" title="" id="_ftn5"><strong>5</strong></a> I&rsquo;m using the Lincoln Institute of Land  Policy CSW data at <a href="http://www.lincolninst.edu/subcenters/land-values/price-and-quantity.asp">http://www.lincolninst.edu/subcenters/land-values/price-and-quantity.asp</a>. This data set is an extension of data  originally constructed by Heathcote and Davis (2007). </p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn6">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref6" name="_ftn6" title="" id="_ftn6"><strong>6</strong></a> To be clear, there are many models in which  the path of the total value of outstanding government liabilities can affect  the size of bubbles. However, during the period of rapid land price  appreciation, the Federal Reserve&rsquo;s policy interventions took the form of open  market operations. By design, these activities do not affect the total value of  outstanding government liabilities. See Kocherlakota (2010). </p>
  </div>
</div>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2><strong>References</strong></h2>
<p class="footnote">Heathcote, Jonathan, and Morris  A. Davis. 2007. &ldquo;The Price and Quantity of Residential Land in the United  States.&rdquo; <em>Journal of Monetary Economics</em> 54 (November), pp. 2595-2620.
</p>
<p class="footnote">Kocherlakota, Narayana R. 2010.  &ldquo;<a href="/news_events/pres/papers/kocherlakota_landovervaluation_110610.pdf">Two Models of Land Overvaluation and Their Implications.&rdquo; Presented at &ldquo;A  Return to Jekyll Island: The Origins, History, and Future of the Federal  Reserve</a>,&rdquo; Jekyll Island, Ga.</p>
<p class="footnote">Willardson, Niel. 2008. &ldquo;<a href="/publications_papers/pub_display.cfm?id=4118">Actions  to Restore Financial Stability</a>.&rdquo; <em>The  Region</em> (December), Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis.</p>
<p class="footnote">Willardson, Niel, and LuAnne  Pederson. 2010. &ldquo;<a href="/publications_papers/pub_display.cfm?id=4451">Federal Reserve Liquidity Programs: An Update</a>.&rdquo; <em>The Region</em> (June), Federal Reserve Bank  of Minneapolis.</p>]]></content:encoded>
  
  <cb:speech>
  <cb:simpleTitle>It&#8217;s a Wonderful Fed</cb:simpleTitle>
  <cb:occurrenceDate>2011-02-03T19:00:00-06:00</cb:occurrenceDate>
    
  <cb:person type="speaker">
    <cb:givenName>Narayana</cb:givenName>
    <cb:surname>Kocherlakota</cb:surname>
    <cb:nameAsWritten>Narayana Kocherlakota</cb:nameAsWritten>
    <cb:role>
      <cb:jobTitle>President</cb:jobTitle>
      <cb:affiliation>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis</cb:affiliation>
    </cb:role>
  </cb:person>
  <cb:locationAsWritten>University of Minnesota<br />St. Paul, Minnesota</cb:locationAsWritten>
  </cb:speech>
</item>  
<item rdf:about="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4607">
  <title>It&#8217;s a Wonderful Fed</title>
  <link>http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4607</link>
  <dc:date>2011-01-11T13:00:00-06:00</dc:date>
  
    <content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2>Introduction<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn1" name="_ftnref1" title="" id="_ftnref1">1</a></sup></h2>
<p>Thank you very much for that generous  introduction, and thanks to the Wisconsin Bankers Association for the  invitation to join you here today. I&rsquo;ve visited Madison several times, and I&rsquo;ve  always enjoyed the experience. I&rsquo;ve always felt that Madison and the Twin  Cities are pretty similar as a pair of state capitals with beautiful water  views and great universities. Of course, at that level, they sound a lot like  Venice, Italy. <strong></strong></p>
<p>My speech today will have two distinct parts.  In the first part, I will discuss my outlook for the economy in 2011. In the  second part, I will look back in time to the Great Recession of 2007-09. My  discussion will parallel the classic Frank Capra movie, &ldquo;It&rsquo;s a Wonderful  Life.&rdquo; In that movie, the hero, George Bailey, is granted the miraculous  opportunity to see how other lives would have been affected if he had never  existed. I will do the same for the Federal Reserve and describe how I believe the  Great Recession of 2007-09 would have unfolded if the Fed did not exist. </p>
<p>As always, I am speaking for myself today,  and not others in the Federal Reserve.</p>
<h2>Outlook</h2>
<p>In my outlook, I&rsquo;ll focus on the three  variables of most interest to us at the Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC):  real gross domestic product (GDP), unemployment, and inflation. My bottom line  is that, from the point of view of the macroeconomy, 2011 will be a better year  than 2010.</p>
<p>In the first three quarters of 2010, real GDP  growth averaged 2.7 percent at an annualized rate. We don&rsquo;t have a fourth  quarter number yet, but I expect that it will be higher. With that in mind, I  expect that real GDP grew at a rate of around 2.8 percent from the fourth  quarter of 2009 to the fourth quarter of 2010. If that prediction ends up being  right, real GDP will&mdash;finally&mdash;recover to its level in the fourth quarter of  2007. </p>
<p>However, we cannot celebrate too much. The  population of the United States has grown about 2.6 percent from November 2007  through November 2010. This means that real GDP per person is still 2.6 percent  lower than its level in the fourth quarter of 2007. Also, historically, real  GDP per person in the United States grows at roughly 2 percent per year. Suppose  that real GDP per person had grown at that rate over the past three years. Then,  real GDP would be 8.6 percent higher in the fourth quarter of 2010 than it actually  is. As you will hear, I expect this 8.6 percent differential to change little,  if at all, by the end of 2011. The recession has had and will continue to have a  large and persistent impact on the U.S. economy. </p>
<p>At the November 2010 FOMC meeting,  participants submitted forecasts for real GDP growth in 2010. The central  tendency of these forecasts, which omits the lowest three and the highest  three, is that real GDP growth would be between 3 percent and 3.6 percent in  2011. However, these forecasts were made before we knew about the tax changes  for 2011 that ended up being instituted in December. </p>
<p>Even with the December changes in fiscal  policy, I would say that I expect that real GDP growth will probably be closer  to 3 percent than 4 percent in 2011. I still see two major headwinds in the U.S.  economy. The first is that many households will continue to strive to rebuild  their net worth positions in response to past&mdash;and possibly future&mdash;falls in residential  land prices. As I will explain in more detail later, I believe that the decline  in household net worth, precipitated by falls in land values, was a key factor  in generating the severity of the Great Recession. It will remain important in the  recovery.</p>
<p>The second headwind is related. Many banks in  the United States face ongoing issues with asset quality. For example, the FDIC  problem bank list contains over 800 banks. Problem banks are less likely to  take the risk of lending to small and/or younger firms and other entrepreneurial  activity. Instead, they are more likely to preserve capital ratios by limiting  their asset growth and allocating their lending staff to working out loans to  existing borrowers. Indeed, as the economy improves, I suspect that this  headwind will become even more important. In 2010, our information at the  Minneapolis Fed indicates that small businesses were reluctant to expand  because of ongoing uncertainties about product demand. As a result, their  demand for bank financing remained low. In 2011, as the economy improves, I  expect loan demand to rise accordingly&mdash;but banks with poor asset quality will  continue to focus on capital preservation rather than loan expansion. </p>
<p>Employment data released last Friday  indicated that the unemployment rate fell to 9.4 percent in December from 9.8  percent in November. While any decline is welcome news, I do not think this  single data point signals a rapid recovery in labor markets. Employment growth  remains disappointingly low&mdash;nonfarm employment increased by only 103,000 in  December. </p>
<p>I think that it is important to understand  how unemployment fell by 40 basis points from November to December, even though  employment growth was relatively low. Here, it&rsquo;s helpful to recall how the  Census Bureau measures unemployment. Every month, the Census Bureau interviews  60,000 households consisting of about 110,000 individuals. The bureau asks a  host of questions, but there are two particularly important ones: Have you  worked for pay or profit in the past week? If not, have you looked for work in  the past four weeks? The former group is counted as the employed. The second  group is counted as the unemployed. The sum of these groups is called the labor  force. Anyone who answers no to both questions is regarded as being out of the  labor force. The unemployment rate is defined to be the fraction of people in  the labor force who are unemployed. </p>
<p>This definition means that the unemployment  rate can fall in two distinct ways. It can fall through unemployed people  becoming employed. Alternatively, it can fall by unemployed people ceasing to  look for work. The second channel was significant in shaping the employment  picture in December. In that one month, the labor force fell by 260,000&mdash;certainly  a large move by historical standards. The available data do suggest that most of  the unemployed who left the labor force were young. The number of people under  the age of 25 in the labor force fell by about 244,000 from November to  December. My hope&mdash;and expectation&mdash;is that many of these people will return to  the labor force as the economy improves in 2011. </p>
<p>Nonetheless, I do not believe that either unemployment  or employment will improve rapidly in 2011. Startup businesses and other young  firms are a key source of employment growth in the early stages of recoveries. As  I&rsquo;ve mentioned earlier, they are likely to find bank financing more challenging  to obtain than usual. As well, 4.2 percent of the labor force has been unemployed  for longer than six months. Historically, this group of workers has a low  job-finding rate. </p>
<p>The central tendency of the November FOMC  forecasts is that unemployment will remain above 9 percent throughout 2011. I  would agree with those forecasts. Even more troublingly, I expect too that  unemployment is likely to be higher than 8 percent as late as the end of 2012. </p>
<p>Finally, I turn to inflation. Inflation  remains extraordinarily low. In the third quarter of 2010, overall PCE  inflation&mdash;including all goods&mdash;was 0.8 percent. Core PCE inflation&mdash;stripping  away energy and food&mdash;was 50 basis points. PCE food inflation was 26 basis  points. <em>And all of these figures are  annualized. </em></p>
<p>These inflation levels are too low to be  consistent with usual formulations of the Fed&rsquo;s price stability mandate. More  troublingly, inflation continued to trend downward in 2010. In the third  quarter of 2009, annualized core PCE inflation was 1.5 percent. Hence, in the  course of one year, quarterly inflation rates fell by 100 basis points. A  further deceleration of the same magnitude in 2011 would drive inflation into  negative territory.</p>
<p>With that said, I&rsquo;m optimistic that inflation  will actually turn north in 2011. Our Minneapolis Fed forecasting model  predicts that, by the end of 2011, inflation will be between 1.5 and 2 percent.  We can get another reading by looking at the prices of financial instruments  called zero-coupon inflation-indexed swaps. Their current prices imply that,  for the coming year, expected inflation will be roughly 1.7 percent. </p>
<p>To summarize: I expect that real output will  grow slightly more rapidly in 2011 than in 2010. Household deleveraging and  bank asset quality will remain a drag on the recovery. Unemployment will fall&mdash;but  much more slowly than we would like. Finally, as is suggested by financial  market data, I am optimistic that we will see some re-inflation in the coming  year.</p>
<h2>The Fed&rsquo;s  Responses and Their Benefits</h2>
<p>Let me turn now to the second part  of my speech. The National Bureau of Economic Research&rsquo;s business dating  committee serves as the official arbiter of recessions. The committee has  determined that the Great Recession began in December 2007 and ended in June  2009. During that time period, real GDP fell by 4 percent and unemployment  nearly doubled. </p>
<p>The Federal Reserve responded to the Great  Recession and the associated financial crisis in a number of ways. These  responses fall roughly into two classes. First, the Fed engaged in a vast  amount of lending to firms believed to be in sound condition. It lent through  conventional vehicles like the discount window and swaps with foreign central  banks. But it also lent through relatively unconventional vehicles like the  Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn2" name="_ftnref2" title="" id="_ftnref2">2</a></sup> I&rsquo;ll briefly discuss how this lending is distinct from the Fed&rsquo;s injection of  funds into obviously nonsolvent institutions like AIG. </p>
<p>Second, the Fed lowered the real interest  rate facing borrowers and lenders. </p>
<p>Here, I  should clarify some terminology. By the term &ldquo;real interest rate,&rdquo; I&rsquo;m  referring to the interest rate received by lenders net of inflation. Thus, if  the interest rate on the loan is 5 percent and lenders expect inflation to be  around 2 percent, the real interest rate is roughly 3 percent. Economists  generally think that the real interest rate, not the nominal interest rate,  matters for economic decision-making. </p>
<p>Early in the recession, the Fed lowered its  target for the fed funds rate. Given that inflation expectations remained  stable, this action served to lower the real interest rate. By early 2009, when  the fed funds target essentially reached its lower bound, the Fed used  large-scale asset purchases to achieve further reductions in the real interest  rate. </p>
<p>I&rsquo;ll first discuss the lending responses and  then talk about the interest rate cuts. I&rsquo;ll then discuss how I believe  economic events would have unfolded had there been no Fed.</p>

<p><strong>Lending</strong><br/>
To understand the Fed&rsquo;s responses to the  events of 2007-09, we need to step back to the second half of 2006. At that  point in time, firms and people around the world held a wide array of financial  assets that were ultimately backed by U.S. residential land. (Think, for  example, of mortgage-backed securities or any asset backed by mortgage-backed  securities.) They viewed those assets as being largely free of risk. Investors  may have understood that a fall in the value of U.S. land would impose large  losses on them. However, they put low odds on such a decline taking place. Rather,  they seemed to believe that U.S. land prices would continue to rise at a steady  clip. </p>
<p>By the second half of 2007, that belief began  to unravel in the face of incoming data. People were beginning to learn the  hard way that U.S. land was a risky investment. Now the only question was how  risky. The uncertainty about the answer to this question planted the seeds for  a global financial panic.</p>
<p>What do I mean by the term &ldquo;financial panic&rdquo;?  Financial panics are events that blur the line between liquidity and solvency. A  firm is solvent if its revenues (in a discounted present value sense) exceed  its expenditures. A firm is liquid if it is able to raise enough funds&mdash;either  by borrowing or by selling assets&mdash;to pay its current costs. In a  well-functioning financial market, solvent firms are typically liquid, because  they are able to borrow against their future profits. In contrast, in a  financial panic, lenders feel unable to assess the future profits and/or  collateral of borrowers. Borrowing becomes highly constrained, and even highly  solvent firms may become illiquid. </p>
<p>During the mid-2000s, many forms of  collateral around the world were either implicitly or explicitly backed by U.S.  residential land. As I&rsquo;ve described, beginning in mid-2007, it became clear  that this asset had more risk than financial markets had originally  appreciated. It was not clear, though, how much more risk was involved. As a result,  financial markets became increasingly uncertain about how to evaluate assets  backed by U.S. land. That uncertainty translated into uncertainty about the  ultimate solvency of institutions holding those assets&mdash;and the ultimate  solvency of any of those institutions&rsquo; creditors. Spreads in credit markets  between Treasury returns and other bond returns began to widen&mdash;at first  slightly and then alarmingly. </p>
<p>I would say that most economists agree about  how central banks should respond to financial panics. The crux of that agreed-upon  response is that central banks have to be willing to lend freely to solvent  firms, against a wide range of good collateral, at some kind of penalty rate. This  policy is useful for two reasons. First, it provides a source of funds to potential  borrowers who are illiquid but nonetheless solvent. Second, it provides a floor  to collateral valuation. Private lenders know that they can always use  collateral seized from a defaulting borrower as a vehicle to borrow money from  the central bank. That baseline use serves to spur private lending.</p>
<p>Beginning in mid-2007, the Fed took a number  of actions consistent with this operating principle. It lent money to financial  institutions through the discount window and its close cousin, the Term Auction  Facility. It injected liquidity into a broad range of essential credit markets  through a veritable alphabet soup of special lending vehicles. In some sense,  these interventions were typical for a central bank operating in the context of  a financial panic. But the size of the problem meant that the operations were&mdash;to  an extent&mdash;unprecedented in their scale. At their peak, the interventions made  up more than a trillion dollars of Federal Reserve assets. </p>
<p>There is no doubt that these interventions  saved many solvent firms from collapse during the financial crisis. Over time,  panic eased and spreads in financial markets normalized. Once that happened,  the private sector stopped borrowing from the Fed because it found the Fed&rsquo;s  penalty rates too onerous. As a result, the Fed was able to shut down its  special lending facilities in 2010.</p>
<p>It is plausible that the Fed&rsquo;s loans through  the various special facilities exposed it&mdash;and by extension, the American public&mdash;to  some risk of loss. However, it is difficult to know how much risk was involved.  We generally try to measure a financial asset&rsquo;s risk by the spread between its  yield and that of a safe benchmark like U.S. Treasuries. But in a financial  panic, a relatively large fraction of such a spread is attributable to  illiquidity as opposed to intrinsic risk. The goal of the central bank&rsquo;s  intervention is exactly to eliminate this panic-driven illiquidity. Accordingly,  we cannot gauge the Fed&rsquo;s risk exposures without somehow correcting spreads for  this illiquidity factor. This calculation strikes me as a nontrivial one. What  we can say is that the Fed has not lost a penny on any of these transactions. </p>
<p>The lending that I&rsquo;ve described differs  greatly from the institution-specific assistance the Federal Reserve provided to  firms like AIG. These institution-specific interventions were deemed necessary  by the Fed and the Bush administration because of deficiencies in the existing  resolution regime for systemically important financial institutions. The  Dodd-Frank Act addresses these deficiencies. Simultaneously&mdash;and correctly&mdash;the  Dodd-Frank Act removes the Fed&rsquo;s ability to engage in institution-specific  assistance. The act does leave in place the Fed&rsquo;s ability to engage in  broad-based market interventions of the kind that I&rsquo;ve described, albeit with  more congressional and White House oversight.</p>
<p><strong>Cutting  Interest Rates</strong><br/>
I&rsquo;ve talked about how the fall in land prices  generated a sharp increase in risk perceptions in financial markets, and how  that in turn led to a financial crisis. I now want to turn to what I see as the  second key effect of the fall in land prices. This fall reduced the net worth  of many households and firms.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn3" name="_ftnref3" title="" id="_ftnref3">3</a></sup> They responded by forgoing consumption and investment projects. The fall in  household demand for consumption and firm demand for investment led in turn to a  fall in output and employment,<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn4" name="_ftnref4" title="" id="_ftnref4">4</a></sup> and put downward pressure on the price level. </p>
<p>The FOMC reacted by lowering its target  interest rate from 5.25 percent in August 2007 to a range of 0-25 basis points in  December 2008. Since inflation expectations remained stable, the FOMC&rsquo;s action  has the effect of lowering the real interest rate facing households. Households  respond by saving less and demanding more consumption. Similarly, firms  undertake more investment projects. In this way, the FOMC can partially offset  the impact on the economy of the loss of net worth.</p>
<p>Lowering rates, of course, may lead to  undesirable inflationary pressures within the economy. However, the recent path  of inflation shows little evidence of such pressures. On a year-over-year  basis, core PCE inflation was running about 2.5 percent in the fourth quarter  of 2007. It is now down to about 1 percent. </p>
<p>Indeed, given the ongoing deceleration in  inflation and the high rate of unemployment, the FOMC would probably have liked  to respond by cutting its target interest rate still further. The problem is  that the target interest rate is essentially at zero and cannot go negative. Instead,  from December 2008 through March 2010, and again beginning in November 2010,  the FOMC engaged in large-scale purchases of long-term Treasuries. The goal of  these transactions is to lower long-term real interest rates and again offset  the impact on the economy of the net worth shock.</p>
<p>Thus, the fall in land prices triggered an  increase in risk perceptions and a decrease in household net worth. The  increase in risk led to a major financial crisis that has been cured, thanks in  no little part to actions by the Federal Reserve. The decrease in net worth led  to a major recession and ongoing slow recovery. The Federal Reserve&rsquo;s reduction  in interest rates has lessened the impact of the net worth shock.</p>
<p><strong>George&mdash;Meet  Clarence</strong><br/>
But now I turn to the hypothetical posed in  the last third of &ldquo;It&rsquo;s a Wonderful Life.&rdquo; Suppose that there were no Fed. What  would have happened to the U.S. economy in the past three years?</p>
<p>The Federal Reserve&rsquo;s key power is that it  has the ability to adjust the size of what&rsquo;s called the monetary base. The  monetary base has two components. The first component is currency&mdash;the bills and  coins that we use for transactions. The second component consists of what&rsquo;s  called &ldquo;bank reserves.&rdquo; These are essentially the deposits that various banks  hold with the Fed. The Fed has expanded the monetary base by more than 100  percent from September 2008 through the end of 2010. To me, an America without  a Fed means an America in which the monetary base is fixed in size. </p>
<p>So, suppose the monetary base had been fixed  in the past three years at its December 2007 level. What would have happened? One  consequence is immediate. The Federal Reserve funded its various lending  programs by creating large amounts of bank reserves. If the monetary base were  fixed in size, the Fed could not have created those lending initiatives. As a  result, many more solvent financial institutions would have failed during the  financial panic. </p>
<p>More subtly, the limitation on the size of  the monetary base would have made currency and bank reserves scarcer after 2007.  Their scarcity would make these monetary assets more valuable in a couple of  senses. First, they would have been more valuable relative to other financial  assets. That means bond prices would have been lower and so bond yields higher.  Second, currency and bank reserves would have been more valuable relative to consumer  goods. Hence, expected inflation and realized inflation would have been lower  over the past three years. </p>
<p>Higher bond yields and lower expected  inflation work together to imply that households and firms would have faced  higher real interest rates. Their demand for consumption and investment would  have been lower. Thus, if the Federal Reserve could not have adjusted the  monetary base upward, real GDP would have fallen by even more than 4 percent  and unemployment would have been well above 10 percent.</p>
<p>As with any counterfactual, these ruminations  are necessarily conjectural. But there are data to support them. In the early  years of the Great Depression, the United States was on the gold standard and the  Fed could not easily adjust the quantity of bank reserves. As a result, the Fed  did not engage in broad-based lending during the 1929-33 period. Nor did it cut  interest rates aggressively. By 1933, hosts of financial institutions had  failed, real GDP had fallen by over 25 percent, unemployment was 25 percent,  and the nation had experienced annual double-digit rates of deflation. The  Fed&rsquo;s passiveness in 1929-33 was associated with an economic catastrophe. Many  scholars&mdash;including Milton Friedman and Chairman Ben Bernanke&mdash;have argued that much  of this association should in fact be viewed as causal. </p>
<p><strong>Did the Fed  Cause the Bubble?</strong><br/>
My version of &ldquo;It&rsquo;s a Wonderful Life&rdquo; may  strike some as incomplete because it starts in 2007. Those listeners might ask:  Was the land price appreciation in the United States in the early 2000s due to the  Fed&rsquo;s low interest rate policy? If so, we might have to recast the Fed as being  more akin to the unfortunate Uncle Billy than to George.</p>
<p>But my answer to this query would be no. The  problem for this story is that land prices actually started to grow at a  surprisingly fast rate when the Fed was following a relatively tight policy. To  be concrete, from 1975 to 1996, land prices grew in real terms at less than 2  percent per year. In contrast, from 1996 to 2001, land prices grew by 11  percent per year in real terms, while the Fed maintained its target interest  rate between 4.75 percent and 6.5 percent.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn5" name="_ftnref5" title="" id="_ftnref5">5</a></sup> This is hardly considered to be loose monetary policy, especially given that  the economy was entering recession toward the end of this period. It is true  that the rate of growth of land prices did accelerate still further&mdash;to 17  percent per year&mdash;in the next five years. But I think that the data clearly say  that the fast rate of growth in U.S. land prices&mdash;what&rsquo;s sometimes called a &ldquo;bubble&rdquo;  in land prices&mdash;originally started in 1996, without any obvious change in Fed  policy. </p>
<p>I have to say that this lack of an empirical  connection is not surprising to me. At least at present, there is little or no  economic theory to support a connection between monetary policy, as typically conducted  in the United States, and bubble formation.<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn6" name="_ftnref6" title="" id="_ftnref6">6</a></sup></p>
<p>But, if not the Fed, what or who was  responsible for the high price of U.S. residential land? My views are more  agnostic on this point. I have heard several plausible stories. In general,  though, I think that the stories tend to be overly focused on the United States  in the 2000s. We saw large run-ups in land prices, followed by large falls in  land prices, in many other parts of the world in the 2000s. And these episodes  have recurred repeatedly throughout history. We need to develop macroeconomic models  and modes of thought that can successfully confront this broader scope of  economic data. </p>
<h2>Conclusion</h2>
<p>Let me wrap up. We have come through a very  difficult recession, caused in no little part by the large fall in land prices  that took place after 2006. I believe that the size of this shock meant that  this recession was going to be a painful and challenging one, regardless of the  policy response. Nonetheless, it is clear to me that the recession and its  subsequent recovery would have been significantly worse in the absence of the  actions of the Federal Reserve. </p>
<p>Now, we have a couple of choices. We can wrap  up as in &ldquo;It&rsquo;s a Wonderful Life,&rdquo; and I can lead you in a rousing chorus of  &ldquo;Auld Lang Syne.&rdquo; Or we can start taking questions. As with any choice, I&rsquo;m  sure that you find the trade-offs daunting. Nonetheless, those who know my  singing talents well will tell you: We should move to questions. </p>
<p>Thank you very much. </p>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2><strong>Endnotes</strong></h2>
<div>
  <div id="ftn1">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref1" name="_ftn1" title="" id="_ftn1"><strong>1</strong></a> I thank Ron Feldman, David Fettig, Terry  Fitzgerald, Futoshi Narita, Warren Weber, and Kei-Mu Yi for their feedback and  assistance. </p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn2">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref2" name="_ftn2" title="" id="_ftn2"><strong>2</strong></a> See Willardson (2008) and Willardson and  Pederson (2010).</p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn3">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref3" name="_ftn3" title="" id="_ftn3"><strong>3</strong></a> Household net worth fell by over 25 percent  from the second quarter of 2007 through the first quarter of 2009 (Fed Flow of  Funds). </p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn4">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref4" name="_ftn4" title="" id="_ftn4"><strong>4</strong></a> See Kocherlakota (2010) for a more extensive  discussion of the relevant transmission mechanisms.</p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn5">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref5" name="_ftn5" title="" id="_ftn5"><strong>5</strong></a> I&rsquo;m using the Lincoln Institute of Land  Policy CSW data at <a href="http://www.lincolninst.edu/subcenters/land-values/price-and-quantity.asp">http://www.lincolninst.edu/subcenters/land-values/price-and-quantity.asp</a>.</p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn6">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref6" name="_ftn6" title="" id="_ftn6"><strong>6</strong></a> To be clear, there are many models in which  the path of the total value of outstanding government liabilities can affect  the size of bubbles. However, during the period of rapid land price  appreciation, the Federal Reserve&rsquo;s policy interventions took the form of open  market operations. By design, these activities do not affect the total value of  outstanding government liabilities. See Kocherlakota (2010). </p>
  </div>
</div>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<h2><strong>References</strong></h2>
<p class="footnote">Kocherlakota, Narayana R. 2010.  &ldquo;<a href="/news_events/pres/papers/kocherlakota_landovervaluation_110610.pdf">Two Models of Land Overvaluation and Their Implications.&rdquo; Presented at &ldquo;A  Return to Jekyll Island: The Origins, History, and Future of the Federal  Reserve</a>,&rdquo; Jekyll Island, Ga.</p>
<p class="footnote">Willardson, Niel. 2008. &ldquo;<a href="/publications_papers/pub_display.cfm?id=4118">Actions  to Restore Financial Stability</a>.&rdquo; <em>The  Region</em> (December), Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis.</p>
<p class="footnote">Willardson, Niel, and LuAnne  Pederson. 2010. &ldquo;<a href="/publications_papers/pub_display.cfm?id=4451">Federal Reserve Liquidity Programs: An Update</a>.&rdquo; <em>The Region</em> (June), Federal Reserve Bank  of Minneapolis.</p>]]></content:encoded>
  
  <cb:speech>
  <cb:simpleTitle>It&#8217;s a Wonderful Fed</cb:simpleTitle>
  <cb:occurrenceDate>2011-01-11T13:00:00-06:00</cb:occurrenceDate>
    
  <cb:person type="speaker">
    <cb:givenName>Narayana</cb:givenName>
    <cb:surname>Kocherlakota</cb:surname>
    <cb:nameAsWritten>Narayana Kocherlakota</cb:nameAsWritten>
    <cb:role>
      <cb:jobTitle>President</cb:jobTitle>
      <cb:affiliation>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis</cb:affiliation>
    </cb:role>
  </cb:person>
  <cb:locationAsWritten>Madison, Wisconsin</cb:locationAsWritten>
  </cb:speech>
</item>  
<item rdf:about="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4576">
  <title>Monetary Policy Actions and Fiscal Policy Substitutes</title>
  <link>http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4576</link>
  <dc:date>2010-11-30T11:30:00-06:00</dc:date>
  
    <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="footnote"><em>Note<sup style="font-size: 9px;"><a href="#_ftn1" name="_ftnref1" title="" id="_ftnref1">1</a></sup></em></p>
<p>Thank  you very much for that generous introduction. It is a pleasure and an honor to  be with you here today and to address this symposium established to commemorate  the professional careers and the intellectual interests of Howard and Darrel  Alkire, who have meant so much to Hamline University. It is especially an honor  to give this talk knowing the prestigious line-up of speakers that precedes me,  including Nobel laureate economists and prominent policymakers.</p>
<p>I became president  of the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis last October. During the preceding 22  years, I was a professor of economics at a variety of institutions. I did  research in a number of areas, including public finance. My main area of  interest, though, was macroeconomics. There has been a lot of conversation over  the past year or two about what we have and haven&rsquo;t learned from  macroeconomics. For myself, I believe that one of the most important  developments in the field is the use of tools from public finance to answer key  macroeconomic policy questions. To my knowledge, this line of research dates  back to the work of Robert Lucas and Nancy Stokey in the 1980s. It continues to  be a vital area of investigation almost 30 years later&mdash;and it will play a key  role in my remarks today.</p>
<p>  I&rsquo;ll begin by discussing current macroeconomic conditions and the  Federal Open Market Committee&rsquo;s recent actions taken in response to those  conditions. That discussion will make clear that the committee took those  actions because it is not able to cut its interest rate target any further. Motivated  by this difficulty, I will pose and answer the following question: What actions  can other policymakers take to approximate the impact of an interest rate cut? In  addressing this question, I will rely on recent research being done at the  Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis by staff researcher Juan Pablo Nicolini and  several co-authors. Throughout, I&rsquo;ll be speaking on behalf of myself and no  other participant in FOMC meetings. </p>
<p>  Let me start with some basic context about how  monetary policy gets made in the United States. The Federal Open Market  Committee meets eight times per year to determine the path of monetary policy  over the next six to seven weeks. The governors of the Federal Reserve Board  and the president of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York are permanent members  of the committee. Four other presidents of Reserve banks are on the committee,  but this group rotates annually. While they do not vote, the other presidents  are invited to the FOMC meeting and contribute to the committee&rsquo;s  deliberations. Right now, I&rsquo;m a meeting participant, but I will rotate onto the  committee in 2011.</p>
<p>  The foundation of the committee&rsquo;s discussions  is what is called its dual mandate. By statute, the Federal Reserve is required  to follow policies that promote effectively the goals of price stability and  maximum employment. The former objective of price stability is generally  understood as keeping inflation in a range of around 1.5 to 2.5 percent. The  second part of the mandate&mdash;maximum employment&mdash;is more of a moving target,  because employment is shaped by many determinants beyond the Fed&rsquo;s control:  demographics, social custom, taxes, technology, and so on. </p>
<p>  With that context, let me describe the  economic situation that confronted the committee at its meeting in November. Over  the first three quarters of this year, personal consumption expenditure (PCE)  price inflation has averaged roughly 1 percent at an annualized rate. This rate  is low relative to the FOMC&rsquo;s target of 2 percent. More troublingly, the  inflation rate is drifting downward. Over the preceding two-year period (from  the fourth quarter of 2007 through the fourth quarter of 2009), PCE inflation  averaged 1.6 percent per year. Just to be clear, the measure of PCE inflation  that I&rsquo;m describing includes all goods, including food and energy. </p>
<p>  At the same time, unemployment is high: In October,  it was 9.6 percent. Here, too, the trend is not comforting. The recession  officially ended in June 2009, and in that month, unemployment was 9.5 percent.  Unemployment has actually risen slightly during the course of the recovery. </p>
<p>  Sufficient growth in output can steadily lower  unemployment. But growth has been low in this recovery compared with most. As I  mentioned, the recession officially ended in June 2009 and so has been over for  five quarters. Over those five quarters, real gross domestic product (GDP) has  grown at an annualized rate of 2.9 percent. More troublingly, growth has been  decelerating: In the past two quarters, it has averaged 2.1 percent at an  annualized rate. And here, I should note that I&rsquo;m reporting data on real GDP  growth that have actually been revised <em>upward</em> since the November meeting. </p>
<p>  This is the economic situation that confronted  the FOMC in its November meeting. Inflation and employment are both too low,  and the rate of improvement in these variables is too slow. Economic growth has been low and has recently decelerated  still further. I think it is  safe to say that, given this situation, the FOMC would have liked to have been  able to cut its target interest rate. But this option is not available. The  FOMC&rsquo;s target interest rate is already essentially at zero (more precisely, in  a range between 0 and 25 basis points). </p>
<p>  But the FOMC does have another policy  instrument available: its balance sheet. As of the beginning of this month, the FOMC had a portfolio of roughly  $2.3 trillion. Over 2 trillion of those dollars are invested in Treasury securities  or government-backed securities issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and other  government-sponsored enterprises. At its November 3 meeting, the FOMC announced  that it plans to buy $600 billion of long-term Treasuries in the open market by  mid-2011. In exchange for those securities, it will credit the sellers&rsquo;  accounts at the Fed with more reserves. This kind of action is known as  quantitative easing, or QE. </p>
<p>  The main goal of QE is to lower the  long-run <em>real </em>interest rate. Here, by  real interest rate, I&rsquo;m referring to the interest rate net of expected  inflation. More specifically, suppose that the interest rate on a 10-year bond  is about 2.5 percent and that people expect inflation to be around 2 percent  per year over the next 10 years. Then, the real interest rate is about 0.5  percent per year for the next 10 years. </p>
<p>  A low long-term real interest rate  stimulates an economy in a number of ways. It spurs consumer spending by  allowing consumers to borrow and refinance more cheaply. It makes capital expenditures  and hiring more profitable for corporations. Stock prices and house prices rise  because those assets become relatively more attractive as investments. Households  with these assets become wealthier and demand more consumption. All of these  effects should lead to less unemployment and upward pressure on prices. </p>
<p>  How does QE go about lowering  long-term real interest rates? QE is a sufficiently novel monetary policy tool  that different economists may well give different answers to this question. In my  view, QE lowers long-term real interest rates in two distinct ways. The first  is that QE is a form of nonverbal communication about the FOMC&rsquo;s future plans. Here&rsquo;s  what I mean. The November FOMC statement says that the committee will keep the  fed funds target range exceptionally low for as long as economic conditions  warrant. The statement also predicts that exceptionally low fed funds rates are  likely to be warranted for an &ldquo;extended period&rdquo; of time. In this way, the  statement provides explicit communication about the FOMC&rsquo;s future plans for  short-term rates and so also shapes the level of current longer-term interest  rates.</p>
<p>  QE provides a significant supplement  to this explicit verbal communication. The use of QE indicates that the FOMC is  likely to keep its target interest rate lower for an even longer period of  time. Indeed, one could readily argue that buying $600 billion of Treasuries is  a much more convincing form of communication of the FOMC&rsquo;s plans than any words  could ever be. </p>
<p>  Thus, QE lowers long-term real  interest rates by signaling the FOMC&rsquo;s intentions about future short-term  rates. However, QE also lowers long-term real interest rates in a second, more  direct, way. The holder of a long-term Treasury is exposed to interest rate  risk, because the value of that bond fluctuates as interest rates vary. When  the Fed buys $600 billion of long-term bonds, the bond portfolio of the private  sector is now less exposed to this kind of risk. As a consequence, private  investors will demand a lower premium for holding other bonds that are exposed  to interest rate risk, and all long-term yields fall. </p>
<p>  In this way, the change to the asset  side of the Fed&rsquo;s balance sheet provides stimulus to the economy. But what  about the liability side of its balance sheet? QE creates more reserves in  banks&rsquo; accounts with the Fed. The standard intuition is that this kind of  reserve creation is inflationary. Banks can only offer checkable deposits in  proportion to their reserves. Economists view checkable deposits as a form of money  because, like cash, checkable deposits make many transactions easier. In this  sense, bank reserves held with the Fed are <em>licenses</em> for banks to create a certain amount of money. By giving out more licenses, the  FOMC is allowing banks to create more money. More money chasing the same amount  of goods&mdash;voila, inflation.</p>
<p>  Given some of the criticisms of the  Fed that have been voiced over the past two weeks, it is important to  understand that this basic logic isn&rsquo;t valid in current circumstances. Banks  have nearly $1 trillion of excess reserves. This means that they are not using  a lot of their existing licenses to create money. QE gives them $600 billion of  new licenses to create money, but I do not see why they would suddenly start to  use the new ones if they weren&rsquo;t using the old ones. </p>
<p>  Some observers have expressed  concerns that $1 trillion&mdash;which will shortly become over $1.5 trillion&mdash;of  excess reserves represent what they term &ldquo;kindling&rdquo; for some <em>future</em> inflationary fire. I believe that  these concerns are misplaced for two reasons. First, the Fed has several tools  with which to combat incipient inflationary pressures. Most obviously, it can  raise the interest rate on excess reserves as a form of tightening. Second, in  recent public statements, Chairman Ben Bernanke has explicitly and firmly  committed the FOMC to maintaining low inflation. To use his exact words, he  said that he has &ldquo;rejected any notion that we are going  to try to raise inflation to a super-normal level.&rdquo; </p>
<p>  As I mentioned before, I do not  currently vote on FOMC decisions. I did express support for the FOMC&rsquo;s decision  at the recent meeting. I believe that QE is a move in the right direction. However,  as I have discussed on earlier occasions, I also think there are good reasons  to suspect that the ultimate effects of any amount of QE are likely to be  relatively modest. That&rsquo;s why I would have greatly preferred for the committee to  have been able to cut its target rate rather than using QE. The problem is that  its target rate is already essentially at zero, and so it was not possible to  cut the target rate any further. </p>
<p>  Given this constraint on monetary  policy, I believe it is important to ask if it is possible to synthesize the  effects of a one-year interest rate cut of, say, 100 basis points using fiscal policy  tools. In his current and past work, Minneapolis Fed staff researcher Juan Pablo  Nicolini and his co-authors have answered this question in the affirmative.<sup style="font-size:9px;"><a href="#_ftn2" name="_ftnref2" title="" id="_ftnref2">2</a></sup> Their  key insight is that there is a broad equivalence between monetary and fiscal  policy. They argue that the essence of an FOMC interest rate cut is that it  makes current consumption cheaper relative to future consumption. With that in  mind, the fiscal authorities can use the time path of consumption taxes to  accomplish this same change in relative prices. </p>
<p>  In the remainder of my remarks, I&rsquo;ll illustrate  this insight by describing one particular fiscal policy plan that is equivalent  to a 100-basis-point cut by the Fed. The proposal has three parts. The first  part is a permanent consumption tax of 100 basis points, instituted with a one-year  delay.<sup style="font-size:9px;"><a href="#_ftn3" name="_ftnref3" title="" id="_ftnref3">3</a></sup> The second part is a permanent decrease in labor income taxes of 100 basis  points, also instituted with a one-year delay. The third part is an investment  tax credit undertaken in 2011. The Nicolini et al. results demonstrate that, in  a wide class of economic models, the effects of this three-part plan would be equivalent  to the effects of a 100-basis-point interest rate cut.</p>
<p>  It&rsquo;s useful to  explain the underlying mechanism using the kind of example that all Econ I  students know and loathe&mdash;I mean, love. Suppose widgets cost $1 each in 2011. Suppose,  too, that you can earn 1 percent interest over the coming year, but that  inflation is also expected to be 1 percent. With that interest rate, and that  inflation rate, any dollar that you save from 2011 into 2012 can also buy a  widget. So, with each dollar, you face the trade-off of buying a widget today  or buying a widget next year. </p>
<p>  Next, let&rsquo;s  understand how an interest rate cut affects this baseline trade-off. Suppose  the Fed were able to cut its target interest rate by 100 basis points, without  affecting expected inflation all that much. The bank would pass that interest  rate cut along, and that means that your bank interest rate would fall from 1  percent to zero. Widgets still cost $1 in 2011, and they still cost $1.01 in  2012. But with the interest rate of zero, you would now have to save $1.01 to  be able to buy a widget in 2012. The cut in the interest rate has made buying widgets  in 2011 cheaper relative to buying widgets in 2012.</p>
<p>  Thus, if the Fed  were able to cut its target interest rate, saving would become less attractive  and borrowing more attractive. Consumers would demand more widgets today. Firms  would hire workers to produce more widgets today. Unemployment would decline<em>.</em> </p>
<p>  But now let&rsquo;s go  back to the benchmark case without the interest rate cut. Recall that expected  inflation is 1 percent and that your bank is paying you an interest rate of 1  percent. In that context, think about the three-pronged fiscal policy change  that I described earlier. The first part is that the fiscal authorities  institute a 1 percent tax on consumption goods that starts in 2012 and lasts  for the foreseeable future. Widgets still cost $1 in 2011. Inflation is 1  percent and the tax is 1 percent, and so widgets cost $1.02 in 2012. Given the  interest rate of 1 percent, you must save $1.01 in 2011 to get a widget in  2012. Just as with the interest rate cut, widgets have become 1 percent cheaper  today relative to the future. </p>
<p>  This change in  relative prices means that the increase in the consumption tax will stimulate  consumption demand in 2011. Why, then, do we need a labor income tax reduction  in 2012? The problem is that a consumption tax that begins in 2012 distorts  labor supply decisions in a way that interest rate cuts don&rsquo;t. Consider a  worker who makes $20 an hour in 2012 after the various taxes on labor income. If  the consumption tax goes up, that worker can buy fewer widgets with each hour  of work. Hence, the consumption tax distorts that worker&rsquo;s decision about how  much labor to supply to the market. </p>
<p>  That&rsquo;s why we need  the second part of the plan, under which the fiscal authorities lower taxes on  labor income by one percentage point beginning in 2012. With this tax decrease,  the worker makes 1 percent more per hour after taxes. The increase in after-tax  wages exactly offsets the decrease in purchasing power generated by the  consumption tax, and a worker can again buy 20 widgets with each hour of work. As  a result, the new plan makes consumption goods cheaper in 2011, but does not  provide any additional distortion to labor supply decisions. </p>
<p>  At this point,  I&rsquo;ve talked through the first two parts of the proposal&mdash;the permanent increase  in consumption taxes and the permanent decrease in labor income taxes. Why do  we need a third tax change? Unlike an interest rate cut, the consumption tax  that begins in 2012 will deter investment in 2011. The third prong of the  proposal is that the fiscal authority should correct this problem by offering  an appropriately sized temporary investment tax credit in 2011. The key is that  the tax credit need only apply in 2011. In 2012 and thereafter, there is no  disincentive effect on investment because the consumption tax is constant. </p>
<p>  &nbsp;To summarize, I have described how to construct  a three-pronged fiscal policy that is designed to have the same economic  effects as a 100-basis-point cut by the Fed. The 1 percent permanent  consumption tax that begins in 2012 stimulates consumption demand in 2011. The  permanent reduction in labor income taxes ensures that this new consumption tax  does not deter labor supply. Finally, the investment tax credit makes sure that  the new consumption tax does not deter investment in 2011. </p>
<p>  I&rsquo;ll make two  additional comments about this plan. First, how much would this three-pronged change  in taxes cost the American taxpayer? The exact answer to this question would  depend on a host of details. But let me offer a very rough calculation. Annual  consumption is about $10 trillion, and annual labor income is about $8 trillion.  I&rsquo;ve sketched a plan that involves increasing the tax rate on consumption by 1  percentage point and lowering labor income taxes by 1 percentage point. So, the  first two parts of the plan would add about $20 billion per year to government  revenue beginning in 2012.</p>
<p>  The plan also  involves an appropriately sized investment tax credit. Private gross investment  is about $2 trillion. To offset the effect of the consumption tax in 2012, the  fiscal authority needs to provide a 1 percent subsidy to this entire amount. Hence,  the investment tax credit involves a one-time cost in 2012 of $20 billion. These  calculations, while obviously very rough, do indicate that the plan has the  potential to be fiscally responsible.<sup style="font-size:9px;"><a href="#_ftn4" name="_ftnref4" title="" id="_ftnref4">4</a></sup></p>
<p>  Second, I&rsquo;ve not  discussed distributional considerations. Raising consumption taxes by 1  percentage point and lowering labor income taxes by 1 percentage point for all  Americans would tend to redistribute the burden of taxes toward lower-income  citizens. For this reason, I believe that it would be desirable to redesign the  labor income tax reduction to make it more progressive. </p>
<p>  I want to be clear  that there may be other types of fiscal policy interventions that would be  helpful in the current situation. I have deliberately focused on a rather narrow  aspect of fiscal policy: How can it be used to mimic monetary policy? I&rsquo;ve done  so for a couple of reasons. First, I&rsquo;m a monetary policymaker, not a fiscal  policymaker. Second, as has become clear over the past three years, the  efficacy of many kinds of fiscal policy interventions is still very much an  open question among macroeconomists. There is considerably more professional  consensus about the effectiveness of monetary policy. In the case of my  three-pronged fiscal intervention, it is specifically designed to be effective,  as long as monetary accommodation itself would be effective. </p>
<p>  From an  intellectual point of view, the analysis demonstrates the remarkable power of  public finance in addressing important macroeconomic questions. This last  lesson is hardly new. Over the past 30 years, macroeconomists have used the  tools and methods of public finance to address a host of important questions,  ranging from optimal stabilization policy to optimal unemployment insurance.  I&rsquo;m proud to say that a great deal of that work has been done at the Federal  Reserve Bank of Minneapolis. </p>
<p>  Thanks for your attention. I&rsquo;ll be happy to take  your questions.</p>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
<div>
  <div id="ftn1">
  <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref1" name="_ftn1" title="" id="_ftn1"><strong>1</strong></a> I thank Ron Feldman, Terry Fitzgerald, and  Juan Pablo Nicolini for their comments.</p></div>
  <div id="ftn2">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref2" name="_ftn2" title="" id="_ftn2"><strong>2</strong></a> See Correia, Isabel, Juan Pablo Nicolini,  and Pedro Teles, &ldquo;Optimal Fiscal and Monetary Policy: Equivalence Results,&rdquo; <em>Journal of Political Economy</em> 116  (February 2008), pp. 141-70. (Also available online at <a href="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/research/sr/SR403.pdf">http://www.minneapolisfed.org/research/sr/SR403.pdf</a>.) See also Correia, Isabel, Emmanuel Farhi,  Juan Pablo Nicolini, and Pedro Teles, &ldquo;Policy at the Zero Bound,&rdquo; working paper  (October 2010), online at <a href="http://economics.uchicago.edu/ZeroBoundChicagoNov2010-1_nicolini.pdf">http://economics.uchicago.edu/ZeroBoundChicagoNov2010-1_nicolini.pdf</a>.</p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn3">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref3" name="_ftn3" title="" id="_ftn3"><strong>3</strong></a> My scheme makes current consumption cheaper  by imposing a permanent tax on future consumption. In contrast, in late 2008,  Robert Hall and Susan Woodward proposed making consumption goods cheaper in  2009 than in future years by eliminating all state sales taxes for one year.  They suggested that this reduction could be financed by the federal government.  (See <a href="http://woodwardhall.wordpress.com/2008/12/">http://woodwardhall.wordpress.com/2008/12/</a>). </p>
  </div>
  <div id="ftn4">
    <p class="footnote"><a href="#_ftnref4" name="_ftn4" title="" id="_ftn4"><strong>4</strong></a> I&rsquo;ve focused on a one-year interest rate cut. How can the fiscal  authorities mimic the impact of a two-year interest rate cut? The rule is that  the yearly interest rate equals the size of the change in the consumption tax  rate. In particular, suppose that the fiscal authorities acted in 2010 to  implement a 1 percent tax on consumption in 2012, with a subsequent more  permanent 2 percent tax that begins in 2013. This path of taxes, combined with  the appropriate labor income tax reductions and investment tax credits,  functions like a two-year interest rate cut that begins in 2011. </p>
  </div>
</div>
<div class="horizontal_rule">
  <hr/>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
  
  <cb:speech>
  <cb:simpleTitle>Monetary Policy Actions and Fiscal Policy Substitutes</cb:simpleTitle>
  <cb:occurrenceDate>2010-11-30T11:30:00-06:00</cb:occurrenceDate>
    
  <cb:person type="speaker">
    <cb:givenName>Narayana</cb:givenName>
    <cb:surname>Kocherlakota</cb:surname>
    <cb:nameAsWritten>Narayana Kocherlakota</cb:nameAsWritten>
    <cb:role>
      <cb:jobTitle>President</cb:jobTitle>
      <cb:affiliation>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis</cb:affiliation>
    </cb:role>
  </cb:person>
  <cb:locationAsWritten>St. Paul, Minnesota</cb:locationAsWritten>
  </cb:speech>
</item>  
<item rdf:about="http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4571">
  <title>Monetary Policy, Labor Markets, and Uncertainty</title>
  <link>http://www.minneapolisfed.org/news_events/pres/speech_display.cfm?id=4571</link>
  <dc:date>2010-11-22T08:00:00-06:00</dc:date>
  
    <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Thank  you for that generous introduction, and thank you especially for the  opportunity to meet with this group today; it is truly a pleasure to be here in  Sioux Falls. I&rsquo;m  especially pleased to be here because this marks my first official visit to  South Dakota since I became president of the Minneapolis Fed. It also means  that in 2010, I&rsquo;ve visited all six states that encompass the Ninth District in  the Federal Reserve&rsquo;s 12-district system. </p>
<p>I have had  the pleasure of meeting with a number of business leaders from the Sioux Falls  area prior to this event. I would like to thank you all for taking time from  your busy schedules. Included in this group are current and former members of  our bank&rsquo;s board of directors and advisory councils for small business and agriculture,  and I would especially like to thank them all for their service to the Federal  Reserve and, by extension, to the nation as a whole. As I will discuss more in  a moment, one of the great benefits of taking trips like this is to meet with  local residents to gain a deeper understanding of what is happening in the  local economy. And one of the pleasures of giving talks like this is taking  your questions at the end. I always learn a great deal from these discussions,  and so I look forward to hearing from you at the close of my remarks. </p>
<p>In this speech, I will discuss current macroeconomic conditions  and the Federal Open Market Committee&rsquo;s recent actions taken in response to  those conditions. I&rsquo;ll move on to dive a little deeper into conditions in the U.S.  labor market. I&rsquo;ll close by talking briefly about uncertainty and its drag on  the economic recovery. The views I express here today are my own, and not necessarily  those of my colleagues in the Federal Reserve System. </p>
<p>Let me start with some basic context about how  monetary policy gets made in the United States. The Federal Reserve Bank of  Minneapolis is one of 12 regional Reserve banks that, along with the Board of  Governors in Washington, D.C., make up the Federal Reserve System. As I  mentioned, our bank represents the ninth of the 12 Federal Reserve districts  and includes Montana, the Dakotas, Minnesota, northwestern Wisconsin, and the  Upper Peninsula of Michigan. </p>
<p>Eight times per year, the Federal Open  Market Committee&mdash;the FOMC&mdash;meets to set the path of short-term interest rates  over the next six to seven weeks. All 12 presidents of the various regional  Federal Reserve banks&mdash;including me&mdash;and the seven governors of the Federal  Reserve Board contribute to these deliberations. (Actually, in the September  meeting, there were only four governors. The good news is that we were back up  to six governors by the November meeting, and the White House has nominated  Peter Diamond&mdash;who just won the Nobel Prize in economics&mdash;for the remaining  vacancy.) However, the committee itself consists only of the governors, the  president of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, and a rotating group of four  other presidents (currently Cleveland, St. Louis, Kansas City, and Boston).  I&rsquo;ll be on the committee in 2011.</p>
<p>In this way, the structure of the FOMC mirrors  the federalist structure of our government. Representatives from different  regions of the country&mdash;the various presidents&mdash;have input into FOMC  deliberations. The input from the presidents relies critically on information they  receive from their districts about local economic performance. We obtain this  information through the work of our research staffs&mdash;but we also obtain it from  business leaders in industries and towns, in my case, across the Upper Midwest.  The Federal Reserve System is deliberately designed so that the residents of  Main Street are able to have a voice in monetary policy.</p>
<p>With that backdrop, let me move on to discuss  the FOMC&rsquo;s most recent deliberations. The foundation of the committee&rsquo;s  discussions is what is called its dual mandate. By statute, the Federal Reserve  is required to provide appropriate conditions for long-run economic performance  by achieving both price stability and maximum employment. The former objective  of price stability is generally understood as keeping inflation in a range of  around 1.5 to 2.5 percent. The second part of the mandate&mdash;maximum employment&mdash;is  more of a moving target, because employment is shaped by many determinants  beyond the Fed&rsquo;s control: demographics, social custom, taxes, technology, and  so on. </p>
<p>Over the first three quarters of this year, personal  consumption expenditure (PCE) price inflation has averaged roughly 1 percent at  an annualized rate. This rate is low relative to the FOMC&rsquo;s target of 2 percent.  More troublingly, the inflation rate is drifting downward. Over the preceding  two-year period (from the fourth quarter of 2007 through the fourth quarter of  2009), PCE inflation averaged 1.6 percent per year. </p>
<p>At the same time, unemployment is high: In October,  it was 9.6 percent. Here, too, the trend is not comforting. The recession  officially ended in June 2009, and in that month, unemployment was 9.5 percent.  Unemployment has actually risen slightly during the course of the recovery. </p>
<p>Sufficient growth in output can steadily lower  unemployment. But growth has been low in this recovery compared with most. As I  mentioned, the recession officially ended in June 2009 and so has been over for  five quarters. Over those five quarters, real gross domestic product (GDP) has  grown at an annualized rate of under 3 percent. More alarmingly, growth has  been decelerating: In the past two quarters, it has averaged less than 2  percent at an annualized rate.</p>
<p>This is the economic situation that confronted  the FOMC in its November meeting. Inflation and employment are both too low,  and the pace of recovery is too slow. Economic growth is low and softening  further. I think it is safe to say that, given this situation, the FOMC would  have liked to have been able to cut its target interest rate. But this option  is not available. The FOMC&rsquo;s target interest rate is already essentially at  zero (more precisely, in a range between 0 and 25 basis points). </p>
<p>But the FOMC does have another policy  instrument available: its balance sheet. As of the beginning of this month, the FOMC had a portfolio of roughly  $2.3 trillion. Over 2 trillion of those dollars are invested in Treasury  securities or government-backed securities issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac,  and other government-sponsored enterprises. At its November 3 meeting, the FOMC  announced that it plans to buy $600 billion of long-term Treasuries in the open  market by mid-2011. In exchange for those securities, it will credit the  sellers&rsquo; accounts at the Fed with more reserves. This kind of action is known  as quantitative easing, or QE. </p>
<p>The main goal of QE is to lower the  long-run <em>real </em>interest rate. Just to  be clear, by real interest rate, I&rsquo;m referring to the interest rate net of  expected inflation. More specifically, suppose that the interest rate on a 10-year  bond is about 2.5 percent and that people expect inflation to be around 2  percent per year over the next 10 years. Then, the real interest rate is about  0.5 percent per year for the next 10 years. </p>
<p>A low long-term real interest rate  stimulates an economy in a number of ways. It spurs consumer spending by  allowing consumers to borrow and refinance more cheaply. It makes capital  expenditures and hiring more profitable for corporations. Stock prices and  house prices rise because those assets become relatively more attractive as  investments. Households with these assets become wealthier and demand more  consumption. All of these effects should lead to less unemployment and upward  pressure on prices. </p>
<p>How does QE go about lowering long-term  real interest rates? QE is a sufficiently novel monetary policy tool that  different economists may well give different answers to this question. In my  view, QE lowers long-term real interest rates in two distinct ways. The first  is that QE is a form of nonverbal communication about the FOMC&rsquo;s future plans. Here&rsquo;s  what I mean. The November FOMC statement says that the committee will keep the  fed funds target range exceptionally low for as long as economic conditions  warrant. The statement also predicts that exceptionally low fed funds rates are  likely to be warranted for an &ldquo;extended period&rdquo; of time. In this way, the  statement provides explicit communication about the FOMC&rsquo;s future plans for  short-term rates and so also shapes the level of current longer-term interest  rates.</p>
<p>QE provides a significant supplement  to this explicit verbal communication. The use of QE indicates that the FOMC is  likely to keep its target interest rate lower for an even longer period of  time. Indeed, one could readily argue that buying $600 billion of Treasuries is  a much more convincing form of communication of the FOMC&rsquo;s plans than any words  could ever be. </p>
<p>Thus, QE lowers long-term real  interest rates by signaling the FOMC&rsquo;s intentions about future short-term  rates. However, QE also lowers long-term real interest rates in a second, more  direct, way. The holder of a long-term Treasury is exposed to interest rate  risk, because the value of that bond fluctuates as interest rates vary. When  the Fed buys $600 billion of long-term bonds, the bond portfolio of the private  sector is now less exposed to this kind of risk. As a consequence, private  investors will demand a lower premium for holding other bonds that are exposed  to interest rate risk, and all long-term yields fall. </p>
<p>In this way, the change to the asset  side of the Fed&rsquo;s balance sheet provides stimulus to the economy. But what  about the liability side of its balance sheet? QE creates more reserves in  banks&rsquo; accounts with the Fed. The standard reasoning is that this kind of reserve  creation is inflationary. Banks are only allowed to offer checkable deposits in  proportion to their reserves. Economists view checkable deposits as a form of  money because, like cash, checkable deposits make many transactions easier. In  this sense, bank reserves held with the Fed are <em>licenses</em> for banks to create a certain amount of money. By giving  out more licenses, the FOMC is allowing banks to create more money. More money  chasing the same amount of goods&mdash;voila, inflation.</p>
<p>Given some of the criticisms of the  Fed that have been voiced over the past three weeks, it is important to  understand that this basic logic isn&rsquo;t valid in current circumstances. Banks  have nearly $1 trillion of excess reserves. This means that they are not using  a lot of their existing licenses to create money. QE gives them $600 billion of  new licenses to create money, but I do not see why they would suddenly start to  use the new ones if they weren&rsquo;t using the old ones. </p>
<p>Some observers have expressed  concerns that $1 trillion&mdash;which will shortly become over $1.5 trillion&mdash;of  excess reserves represent what they term &ldquo;kindling&rdquo; for some <em>future</em> inflationary fire. I believe that  these concerns are misplaced for two reasons. First, the Fed has several tools  with which to combat incipient inflationary pressures. Most obviously, it can  raise the interest rate on excess reserves as a way of deterring banks from creating  money with their licenses. Second, in recent public statements, Chairman Ben  Bernanke has explicitly and firmly committed the FOMC to maintaining low  inflation. To use his exact words, he said that he has &ldquo;rejected any notion that we are going to try to raise inflation to  a super-normal level.&rdquo; </p>
<p>As I mentioned before, I do not  currently vote on FOMC decisions. I did express support for the FOMC&rsquo;s decision  at the recent meeting. As I have said on prior occasions, I believe that there  are good reasons to suspect that the ultimate effects of any amount of QE are  likely to be relatively modest. Nonetheless, the FOMC&rsquo;s decision seemed to me  to be a move in the right direction. </p>
<p>In the remainder of my prepared  remarks, I&rsquo;ll dig a little deeper into the behavior of the labor market. I&rsquo;ll  use that discussion as a springboard to talk about some longer-run  uncertainties that I see as a drag on short-run and medium-term economic  performance.</p>
<p>I&rsquo;ll begin by reminding you of some  terms that economists use to talk about labor markets. Every month, the Census  Bureau interviews 60,000 households consisting of about 110,000 individuals. The  bureau asks a host of questions, but there are two particularly important ones:  Have you worked for pay or profit in the past week? If not, have you looked for  work in the past four weeks? The former group is counted as the employed. The  second group is counted as the unemployed. The sum of these groups is called  the labor force. Anyone who answers no to both questions is regarded as being  out of the labor force. Note that the Census Bureau pays no attention to  whether the interviewee is collecting unemployment benefits or not.</p>
<p>With those definitions&mdash;employed,  unemployed, and labor force&mdash;in mind, I&rsquo;ll divide the unemployed further into  two subgroups. Following the Bureau of Labor Statistics, I&rsquo;ll refer to those  people who have been unemployed for more than six months as being &ldquo;long-term&rdquo;  unemployed. By way of contrast, I&rsquo;ll use the term &ldquo;short-term&rdquo; unemployed to  refer to those who have been unemployed for less than six months. I&rsquo;ll do so  while realizing that this latter terminology is more than a little misleading. Most  of us would think of someone who has been out of work for six months as having  been unemployed for a long, not short, period of time. </p>
<p>In December 2007, at the start of  the recession, 4.1 percent of the labor force was short-term unemployed. The  recession generated a marked increase in this number. It officially ended in  the second quarter of 2009, and in June of that year, 6.7 percent of the labor  force was short-term unemployed. </p>
<p>Over the next 14 months, the  recovery generated a noticeable increase in job openings. The short-term employment  rate responded by regaining nearly half of its recession losses. By the end of  October 2010, 5.6 percent of the labor force was short-term unemployed. So, if  you only looked at this limited measure of unemployment, you would say: Well,  the economy certainly has a long way to go. But we have made progress&mdash;in some  sense, we&rsquo;re about halfway back. I should note, though, that this recovery in  the six-months-and-under unemployment rate has definitely slowed since May. </p>
<p>The problem is that the long-term  unemployment rate has not exhibited even this limited amount of progress. In  December 2007, only around 0.9 percent of the labor force was long-term  unemployed. By June 2009, that number had more than tripled: 2.8 percent of the  labor force was long-term unemployed. By October 2010, 16 months into the  recovery, that number had risen to 4 percent. This number is unprecedentedly  high. As well, nearly three-fourths of the long-term unemployed had in fact  been unemployed for over a year. Again, it is unprecedented in post-World War  II U.S. history to have 3 percent of the labor force unemployed for over a year.  If history is any guide, this year-plus unemployment rate will only revert to  prerecession levels after several years. </p>
<p>The recession has also had a big  impact on the employment-population ratio. In March 2007, 63.4 percent of those  over 16 had a job. That number has fallen to 58.3 percent. Other than last December,  the employment-population ratio had not been this low since mid-1983&mdash;27 years  ago. To understand how much the employment-population ratio matters, I think  it&rsquo;s useful to think about it in a slightly different way. In March 2007, each  working person supported 0.58 persons over the age of 16 in addition to  themselves. In October 2010, each working person supports 0.72 persons over the  age of 16 in addition to themselves. Essentially, every working person now has  to support 24 percent extra people over the age of 16. This is a large increase  in the burden that each worker faces. Will this fall in the  employment-population ratio reverse itself over the next three or four years? I  believe that the standard of living of many Americans depends on the answer to  this question.</p>
<p>I&rsquo;ve  been emphasizing uncertainties in the labor market. More generally, I believe  that overall uncertainty is a large drag on the economic recovery. One way to  gauge the current level of uncertainty is to look at the level of the yields on  Treasury inflation-protected securities&mdash;so-called TIPS bonds. A five-year TIPS  bond has a yield of around &ndash;20 basis points. This means that people are giving  up $100 today in exchange for about $99 of purchasing power in five years. Savers  are willing to <em>lose</em> purchasing power  over time rather than consume more today. Similarly, firms are willing to <em>lose</em> purchasing power over time rather  than making more capital expenditures. </p>
<p>What  explains this behavior on the part of firms and savers? The answer lies in  uncertainty about the next five years. Some of it is intrinsic to the structure  of the U.S. economy itself. I&rsquo;ve discussed the importance of the  employment-population ratio. Will the level of employment in 2015 look more  like employment in 2000, 2007, or 2010? Will the level of housing prices in  2015 look more like housing prices in 2000, 2007, or 2010? My own assessment is  that no policymaker or set of policymakers&mdash;no matter how gifted&mdash;has the tools  available to resolve these uncertainties.</p>
<p>But part  of the public&rsquo;s uncertainty has to do with the nature of future taxes and  government spending. The federal debt in the hands of the public has gone up by  over 50 percent over the past three years. At the same time, the U.S.  government has taken on responsibilities for the debts of Fannie Mae and  Freddie Mac. It has enacted a new health care plan. Do these changes mean that  taxes will rise? If so, taxes on what forms of economic activity? Does it mean  that government will cut back on its provision of important types of public  goods or on entitlement programs? If so, what kinds of public goods or  entitlement programs? Investors and savers need a lot more clarity about what those  answers might be. Absent such clarity, the economic recovery will be slower  than it otherwise would be.</p>
<p>I don&rsquo;t  have the answers to these and other questions about long-run economic policy. However,  I do feel from my travels around the Ninth District that the answers may lie  within the Upper Midwest. It is certainly true that many parts of the district  have found the recent recession to be a challenging time. Nonetheless, the  district has generally fared better economically during the recent recession  than the nation as a whole. Some of this relative success can be explained by  strong markets for oil, minerals, and agricultural commodities. But it is also  true that many cities in the Ninth District&mdash;like Sioux Falls&mdash;are mostly removed  from these economic phenomena&mdash;and yet they continue to perform well. &nbsp;&nbsp;We at the Minneapolis Fed are working hard at  understanding the factors underlying the relative success of the District.&nbsp;&nbsp; We very much hope that they prove to be  ideas or approaches that can be replicated at the national level.</p>
<p>Thanks  for your attention. I look forward to taking your questions. </p>
]]></content:encoded>
  
  <cb:speech>
  <cb:simpleTitle>Monetary Policy, Labor Markets, and Uncertainty</cb:simpleTitle>
  <cb:occurrenceDate>2010-11-22T08:00:00-06:00</cb:occurrenceDate>
    
  <cb:person type="speaker">
    <cb:givenName>Narayana</cb:givenName>
    <cb:surname>Kocherlakota</cb:surname>
    <cb:nameAsWritten>Narayana Kocherlakota</cb:nameAsWritten>
    <cb:role>
      <cb:jobTitle>President</cb:jobTitle>
      <cb:affiliation>Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis</cb:affiliation>
    </cb:role>
  </cb:person>
  <cb:locationAsWritten>Sioux Falls, South Dakota</cb:locationAsWritten>
  </cb:speech>
</item>
</rdf:RDF>

